At DAU, we believe that providing high-quality training to the Defense 

Acquisition Workforce is the best way to make a positive contribution to 

the warfighter.
2

Mission

Provide a global learning environment to develop qualified acquisition professionals who develop, 

deliver, and sustain effective and affordable warfighting capabilities 

Impact excellence in acquisition through:

•	 Acquisition certification and leadership training

•	 Mission assistance to acquisition organizations and teams

•	 Online knowledge-sharing resources

•	 Continuous learning assets

Vision

Enable the Defense Acquisition Workforce to achieve the right acquisition outcomes

Goals

Provide an integrated, interactive learning environment that helps Defense Acquisition Workforce

members, teams, and organizations improve acquisition outcomes

Continuously improve ourinfrastructure and mission support processes to optimize use ofresources

Support congressional and DoD acquisition improvement initiatives through thought leadership, 

applied research, and engagement with key acquisition organizations

Foster an environment that encourages continuous development, promotes diversity, and rewards

achievement to enhance job satisfaction and performance

Proactively engage our customers and stakeholders to understand their mission requirements and

develop responsive solutions to enhance performance
3

Introduction

Message from the President | What’s New in DAU and the Defense Acquisition Community 

| Where to Find Information

Chapter one

The Defense Acquisition University

Our Work | Our Accreditation | Our History | Our Organization | Our Faculty and Staff | 

Our Facilities | DAU Leadership | DAU Board of Visitors | Global Reach

Chapter two

DAU’s Learning Assets

Performance Learning | Training and Continuous Learning Courses | Mission Assistance | 

Knowledge Sharing | Other Services

Chapter three

The Defense Acquisition Workforce 

Communities and Programs

Workforce Management—Functional Leaders | Defense Acquisition Communities

Chapter four

Acquisition Workforce Management 

and Administration

Overview of Acquisition Workforce Career Management | Course Registration Information 

Procedures by Service | Administrative Information

Appendix A - d

Appendix A, Training Courses | Appendix B, Course Prerequisites | Appendix C, Continuous 

Learning | Appendix D, Targeted Training

Contents

4|

12|

32|

42|

126|

138|
4
5

The Defense Acquisition University

p. 06 Message from the President

p. 08 What’s New in DAU and the 

Defense Acquisition Community 

p. 10 Where to Find Information

Introduction
6

DEFENSE ACQUISITION UNIVERSITY

9820 BELVOIR ROAD, FORT BELVOIR, VIRGINIA 22060-5565

Message from the President

The Defense Acquisition University offers a multitude of learning assets

to the Defense Acquisition Workforce. Whether you work for one of the

military departments or a Defense agency, the training needs of your entire

career will be facilitated by DAU.

While we take pride in delivering quality, timely, and pertinent training in

our classroom and online courses, we recognize that learning doesn’t stop

there. Our online knowledge-sharing and continuous-learning products

are available to you around the clock. We also offer mission assistance,

consulting, and interactive team training targeted to your organization’s

specific needs. This catalog provides details of many of these learning assets.

Additional information is available at www.dau.mil.

DAU is accredited by the Council on Occupational Education, so you can be

sure the training you receive and the University’s business practices meet

stringent criteria approved by the U.S. Department of Education. DAU also

is a member of the International Association for Continuing Education &

Training, and as such is authorized to grant continuing education units. We

take our mission very seriously and strive every day to create the right learning experience for you

and your organization so you can effectively accomplish your mission.

In my first year as president of DAU, I have witnessed firsthand the University’s commitment

to developing qualified acquisition professionals. To further that commitment, in 2012, we

are embarking on a journey that will integrate workforce planning and recruiting, learning and

development, compensation and performance management, and succession planning across all 

components. And, to strengthen the learning and development part of this, we are creating an

on-the-job training approach that leads to demonstration of qualifications in the critical acquisitionrelated duties and tasks of a career path.

I am convinced that the changes brought about by these efforts will improve acquisition outcomes

for our warfighters. As these efforts move forward, I pledge to continue providing you the most

current and accessible training, both in our courses and in your workplace, throughout your career.

Katrina McFarland

President

Defense Acquisition University

The Defense Acquisition University

introduction
7
8

Coming in 2012! A Comprehensive 

Student Information System

Student information systems (SIS) help higher education

institutions manage administrative and academic 

functions on one seamless platform. Portico, an SIS for

the Defense Acquisition Workforce, will provide secure,

24 hours a day, 7 days a week, online access to the

information students need.

For everyone with a stake in the training of the acquisition

workforce, Portico has the potential to foster stronger

communications and greater productivity through the

adoption of global best practices. These best practices

are derived from the many educational institutions that

use this common technology platform to drive their core

processes. Portico’s timing could not be better, given the

growing demands to provide more training and more 

career guidance with fewer resources.

The SIS will offer users a personalized training and

career development toolkit. Students can organize their

experience according to their own preferences and 

professional goals. Portico also will enable users to scan

the course catalog, register for courses, understand 

certification requirements, download pre-coursework,

and communicate with faculty all through one simple

interface. Need guidance or have a question on wait

list policy? Access a quick self-help guide. Time for a

change? This future platform will serve as a guide to keep

the student ahead of the game. Select a career path and

the SIS will generate a training scenario with the list of 

remaining courses and requirements. No confusing steps,

no dead ends, and it’s always open for business.

The Defense Acquisition University

introduction

What’s New in DAU and the Defense 

Acquisition Community
9

DAU Mobile Portal

DAU recently launched a mobile portal to provide

students the ability to learn on the go, including access to

performance support tools for use both in and out of the 

classroom. 

A focus on functionality in the portal design means these

tools are immediately accessible through virtually any

Web-enabled device, from smart phones to tablets.

Mobile users now have a single point of reference

to access class schedules, regional location and 

contact information, and assistance with resident and 

nonresident courses, as needed. The portal also includes

real-time updates of acquisition-related news and direct

access to DAU social media and iTunesU.

Students can instantly utilize assets related to training

and education, job support, and more. The portal is

designed to facilitate direct education assistance for 

immediate job performance impact.

Continually evolving, portal expansion will be directly

informed by student and workforce feedback. Interactive

poll questions invite user input to guide technology

development and enhance accessibility.

In addition to serving as a source for current news, tools, 

and training systems, the DAU Mobile Portal will actively

guide development of future offerings designed to 

support performance and learning.
10

Your primary source for the 

latest information on courses 

and certification:

icatalog.dau.mil/

American Council on Education 

(ACE) Information

When you click on a course description in the iCatalog,

you’ll go to a course concept card (information)that will

provide ACE-recommended college credits. Alternatively,

you can go to www.militaryguides.acenet.edu/

CourseSearch.asp to find ACE information.

DAU Equivalency Program

Go to icatalog.dau.mil/appg.aspx for a complete listing of 

currently acceptable equivalencies (those acceptable for

current training requirements) and former equivalencies.

DAU Fulfillment Program

DAU provides Defense Acquisition Workforce members

the opportunity to complete course prerequisites and

program core and functional training requirements 

through its Fulfillment Program. The program permits

the assessment of a workforce member’s demonstrated

competencies (capabilities acquired through previous

training, education, and/or experience) against the

learning outcomes/objectives of select DAU courses.

Go to icatalog.dau.mil/DAUFulfillmentPgm.aspx for more 

information about the Fulfillment Program.

The Defense Acquisition University

introduction

Where to Find Information
11
12 Chapter 1
13

The Defense Acquisition University

p. 14 Our Work

p. 14 Our Accreditation

p. 14 Our History

p. 14 Our Organization

p. 16 Our Faculty and Staff

p. 17 Our Facilities

p. 18 DAU Leadership

p. 19 DAU Board of Visitors

p. 20 Global Reach

Chapter One
14

educational development and training of the acquisition 

workforce and research and analysis of defense

acquisition policy issues from an academic perspective.

Since the university’s founding, it has expanded to five

regional locations throughout the United States, allowing

the university to provide local training to the Defense

Acquisition Workforce—training at the point of need.

DAU also has strategically partnered with academic

institutions, professional organizations, corporations,

and government agencies to provide professional 

development, equivalencies, academic credit toward 

degree programs, as well as certificates for DAU courses. 

Our Organization

The university’s leaders are committed to ensuring DAU

provides the best learning capabilities to those who use 

the university’s learning resources.

The DAU president is the chief executive officer of

the university and directs the acquisition education,

training, mission assistance, and research activities of the 

university. The DAU vice president is responsible for the

operations and execution of the university’s mission.

The DAU chief of staff coordinates the university’s

strategic planning process, human resources 

management, professional development, logistics, and 

other support services.

The Planning, Policy, and Leadership Support Office

is responsible for strategic planning, accreditation, 

corporate communications and outreach, the strategic 

partnership program, enterprise performance 

management, and faculty policy.

The Performance and Resource Management Directorate

is responsible for business oversight and financial 

management of DAU’s resources relating to its program

and operations, including all resource aspects of DoD’s

planning, programming, budgeting, and execution 

process.

The Learning Capabilities Integration Center is

responsible for learning asset management.

Our Work

The Defense Acquisition University (DAU)is the one

institution that touches every member of the Defense

Acquisition Workforce throughout all professional

career stages. The university provides a full range of

basic, intermediate, and advanced certification training; 

assignment-specific training; mission assistance; and

job-relevant applied research. The university also fosters

professional development through consulting efforts, 

rapid-deployment training on emerging acquisition

initiatives, online knowledge-sharing tools, and

continuous learning opportunities. 

Our Accreditation

The Defense Acquisition University is accredited by the

Commission of the Council on Occupational Education.

DAU selected the Council on Occupational Education

(COE) as its accrediting body because the standards

and criteria established by COE correspond with the

university’s training certification mission and the broader

view of learning and development. DAU was first awarded

accreditation in 2003 and was reaffirmed in 2008.

Our History

The Defense Acquisition Workforce Improvement Act

(DAWIA), Public Law 101-510, Title 10 U.S.C, of the

Fiscal Year 1991 National Defense Authorization Act was

enacted to improve the effectiveness of the personnel 

who manage and implement defense acquisition 

programs. The Act required the creation of the Defense

Acquisition University, and, per DoD Directive 5000.57,

the university was to provide for the professional

The Defense Acquisition University
15

About the Defense Acquisition University
16

DAU’s regional deans oversee the day-to-day functions

of their respective area of responsibility, ensuring that the

DAU regions properly support professional development

and the DAU partnership/acquisition-related events in

the area. The Defense Systems Management College

provides executive-level and international acquisition

management training, consulting, and research.

The Global Learning and Technology Center is

responsible for the technology support of DAU distance

learning products and services, continuous learning 

modules, and knowledge-sharing platforms.

The David D. Acker Library and Knowledge Repository

supports university research by providing the latest

virtual learning and research opportunities afforded by

technology to DAU students and alumni. The library also

has an extensive collection of books, periodicals, and

other research materials available to patrons.

The Operations Support Group provides public

affairs, protocol, administrative and logistical services, 

publications, academic support services, and information 

systems support to all of DAU.

The Human Capital Management Advisor provides

guidance to the DAU president on how to evaluate,

design, and deploy human capitalresources and processes.

The Pentagon liaison serves as a link between DAU and

all elements of DoD senior staff. The liaison establishes,

monitors, and closes out action items from DoD.

Organizations Co-located with DAU:

The Director, AT&L Human Capital Initiatives, performs

Defense Acquisition Workforce strategic analysis, and

human capital planning for the Office of the Under

Secretary of Defense for Acquisition, Technology and

Logistics.

The Director, Acquisition Career Management(DACM),

for the Defense Agencies (4th Estate), assists in

managing the accession, training, education, and career 

development of the DoD components outside the military

departments. The office also collaborates with the

Service DACMs in matters relative to Defense Acquisition

Workforce education,training, and career development.

The Federal Acquisition Institute (FAI), established in

1976 under the Office of Federal Procurement Policy

Act, facilitates and promotes career development and

strategic human capital management for the acquisition 

workforce. In conjunction with its partners, FAI seeks

to ensure availability of exceptional training, provide

compelling research, promote professionalism, and 

improve acquisition workforce management.

Our Faculty and Staff

DAU’s faculty members have extensive experience in

acquisition as well as the ability to communicate their

knowledge in the classroom, online, and in the workplace

during consulting efforts. Faculty members are expert

practitioners who can draw upon real-world experience

to relate to students in the classroom and online, and 

develop training products that are directly applicable

to the current challenges students face. Many faculty

members join DAU following high-impact careers in

the military, defense industry, and the civil service

because they are seeking an opportunity to share their

experiences, to truly make a difference in the lives of the

members of the Defense Acquisition Workforce, and to

support the vitally important mission of DoD. 

DAU’s staff members provide the support necessary to

keep the university running efficiently, including operating

and maintaining the university’s automation networks,

and providing audio, video, and telecommunications 

in support of classes and DAU/acquisition events.

DAU’s staff also provides services such as public affairs,

protocol, human resources, administrative and logistical 

services, publications management and graphic design, 

academic support services, and information systems

support to all of DAU. The university’s staff is highly

skilled at the support it provides the university, and is

essential to ensuring each student receives a positive 

experience at DAU.

The Defense Acquisition University
17

Our Facilities

DAU’s facilities reflect the university’s commitment to

providing a comprehensive learning environment. The

university’s capabilities include:

+ 87 classrooms located throughout the university’s five 

regional sites

+ More than 150 breakout rooms that can be used for 

small group discussions during classes

+ More than 2,000 laptops available for classrooms to 

allow each student his or her own computer

+ TelePresence sites, allowing professors to remotely 

connect to classes and students

+ A 400-seat main conference center

+ Numerous small conference rooms, seating 25-100 

people

The university has seen an unprecedented growth in the

number of acquisition students it serves, and in response, 

DAU has increased its number of classrooms and

continues to grow. The university also has established a

teaching and learning lab, which will allow professors to 

test out new technologies that will aid in the delivery of

course materials.

About the Defense Acquisition University
18

Dr. James McMichael

Vice President

Mrs. Katrina McFarland

President

Mr. Joseph Johnson

Chief of Staff and

Acting Director, Planning, Policy, 

and Leadership Support

Mr. Tim Shannon

Director, Learning Capabilities 

Integration Center

RADM Lenn Vincent, 

USN (Ret.)

Industry Chair

Mr. Mark Whiteside

Director, Performance and 

Resource Management

Mr. Leo Filipowicz

Director, Operations Support 

Group

Ms. Meg Hogan-Roy

Director, Human Resources 

Mr. Richard 

Hoeferkamp

Pentagon Liaison

Dr. Chris Hardy

Director, Global Learning and 

Technology Center

Ms. Barbara Smith

Dean, Mid-Atlantic Region

Mr. Travis Stewart

Dean, Midwest Region

Mr. Andy Zaleski

Dean, West Region

Dr. Roy Wood

Dean, Defense Systems 

Management College

Mr. Robert Daugherty

Dean, Capital and Northeast 

Region

Mr. James L. 

McCullough II

Dean, South Region

Dr. Craig Lush

Director, Library and Knowledge 

Repository

DAU Leadership

The Defense Acquisition University
19

DAU Board of Visitors

Since its inception as an academic institution, DAU

has received guidance from the DAU Board of Visitors.

The Board of Visitors consists of individuals selected

for their preeminence in academia, business, and 

industry. The members advise the Under Secretary of

Defense for Acquisition, Technology and Logistics and

the DAU president on matters such as the university’s

organizational management, curricula, methods of

instruction, and facilities. All Board of Visitors members,

past and present, have been invaluable to the foresight, 

planning, and progress of DAU as an institution.

Mr. Christopher Raymond

VP for Business Development and 

Strategy, Boeing Defense, Space 

and Security

Mr. Carl Salzano

VP, Acquisition, Booz Allen 

Hamiltion

Mr. Curtis Gray

Senior VP, Human Resources, 

BAE SYSTEMS

Mr. Norman B. 

Kamikow

President and Editor in Chief, 

MediaTec Publishing, Inc.

Ms. Susan Coté

VP of Corporate Contracts, 

Pricing and Supply Chain, 

Northrop Grumman Corp.

Mr. Michael Joyce

Senior VP of Operations 

and Program Management, 

Lockheed Martin

RADM Lenn Vincent, 

USN (Ret.)

Industry Advisor, National 

Defense Industrial Association

GEN William G.T. 

Tuttle, Jr., USA (Ret.)

Chairperson

Ms. Karen Barley

President, Corporate University 

Enterprise, Inc.

Gen. Ronald W. Yates,

USAF (Ret.)

Consultant

About the Defense Acquisition University
20

The DAU West Region is the primary acquisition learning

location for professionals located in the Pacific Rim. The

headquarters of DAU West Region is strategically located

in San Diego to support a large contingent of the Defense 

Acquisition Workforce. From an ideal location on the

Pacific Rim, San Diego is the anchor for a region poised

for success in an era of growing needs for acquisition 

learning. The region also has satellite locations in

Colorado Springs, CO; Los Angeles, CA; Port Hueneme,

CA; and Pearl Harbor, HI.

The region’s primary customers are Navy Region

Southwest, the Space and Naval Warfare Center, Naval

Base Ventura County, and Los Angeles Air Force Base.

DAU has numerous partnerships with colleges and

organizations in the DAU West Region. A listing of all

DAU partnerships can be found at

www.dau.mil/aboutdau/pages/partnerships.aspx.

LOCATIONS

DAU West Region

San Diego, CA

33000 Nixie Way, Bldg. 50,

Suite 345

San Diego, CA 92147-5117

619-524-4814, DSN 524

Fax: 619-524-4794

Training Centers:

Colorado Springs, CO

7150 Campus Drive

Colorado Springs, 

CO 80920-3177

719-593-8794, ext. 342

Los Angeles, CA

222 N. Sepulveda Boulevard

Suite 1220

El Segundo, CA 90245-5659

310-606-5914

Port Hueneme, CA

3502 Goodspeed Street

Bldg. 1444, Suite 5

Port Hueneme, CA 93043-4425

805-982-2151, DSN 551

Fax: 805-982-4843

Pearl Harbor, HI

Ford Island 

Bldg. 39, Room 106

239 Lexington Boulevard

Pearl Harbor, HI 96860

808-472-1937

DAU West Region

www.dau.mil/sites/locations/w/default.aspx

The Defense Acquisition University
21

Global Reach: San Diego, California

HAVE QUESTIONS? CONTACT dauwest@dau.mil
22

The DAU Midwest Region campus is located in Kettering,

OH, just south of Wright-Patterson Air Force Base near

the city of Dayton. There are three satellite campuses

within the region, located in Columbus, OH; Rock Island,

IL; and Sterling Heights, MI.

The DAU Midwest Region faculty and staff members

focus on teaching, research, and mission assistance 

(targeted training, consulting, and partnering with

agencies). Their agenda includes working with

organizations within the region and staying

current on major issues and needs of the Defense 

Acquisition Workforce.

Highly knowledgeable and experienced faculty

members teach resident Defense Acquisition Workforce

Improvement Act certification classes in various

functional disciplines at the Kettering and satellite 

campuses; as needed at DAU regional campuses

nationwide; and at customer sites across the United

States and worldwide when required. The region’s

faculty support distance learning courses taught over the

Internet.

Responsible for mission assistance (consulting and other

noncertification training)for the Defense Acquisition

Workforce within the entire U.S. Midwest area, the DAU

Midwest Region serves multiple Department of Defense

and other federal organizations. DAU has numerous

partnerships with colleges and organizations in the DAU

Midwest Region. A listing of all DAU partnerships can be

found at www.dau.mil/aboutdau/pages/partnerships.aspx.

LOCATIONS

DAU Midwest Region

Kettering, OH

3100 Research Boulevard 

Pod 3, 3rd Floor

Kettering, OH 45420

937-781-1025

Fax: 937-781-1026

Training Centers:

Columbus, OH

Bldg. 11, Section 6

3990 E. Broad Street

Columbus, OH 43216

614-692-1559, DSN 850

Fax: 614-692-1552

Sterling Heights, MI 

38219 Mound Road, 2nd Floor

Sterling Heights, MI 48310

586-276-2167

Fax: 586-276-0069

Rock Island, IL

Bldg. 56, 2nd Floor, Room 222

1 Rock Island Arsenal

Rock Island, IL 61299-7640

309-782-0454, DSN 793

Fax: 309-782-0518

DAU Midwest Region

www.dau.mil/sites/locations/mw/default.aspx

The Defense Acquisition University
23

Global Reach: Kettering, Ohio

HAVE QUESTIONS? CONTACT daumidwest@dau.mil
24

With its headquarters in the dynamic community of

Huntsville, AL, DAU South Region supports the goals

and objectives of the Defense Acquisition Workforce

by providing products and services to the acquisition

community. The faculty and staff members of the DAU

South Region provide teaching, research, and mission

assistance (targeted training, consulting, and partnering

with agencies). They focus on working with their

customers and staying current on major issues and needs

of the acquisition workforce throughout the region.

The South region opened a new facility of approximately

68,000 square feet and state-of-the-art equipment

in Huntsville in 2010. DAU South can accommodate

a diversity of student needs, providing classrooms

furnished to enhance the overall learning experience 

and with extensive e-Learning capabilities. The building

also offers a fitness center, convenient parking, and

convenient access to nearby shopping, a wide variety of

dining facilities, and hotel accommodations. 

In addition to its Huntsville campus, DAU South has

two satellite facilities to further meet the needs of its 

customers at Eglin Air Force Base, FL, and Robins Air

Force Base, GA.

DAU has numerous partnerships with colleges and

organizations in the DAU South Region. A listing of all

DAU partnerships can be found at

www.dau.mil/aboutdau/pages/partnerships.aspx.

LOCATIONS

DAU South Region

Huntsville, AL

7115 Old Madison Pike 

Huntsville, AL 35806

256-922-8020

Fax: 256-922-1077

Training Centers:

Eglin AFB, FL

AAC/EN

102 West D Avenue, 1st Floor

Eglin AFB, FL 32542-6807

850-882-8785

Fax: 850-883-3085

Warner Robins, GA

WRLC/PKP

235 Byron Street

Bldg. 300, West Wing 

Door 23A

Robins AFB, GA 31098

478-222-1508, DSN 468

Fax: 478-327-4829 

DAU South Region

www.dau.mil/sites/locations/s/default.aspx

The Defense Acquisition University
25

Global Reach: Huntsville, Alabama

HAVE QUESTIONS? CONTACT dausouth@dau.mil
26

DAU Mid-Atlantic Region is strategically located in

the town of California, MD, just 7 minutes from nearby

Patuxent River Naval Air Station. The California, MD, site

offers a state-of-the-art training facility, located amidst a

large and growing Defense Acquisition Workforce. The

Mid-Atlantic Region also has three additional training site

locations: Chester, VA; Norfolk, VA; and Kaiserslautern,

Germany.

The Mid-Atlantic Region’s employees serve a Defense

AcquisitionWorkforce of approximately 23,000 members.

The region’s largest customers are Naval Air Systems

Command, the Defense Commissary Agency, Langley Air

Force Base, U.S. Army Training and Doctrine Command,

Joint Forces Command, U.S. Army Europe, U.S. Air Forces

in Europe, and the Naval Surface Warfare

Center Dahlgren.

In addition, the Mid-Atlantic Region has learning

organization agreements with the Navy Test Pilot School

and the Marine Aviation Detachment.

DAU has numerous partnerships with colleges and

organizations in the DAU Mid-Atlantic Region.

A listing of all DAU partnerships can be found at

www.dau.mil/aboutdau/pages/partnerships.aspx.

LOCATIONS

DAU Mid-Atlantic Region

California, MD

23330 Cottonwood Parkway

Suite 200

California, MD 20619

240-895-7344

Fax: 240-895-7333

Chester, VA

3600 Festival Park Plaza

Chester, VA 23831

804-425-2946

Fax: 804-425-2947

Norfolk, VA

1968 Gilbert Street, Suite 660

Norfolk, VA 23511

757-443-2350

DSN 564

Fax: 757-443-2343 

Kaiserslautern, Germany

Bldg. 164, Room 114

Rhine Ordnance Barracks

67663 Kaiserslautern, Germany

(49) 631-536-6332

Fax: (49) 631-536-7056/8507 

DSN 489-6332 

DAU Mid-Atlantic Region

www.dau.mil/sites/locations/ma/default.aspx

The Defense Acquisition University
27

Global Reach: California, Maryland

HAVE QUESTIONS? CONTACT daumidatlantic@dau.mil
28

The DAU Capital and Northeast Region provides

acquisition training and mission assistance services 

to customers both internationally and regionally. The

regional area covers the states of Maine, Vermont, New

Hampshire, Connecticut, Massachusetts, Rhode Island,

New York, Pennsylvania, New Jersey, Delaware, most 

of Maryland (excluding the Patuxent River Naval Air

Station), and in Virginia from the Richmond area north,

including the National Capital area and the District of

Columbia. Due to its location in the national capital area,

the region has a multitude of key customers, including the

Army, Navy, Air Force, Marines, and defense agencies

along with numerous federal agencies.

The DAU Capital and Northeast Region campus is

co-located with DAU Headquarters at Fort Belvoir,

VA. The post provides a full array of services such as a

commissary, a post exchange, library, a fitness facility,

and other services. The DAU Capital and Northeast

campus itself provides fitness facilities, a library, and a

cafeteria. Student parking is conveniently located nearby. 

The area surrounding the post offers a wide variety of

dining establishments and hotel accommodations.

DAU has numerous partnerships with colleges and

organizations in the DAU Capital and Northeast Region.

A listing of all DAU partnerships can be found at

www.dau.mil/aboutdau/pages/partnerships.aspx.

PRIMARY LOCATIONS

DAU Capital and Northeast 

Region

Fort Belvoir, VA

9820 Belvoir Road

Fort Belvoir, VA 22060-5565

703-805-2764, DSN 655

Fax: 703-805-2877

Aberdeen Proving Ground

Edgewood Area, Bldg. E5027

5027 Black Hawk Road

Aberdeen Proving Ground, 

MD 21010

Director’s Office : 410-436-7257

Coordinator’s Office : 410-436-5761

Fax : 410-436-6041

Hanscom Education and 

Training Center

29 Chennault Street, Bldg. 1728

Hanscom AFB, MA 01731

781-377-3583

Fax: 781-377-8577

Defense Supply Center 

—Philadelphia

700 Robbins Avenue, Bldg. 5

Philadelphia, PA 19111-5092

215-737-0409

DAU Capital and Northeast Region

www.dau.mil/sites/locations/cne/default.aspx 

The Defense Acquisition University
29

Global Reach: Fort Belvoir, Virginia

HAVE QUESTIONS? CONTACT daucne@dau.mil
30

Co-located with DAU Headquarters at Fort Belvoir, VA,

the Defense Systems Management College (DSMC)

is chartered to provide executive-level, international

acquisition management, and requirements management 

training, consulting, and research. DAU’s Leadership

Learning Center of Excellence is an integral part of DSMC.

A core faculty of former DoD and industry program

managers and other senior acquisition practitioners 

manage a dynamic curriculum and mentors course

participants both during and after their DSMC residency.

Executive-level courses are tailored to the responsibilities

and needs of senior leaders in the DoD and other 

organizations. Requirements Management courses

meet the congressionally mandated certification training

for operational leaders who identify and establish

warfighting capability needs for DoD. International

offerings include courses and seminars that promote 

excellence in structuring, negotiating, and executing 

international programs. The Leadership Learning Center

of Excellence provides a portfolio of leadership courses 

for Defense Acquisition Workforce leaders and manages

DAU’s Executive Coaching program.

LOCATION

DSMC Fort Belvoir, VA

9820 Belvoir Road

Fort Belvoir, VA 22060-5565

703-805-2436, DSN 655

Fax: 703-805-3201

Defense Systems Mangement College 

www.dau.mil/sites/locations/dsmc/default.aspx

The Defense Acquisition University
31

Global Reach: Fort Belvoir, Virginia

HAVE QUESTIONS? CONTACT dsmcspm@dau.mil
32
33

DAU’s Learning Assets

p. 34 Performance Learning

p. 34 Training and Continuous Learning 

Courses

p. 34 Mission Assistance

p. 35 Knowledge Sharing 

p. 39 Other Services

Chapter Two
34

Performance Learning

Underlying the foundation of training and development

are DAU’s basic services: training courses, knowledge

sharing, continuous learning, and mission assistance. All

these services, individually and in combination, support

the workforce throughout a professional’s career, from

entry level to senior leadership.

As the Defense Acquisition Workforce’s premier learning

and development center, DAU aligns its certification

training with the specific career field requirements as 

outlined by the various acquisition career field functional

leaders. In addition, the university has taken innovative

measures to ensure that learning and acquisition support 

are available beyond certification, creating a total learning 

environment for career-long solutions at the point of

need. The overview that follows summarizes DAU’s

numerous services.

Training and Continuous 

Learning Courses

DAU delivers training courses in support of the DAWIA

requirements, allowing a member of the Defense 

Acquisition Workforce to be certified at Levels I, II, or

III. The Directors, Acquisition Career Management

(DACMs)for the Services and DoD agencies manage

attendance at these courses. Normally, the DACMs give

priority to Defense Acquisition Workforce members who

are pursuing certification in an acquisition career field, 

but nonacquisition professionals can take courses as

well. For updates to these course descriptions during the

training year, consult the online version of the catalog at

icatalog.dau.mil.

DAU also delivers online learning assets designed to help

members of the Defense Acquisition Workforce continue

to learn about vital acquisition topics for personal 

awareness. The DAU Continuous Learning Center(CLC)

provides those continuous learning modules. Links to

modules from the Air Force Institute of Technology

(AFIT), the General Services Administration (GSA), and

the Navy are also offered. Several easy-to-use online

modules sponsored by Harvard ManageMentor 10

provide information on topics fundamental to managerial 

success. These topics range from running an effective

meeting or managing a project to negotiating skills.

Information on these opportunities is available at 

www.dau.mil/clc. DAU continually develops and adds new

offerings to the CLC site. To see what’s new, check the

CLC website frequently.

Mission Assistance

Through its mission assistance efforts, DAU provides

rapidly delivered expert resources and learning assets to

the Defense Acquisition Workforce, providing the right

people and the right products and services at the right 

time in response to requests for support.

Consulting Services are offered by DAU in most

functional areas. Seasoned faculty members from all

disciplines and regions can consult with government 

acquisition organizations and integrated product

teams on either a long- or a short-term basis. Faculty

members have extensive acquisition program experience, 

education, and training to provide the right solutions at 

the right time to solve individual, field organization, and

agency acquisition challenges. Consulting and facilitation

services are offered in areas such as strategic planning, 

group consensus problem solving, and planning of alltypes.

DAU offers a Program Startup Workshop to facilitate 

better government and industry teaming after contract

award on defense acquisition programs. The 3- to 5-day

workshop is tailored to match the specific needs of

each program and is conducted jointly with government

and industry teams. Ideally held 2 to 4 weeks after

contract award, the workshop provides training on

essential startup activities and creates an environment of 

teamwork, communication, and trust.

DAU also offers Group Consensus Problem Solving

to assist in group deliberation, collaborative decisionmaking, and teamwork of all types. As an integral part

of those processes, teams use networked computers to

share information, develop plans, examine alternatives, 

and address complex problems. The university’s

facilitated decision-making services use ThinkTank

electronic meeting software for strategic planning, 

problem solving, team building, brainstorming, and other 

facilitated interventions. ThinkTank and other facilitation

services can be provided at all DAU campuses.

Rapid-Deployment Training is a capability that DAU

established in response to the accelerated rate of change 

to acquisition policies, procedures, and best practices. By

DAU’s Learning Assets
35

quickly focusing attention on high-value initiatives, DAU

is able to develop and deliver training to large numbers 

of the Defense Acquisition Workforce soon after an

initiative is implemented and in parallel with changes 

to our formal courses. Rapid-deployment training can

be provided via multiple available media, including live 

webcasts, recorded video-on-demand and podcasts,

classroom training, continuous learning modules, and 

local sessions. Experienced facilitators can be scheduled

within days of release of new initiatives that affect the

Defense Acquisition Workforce.

Targeted Training workshops and mini-courses are

developed by DAU to meet specific, targeted needs of

DoD acquisition organizations and program offices.

DAU faculty members continually meet with acquisition

professionals and organizations to understand their

requirements; faculty can then tailor existing learning

assets, such as DAWIA core courses, to meet the

learning needs of the professionals or organizations.

See Appendix D for a list of targeted training courses

currently available.

Knowledge Sharing

Knowledge sharing—achieved by the blending of people,

processes, and information technology—improves

organizational performance through increased efficiency,

effectiveness, and innovation. Leveraging advanced

portal and collaboration technologies, DAU supports

Defense Acquisition Workforce members at their point of

need for informal learning and job performance support.

The workforce can take advantage of online resources

and interactive venues that facilitate the sharing of 

Performance Learning
36

documented knowledge, experiences, and lessons

learned among individuals and organizations. DAU’s

primary components of knowledge sharing are the AT&L

Knowledge Management System (AKMS)—composed

of the Defense Acquisition Portal(DAP), the Acquisition

Community Connection (ACC), the DoD Acquisition Best

Practices Clearinghouse (BPCh), the DoD Acquisition

Encyclopedia (ACQuipedia), and the ACQuire search and

discovery system—as well as the David D. Acker Library

and Knowledge Repository. Users can view short videos

and get additional details on all elements of the AKMS at

https://acc.dau.mil/at&lkm.

Defense Acquisition Portal (DAP)

The DAP is the central repository for acquisition policy

and reference materials. The DAP focuses on “Big A”

processes—describing all phases of the acquisition

process, from requirements generation and budget 

development, through overall management of the 

acquisition process.

Utilizing the DAP, the acquisition professional can quickly

access necessary information to accomplish specific

tasks directly related to program and project support.

The DAP is organized as a series of pages under tabbed

labels, making it easy for the user to locate information.

The DAP provides the Defense Acquisition Workforce

with information on and links to:

+ Better Buying Power Initiative Gateway

+ Defense Acquisition Guidebook

+ Web-Enabled Integrated Defense 

 Acquisition, Technology, and Logistics 

Life Cycle Management Chart

+ Ask A Professor (AAP) system

+ Special topic and functional “Gateways”

+ FAR, DFARS, and other FAR supplements

+ Acquisition processes 

+ Defense acquisition policy and regulations

+ Education and professional development

+ Career management and DoD human capital initiatives

+ Community areas

+ Overview of industry’s role in DoD processes

+ Glossaries and acronyms

+ Software tools

+ News, publications, and events

+ Other AT&L websites

+ Guidebooks, handbooks, and forms

+ DAU media library

+ Rapid-deployment training

The DAP is currently in the first phase of a five-phase

evolutionary development project. Future enhancements

include additional Web capabilities, MyDAP

personalization capability, exportable and selectable

Web parts and services, reduced sign-on and log-on for

DAU- and Service-related portals, and additional RSS

services for notification of new and amended content.

Users can access the DAP at https://dap.dau.mil.

Acquisition Community Connection (ACC)

The ACC is an online forum that includes communities

of practice and collaborative workspaces centered

on acquisition-specific topics. ACC is available to the

Defense Acquisition Workforce 24/7 to collaborate,

share, and connect with one another in an online 

environment. Community members are able to interact

and share lessons learned and experiences to support job 

performance, avoid the duplication of effort, and advance 

the connection of people and ideas.

Recent upgrades to the ACC include an improved RSS

feed capability with user subscription feature, filter-based

navigation of content that facilitates content discovery,

a simplified user interface that encourages member 

interaction and engagement, and CAC login.

Communities play a central role in helping the workforce

stay connected to expertise and in providing the tools,

resources, and connections that help people improve 

performance. The ACC software serves as the backbone

for performance learning tools, such as ACQuipedia

at https://acquipedia.dau.mil, the Defense Acquisition 

Guidebook at https://dag.dau.mil, and the Program 

Managers e-Tool Kit at https://pmtoolkit.dau.mil. Users can

access the ACC at https://acc.dau.mil.

Best Practices Clearinghouse (BPCh)

The DoD Acquisition Best Practices Clearinghouse

(BPCh)is designed to help improve DoD’s systems

acquisition processes by facilitating the selection and

implementation of recommended or proven practices 

appropriate to the needs of individual acquisition 

programs in a variety of functional and special topic

areas. BPCh users learn from practical results that may be

applied in their environment. Users can access the BPCh

at https://bpch.dau.mil.

DAU’s Learning Assets
37

Performance Learning
38

ACQuipedia

ACQuipedia is an online encyclopedia of common

defense acquisition topics and was developed as 

a collaborative project to create content around 

acquisition-related topics. ACQuipedia provides the

Defense Acquisition Workforce with quick access to

information in a succinct and digestible format. Article

content aggregates the most relevant references and 

learning assets to focus users and quickly provide highvalue content. Each topic is identified as an article, and

each article contains a definition, a brief narrative that 

provides context, and links to the most pertinent policy,

guidance, tools, practices, and training on the subject.

ACQuipedia articles support the Web-enabled Integrated

Defense Acquisition, Technology, and Logistics Life Cycle

Management Chart, community of practice libraries,

and course material as well as the PM e-Tool Kit and

other performance learning tools. Users can access

ACQuipedia at https://acquipedia.dau.mil.

Program Managers e-Tool Kit

DAU has converted the popular Program Managers

Tool Kit into a Web version that is easy to update with

the latest information; and key text and diagrams link

directly to cited policy, related communities of practice,

and comprehensive ACQuipedia articles. Visitors to the

e-Tool Kit will encounter a table of contents listing all

information in the handbook, and clicking on a topic will

send them directly to that page in the handbook. Table of

contents topics are available in the left-hand menu, and

clearly labeled navigation buttons allow users to view

each individual page in the handbook. Users can access

the Program Managers e-Tool Kit at https://pmtoolkit.dau.mil.

ACQuire Enterprise Search

ACQuire is the enterprise search engine for DAU

educational and knowledge content. It allows users to

select the information source—DAP, ACC, AAP, BPCh,

the Defense Acquisition Guidebook, the DAU Home

page, DAU continuous and distance learning modules,

DAU’s Learning Assets
39

Other Services

Strategic Partnerships

DAU has established strategic partnerships with

universities and colleges so that Defense Acquisition

Workforce members can transfer DAU coursework

toward college and university degrees and certificates.

While each partnership is unique in what it offers,

the objective of the partnership program is to provide 

workforce members with opportunities to maximize

academic accomplishments by receiving credit for DAU

courses toward a graduate, undergraduate, or certificate 

program offered by a strategic partner.

For help in finding a program that suits individual 

needs, prospective students can visit the DAU Strategic

Partnership page at the DAU website (www.dau.mil/

aboutdau/pages/partnerships.aspx.) Here are listed various

colleges and universities with which DAU has current

partnership agreements. To view specific information

on the various partnership benefits offered by each

school, simply click the school’s name to be linked

to a corresponding landing page. Landing pages will

provide additional information on degree and certificate 

programs, including a point of contact at the school and 

application directions.

The Strategic Partnership page also contains a link to the

Excelerate program. This is a unique partnership with

schools that offer Defense Acquisition Workforce credit

toward master’s degrees and certificates of achievement

for Level II and Level III Defense Acquisition Workforce

Improvement Act(DAWIA) certification. For a current

list of partners participating in the Excelerate program, go 

to www.dau.mil/aboutdau/aboutdocs/excelerate.aspx.

Equivalency Program

DAU has partnered with other education and training

providers that offer or desire to offer courses, programs 

of instruction, or assessment processes that are 

substantially similar to the learning outcomes addressed

in specific DAU courses. Equivalency courses can be used

in lieu of a DAU course when seeking certification in an

acquisition career field.

For current and potential providers of equivalency

courses, go to www.dau.mil/studentinfo/learning/appg.aspx.

and ACQuipedia—and search for exact terms, phrases,

multiple terms, acronyms, or numerical references. The

recently improved ACQuire search engine has several

features designed to enhance the user’s search and

discovery experience. As the search query is entered,

ACQuire will offer suggested searches pulled from the

DAU taxonomy, recent search history, and

controlled vocabulary.

Users seeking additional information also have the option

of selecting from a variety of commercial search engines,

which will automatically use the same search query

terms. ACQuire still maintains the search-within-search

feature, allowing the user to refine the results based on 

additional search criteria and discriminators. Finally,

ACQuire integrates the search results with ACQuipedia

for prepopulated and matched terms and queries. Users

can access ACQuire at https://acquire.dau.mil.

iTunes University

The first corporate university to appear on Apple’s iTunes

University, DAU provides users with access to videos on

a variety of topics for all Defense Acquisition Workforce

career fields, and the university continues to add new

videos. All content is free to the public, but users must

first have iTunes installed on their computers. Those who

have an iTunes account with Apple also can subscribe to

a particular career field or topic channel and have content 

delivered as soon as it becomes available. The videos can

be accessed at https://deimos.apple.com/WebObjects/Core.

woa/Browse/dau.mil or by opening iTunes, clicking on the

iTunes Store link, clicking on the Universities & Colleges

link, and looking for Defense Acquisition University.

iTunesU Media can also be accessed via iTunes-enabled

mobile devices such as the iPhone, iTouch, or iPad.

Library and Knowledge Repository

The David D. Acker Library and Knowledge Repository

supports the university’s curricula and its defense

acquisition research. Full borrowing privileges are

available to current DAU students, and alumni may

register for weekend borrowing privileges. The library

participates in interlibrary loans through the Online

Computer Library Center. The David D. Acker Library

website, www.dau.mil/pubscats/Pages/Acker%20Library.

aspx, offers extensive online research capabilities for DAU

students, including an online library catalog. The online

catalog provides easy searches by author, title, subject

terms, keywords, date, and format. If a publication is

available on the Web, the online catalog will provide a link.

Performance Learning
40

Senior Service College Fellowship

The Senior Service College Fellowship (SSCF) program

at DAU conducts offerings in Huntsville, AL; Warren,

MI; and Aberdeen Proving Ground, MD. This 10-month,

in-resident leadership education program is a partnership

between theArmy and DAUdesigned to provide seniorlevel civilians equivalent training to their military

counterparts in preparation for senior-level leadership

responsibilities.

Target Attendees: Civilians at the GS-14 or 15 level(or

equivalent pay band)in all acquisition career fields who

are members of the Army Acquisition Corps and seek to

develop and apply leadership skills and competencies. 

Prerequisite(s): Level III certification in primary

acquisition career field; commander’s letter of

endorsement.

Participants in this program are selected by a central

selection board convened annually by the Army

Acquisition Corps in Washington, DC. 

Upon completion of the program, participants will receive

credit for SSCF attendance and credit for the Program

Manager’s Course (PMT 401). This program also offers

the opportunity to secure a master’s degree in leadership. 

The program contains the following core areas:

leadership, mentoring and research. National speakers,

university courses, national security module, PMT 401,

tours, and a number of DAU classes related to leadership

are offered. The SSCF program assistance is funded

by each fellow’s sending command. The program is

intense and provides time to think and reflect without the

distractions of the typical government workplace.

Center for Defense Acquisition Research

The DAU Center for Defense Acquisition Research

supports the Defense Acquisition, Technology and

Logistics (AT&L) community by focusing research on

the acquisition of defense-related materiel and services.

The Center helps bring analytical research and insight

to bear on critical issues that affect policies, processes, 

and the workforce. These issues have been identified

by the leaders of the entire AT&L community, across

government, industry, and academia. The Center

coordinates investigations performed by a wide range of

researchers: DAU faculty, staff, and students; Federally

Funded Research and Development Centers (FFRDCs);

think tanks; academia; and members of the wider

acquisition community, in both government and industry,

whether in the United States or abroad.

Learn more about research products and join in research 

discussions in the Acquisition Research Community of

Practice at https://acc.dau.mil/research or contact 

research@dau.mil.

Periodicals

In an effort to maximize resources, the Defense AT&L

magazine and the Defense Acquisition Research Journal

(ARJ) are now available to individual subscribers online

only.

For the latest issue of Defense AT&L or to obtain a free

subscription to Defense AT&L magazine and/or the

Defense Acquisition Review Journal, go to www.dau.mil/

pubscats/Pages/DefenseAtl.aspx. For the latest issue of

Defense ARJ, go to www.dau.mil/pubscats/Pages/ARJ.aspx.

To be alerted by e-mail when the new issue of either

publication is available, sign up for the DAU LISTSERV by

sending an e-mail to darjonline@dau.mil and/or datlonline@

dau.mil with “Add to LISTSERVE” in the subject line.

Publications

The DAU Press offers a wide range of publications to the

Defense Acquisition Workforce. Current publications can

be viewed at www.dau.mil/pubscats/default.aspx.

DAU students and government employees can obtain

a free single copy of most publications from the DAU

Publications Distribution Center in Bldg. 231, Room

9, at Fort Belvoir. Printed copies of the Defense AT&L

and Defense ARJ are available on a limited basis while

supplies last.

To receive a free copy by mail, send a request to DAU,

ATTN: Publications, 9820 Belvoir Road, Suite 3, Fort

Belvoir, VA 22060-5565; call 703-805-4923; or fax

requests to 703-805-3726. Those who do not qualify

for a free single copy from the DAU Press or who need

multiple copies may buy copies directly from the DAU

Publications Distribution Center by using an InterAgency/Military Interdepartmental Purchase Request or

by writing a check payable to the U.S. Treasury.

DAU’s Learning Assets
41

Performance Learning
42
43

The Defense Acquisition Workforce 

Communities and Programs

p. 44 Workforce Management— 

Functional Leaders 

p. 46 Acquisition and Program 

Management Functional 

Community 

p. 46 International Acquisition 

Functional Community 

p. 52 Auditing Functional Community

p. 56 Business Functional Communities

p. 64 Contracting, Purchasing, and 

Industrial/Contract Property 

Management Functional 

Communities 

p. 80 Engineering and Technical 

Management Functional 

Communities 

p. 98 Facilities Engineering Functional

Community 

p. 102 Information Technology Functional 

Community 

p. 106 Life Cycle Logistics Functional 

Community 

p. 114 Science and Technology Functional 

Community 

p. 118 Test and Evaluation Functional 

Community 

Chapter Three

The certification standards published in 

this Catalog are in effect as of Sep. 1, 2010. 

Updates are posted in the DAU iCatalog at

www.icatalog.dau.mil as they occur. Check 

the iCatalog for current information on 

certification standards and courses. 
44

Overview

The functional leaders are senior leaders who specialize 

in a functional area of acquisition, technology, and 

logistics. Requirements for career fields may change as 

a result of new technologies, mission requirements, or 

servicemember needs, and it is the job of the functional 

leaders to ensure that their respective career fields 

maintain relevancy. Functional leaders are involved in 

chairing integrated product teams to address career 

development issues and to identify training, education, 

and experience requirements. 

The results from the integrated product teams help 

provide course relevance and direction of course content 

to curricula developers and course authors, as well as 

a rigorous, ongoing quality assessment of DAU course 

offerings.

An overview of each functional leader’s area of 

responsibility as well as the certification and core plus table 

for the functional area are provided on the following pages. 

+ Acquisition & 

Program Management

Mr. Dave Ahern 

Director, Strategic and Tactical 

Systems

+ Life Cycle Logistics

Mr. John Baranowski

Acting Deputy Assistant Secretary 

of Defense (Materiel Readiness)

+ International Acquisition

Mr. Alfred Volkman

Director, International 

Cooperation, OUSD(AT&L)

+ Information Technology 

and Software Acquisition 

Management

Ms. Joyce France

Director, DoD Chief Information 

Officer Management Services

+ Facilities Engineering

Mr. James Dalton

P.E. Chief, Engineering and 

Construction, U.S. Army Corps of 

Engineers

+ Contracting, Purchasing, 

and Industrial/Contract 

Property Management

Mr. Shay Assad

Director, Defense Procurement

+ Business

Dr. Nancy L. Spruill

Director, Acquisition Resources and 

Analysis, OUSD(AT&L)

+ Auditing

Mr. Patrick Fitzgerald

Director, Defense Contract 

Audit Agency

+ Science & Technology 

Dr. John Fischer

Director, Laboratory Office, 

ODDR&E

+ Engineering & 

Technical Management 

Mr. Stephen Welby

Director, Systems Engineering, 

ODDR&E

+ Test and Evaluation

Mr. Edward Greer

Deputy Assistant Secretary of 

Defense, Developmental Test and 

Evaluation OASD(R&E) 

Director, Test Resource 

Management Center (TRMC) 

Workforce Management—Functional Leaders

The Defense Acquisition Workforce 

Communities and Programs
45
46

+ Mr. Dave Ahern 

Director, Strategic 

and Tactical Systems

+ Mr. Alfred Volkman 

Director, International 

Cooperation, OUSD(AT&L)

Acquisition and Program 

Management Functional 

Community

Acquisition professionals in the Program Management 

career field are concerned with all of the functions of 

a program management office (PMO) or a program 

executive office (PEO). Program management 

professionals serve in a wide range of PMO and PEO 

positions, including program integrators and analysts, 

program managers, PEOs, and their deputies. They may 

also serve in a number of support and management 

positions throughout the workforce. The fundamental 

responsibilities of the program manager are to balance 

the many factors that influence cost, schedule, and 

performance; to interpret and tailor application of the 

DoD 5000 Series regulations; and to ensure that highquality, affordable, supportable, and effective defense 

systems are delivered to the warfighter as quickly as 

possible.

International Acquisition 

Functional Community

International Acquisition is a new career path created 

by the Under Secretary of Defense for Acquisition, 

Technology and Logistics. Initial execution of the 

career path began in fiscal year 2009, aligning it with 

the Program Management career field. The initial 

alignment with Level III program managers expanded 

to include Level II program managers in fiscal year 2011. 

International Acquisition establishes a formal career 

path within the overall Program Management career 

field. Formalizing the career path systematically with the 

personnel systems enables two important actions. First, 

specific manpower billets can be coded as international 

program management positions requiring individuals 

possessing both core and international acquisition 

qualifications to fill the respective positions. Second, 

the existing personnel management infrastructure will 

record each Defense Acquisition Workforce member’s 

achievement toward this special qualication. This 

information ultimately will provide visibility to members 

of senior management, enabling them to identify 

and select internationally qualified persons to lead 

international programs.

The Defense Acquisition Workforce 

Communities and Programs

Total Workforce Size: 15,782
47

Program Management Level I

Type of Assignment Representative Activities

+ Weapon Systems

•	 Participates in an Integrated Product Team (IPT) delivering a weapon system, Command and 

Control (C2)/network-centric system, or space system

•	 Performs financial and status reporting, and basic logistics activities

•	 Supports pre-award contract activities and workload planning and scheduling

+ Services Assists in acquisition planning, assessing risk (technical, cost, and schedule), and contract

tracking and performance evaluation

+ Business Management Systems/IT Participates in a business process IPT, fundamentals of enterprise integration, and outcomebased performance measures

+ International Acquisition Participates in a variety of international-related programs/tasks, either cooperative or security

assistance in nature

Core Certification Standards1 (Required for DAWIA certification)

+ Acquisition Training ACQ 101 Fundamentals of Systems Acquisition Management

+ Functional Training

•	 SYS 101 Fundamentals of Systems Planning, Research, Development, and Engineering

•	 CLB 007 Cost Analysis

•	 CLB 016 Introduction to Earned Value Management

+ Education Formal education not required for certification

+ Experience 1 year of acquisition experience

Core Plus Development Guide2

(Desired training, education, and experience) Type of Assignment

Training Weapon 

Systems Services Business Mgmt/IT International Acq

CLC 011 Contracting for the Rest of Us + + +

CLE 025 Information Assurance (IA) for Acquisition Professionals + + + +

CLI 001 International Armaments Cooperation (IAC), Part 1 +

CLI 002 International Armaments Cooperation (IAC), Part 2 +

CLI 003 International Armaments Cooperation (IAC), Part 3 +

CLL 008 Designing for Supportability in DoD Systems + +

CLL 011 Performance-Based Logistics + +

CLM 017 Risk Management + + +

CLM 029 Net-Ready Key Performance Parameter (NR-KPP) + +

IRM 101 Basic Information Systems Acquisition + + +

LOG 101 Acquisition Logistics Fundamentals + +

PQM 101 Production, Quality, and Manufacturing Fundamentals + +

SAM 101 Basic Software Acquisition Management + +

TST 102 Fundamentals of Test and Evaluation +

Education: Baccalaureate degree, preferably with a major in engineering, systems management, or business administration

Experience: 1 year of acquisition experience (in addition to core certification experience)

1

 The Core Certification Standards section lists the training, education, and experience REQUIRED for certification at this level. 

2

 When preparing your Individual Development Plan (IDP), you and your supervisor should consider the training, education, and experience listed in this Core Plus Development Guide if not already completed. 

NOTES: 

• “(R)” following a course title indicates the course is delivered as resident-based instruction. 

• Some continuous learning (CL) modules have been created by extracting lessons in their entirety from a training course. If this is the case for the CL module(s) identified in the above core certification standards, the course the CL module was extracted from is identified in the “Notes” section 

of the CL course description and the course can be substituted to meet the certification standard. 
48

Program Management Level II 

Type of Assignment Representative Activities

+ Weapon Systems

•	 Structures and guides systems engineering activities

•	 Establishes a risk/opportunity program; structures and conducts technical reviews

•	 Works with contracting personnel

•	 Maintains configuration control

•	 Leads IPTs in support of developing and delivering a weapon system, C2

network-centric system, or space system

+ Services

•	 Structures incentives tied to desired outcomes for service contracts, prepares

plans for mitigating risks, provides contract tracking and oversight

•	 Performs most acquisition planning tasks as established in Attachment1to

AT&L Services Memo of Oct. 2, 2006

+ Business Management Systems/IT

Leads IPTs, identifies and manages enterprise-level business systems and issues, and applies

performance measures within the acquisition community and program office context that

directly impact systems under development

+ International Acquisition

Participates in successful cooperative development, production partnership, or system modification/transfer during pre-system acquisition or system acquisition with allied and friendly

nations, either cooperative or security assistance in nature

Core Certification Standards1 (Required for DAWIA certification)

+ Acquisition Training •	 ACQ 201A Intermediate Systems Acquisition, Part A

•	 ACQ 201B Intermediate Systems Acquisition, Part B (R)

+ Functional Training

•	 PMT 251 Program Management Tools Course, Part I

•	 PMT 257 Program Management Tools Course, Part II

•	 CON 110 Mission-Support Planning and either of the following completed on or

after Nov.15, 2005:

—SAM 101 Basic Software Acquisition Management or

—IRM 101 Basic Information Systems Acquisition

—CON 115 To replace CON 110 Oct.1, 2011 (to be deployed)

+ Education Formal education not required for certification

+ Experience 2 years of acquisition experience; at least1 year of this experience must be in program

management

Unique Position Training Standards2

+ International Acquisition 

 

•	 PMT 202 Multinational Program Management (R) 

•	 PMT 203 International Security and Technology Transfer/Control (R) 

Core Plus Development Guide3

(Desired training, education, and experience) Type of Assignment

Training Weapon 

Systems Services Business Mgmt/IT International Acq

BCF 215 Operating and Support Cost Analysis (R) + + +

CLE 004 Introduction to Lean Enterprise Concepts + + +

CLE 006 Enterprise Integration Overview +

CLE 022 Program Manager Introduction to Anti-Tamper +

CLI 004 Information Exchange Program (IEP), DoD Generic Research, 

Development, Test, and Evaluation (RDT&E) +

CLL 002 Defense Logistics Agency Support to the PM + +

CLL 006 Depot Maintenance Partnering + +

1

 The Core Certification Standards section lists the training, education, and experience REQUIRED for certification at this level. 

2

 Workforce members assigned to the positions listed in the Unique Position Training Standards section MUST meet these training standard(s) within 24 months of assignment. 

3

 When preparing your Individual Development Plan (IDP), you and your supervisor should consider the training, education, and experience listed in this Core Plus Development Guide if not already completed. 

NOTE: “(R)” following a course title indicates the course is delivered as resident-based instruction. 

The Defense Acquisition Workforce 

Communities and Programs
49

Core Plus Development Guide3

(Desired training, education, and experience) Type of Assignment

Training Weapon 

Systems Services Business Mgmt/IT International Acq

CLM 025 Commercial-Off-The-Shelf (COTS) Acquisition for Program 

Managers + + +

CLM 031 Improved Statement of Work + +

CLM 036 Technology Transfer and Export Control Fundamentals +

LOG 102 Systems Sustainment Management Fundamentals + +

PQM 101 Production, Quality, and Manufacturing Fundamentals + +

Education: Master’s degree, preferably with a major in engineering, systems management, business administration, or a related field

Experience: 2 additional years’ acquisition experience, preferably in a systems program office or similar organization

1

 The Core Certification Standards section lists the training, education, and experience REQUIRED for certification at this level. 

2

 Workforce members assigned to the positions listed in the Unique Position Training Standards section MUST meet these training standard(s) within 24 months of assignment. 

3

 When preparing your Individual Development Plan (IDP), you and your supervisor should consider the training, education, and experience listed in this Core Plus Development Guide if not already completed. 

NOTE: “(R)” following a course title indicates the course is delivered as resident-based instruction. 
50

Program Management Level III

Type of Assignment Representative Activities

+ Weapon Systems

•	 Leads and provides oversight of IPTs delivering a weapon system, C2/net-centric system, or

space system

•	 Leads tasks supporting pre-award contracts, financial management, risk management, systems

engineering, total ownership cost determination, contract coordination, and communications

+ Services

•	 Organizes and leads DoD professional, administrative, and management support service

contracting relating to developing clearly stated and actionable requirements packages

•	 Coordinates with local procurement contracting officers, and ensures opportunities for

socioeconomic business concerns

•	 Performs all acquisition strategy requirements actions noted in Attachment1to AT&L Services

Memo of Oct. 2, 2006

+ Business Management Systems/IT Oversees transformation integration, planning and performance, and investment management

applicable to the acquisition community, program office(s), and system(s) under development

Core Certification Standards1 (Required for DAWIA certification)

+ Acquisition Training None required

+ Functional Training

•	 BCF 102 Earned Value Management Fundamentals

•	 BCF 103 Business Financial Management Fundamentals

•	 LOG 103 Reliability, Availlabilty and Maintainability (RAM)

•	 PMT 352A Program Management Office Course, Part A

•	 PMT 352B Program Management Office Course, Part B (R)

•	 SYS 202 Intermediate Systems Planning, Research, Development, and Engineering, Part I

+ Education Formal education not required for certification

+ Experience

4 years acquisition experience with at least:

—2 years in a program office/similar organization (dedicated matrix support to a PM, PEO,

DCMA program integrator, or supervisor of shipbuilding)

—1 year in a program management position with cost, schedule, and performance

responsibilities

Unique Position Training Standards

+ International Acquisition3 through Sept. 30, 2011

•	 PMT 304 Advanced International Management Workshop (R)

•	 PMT 202 Multinational Program Management (R)

•	 PMT 203 International Security and Technology Transfer/Control (R)

+ PEOs; PM/DPM of MDAP/MAIS; PM/DPM of significant nonmajor programs2

•	 PMT 401 Program Manager’s Course (R) 

•	 PMT 402 Executive Program Manager’s Course (R) 

Core Plus Development Guide4

(Desired training, education, and experience) Type of Assignment

Training Weapon Systems Services Business 

Mgmt/IT

ACQ 265 Missioned-Focused Service Acquisition + +

ACQ 370 Acquisition Law + + +

ACQ 452 Forging Stakeholder Relationships (R) + + +

BCF 207 Economic Analysis (R) + + +

BCF 209 Acquisition Reporting for MDAPs and MAIS (R) + +

CLE 008 Six Sigma: Concepts and Processes + + +

CLE 301 Reliability and Maintainability + +

CLL 022 Title 10 Depot Maintenance Statute Overview + + +

CLL 201 Diminishing Manufacturing Sources and Material Shortages 

(DMSMS) Fundamentals + + +

LOG 200 Intermediate Acquisition Logistics, Part A + +

1

 The Core Certification Standards section lists the training, education, and experience REQUIRED for certification at this level. 

2

 Workforce members assigned to these positions MUST meet these training standard(s) within 6 months of assignment. 

3

 Workforce members assigned to these positions MUST meet these training standard(s) within 24 months of assignment. 

4

 When preparing your Individual Development Plan (IDP), you and your supervisor should consider the training, education, and experience listed in this Core Plus Development Guide if not already completed. 

NOTE: “(R)” following a course title indicates the course is delivered as resident-based instruction. 

The Defense Acquisition Workforce 

Communities and Programs
51

Core Plus Development Guide4

(Desired training, education, and experience) Type of Assignment

Training Weapon Systems Services Business 

Mgmt/IT

LOG 201 Intermediate Acquisition Logistics, Part B (R) + +

LOG 204 Configuration Management + +

LOG 235 Performance-Based Logistics, Part A + +

LOG 236 Performance-Based Logistics, Part B (R) + +

PMT 403 Program Manager’s Skills (R) + + +

PQM 201A Intermediate Production, Quality, and Manufacturing, Part A +

SAM 301 Advanced Software Acquisition Management (R) + + +

SYS 203 Intermediate Systems Planning, Research, Development, and 

Engineering, Part II (R) +

TST 203 Intermediate Test and Evaluation (R) +

Education: Master’s degree, preferably with a major in engineering, systems management, business administration, or a related field. At least 24 semester hours from among 

accounting, business finance, law, purchasing, economics, industrial management, marketing, quantitative methods, and organization and management (DANTES equivalancy 

may be substituted).

Experience: 2 additional years’ acquisition experience, preferably in a systems program office or similar organization (in addition to core certification experience).

1

 The Core Certification Standards section lists the training, education, and experience REQUIRED for certification at this level. 

2

 Workforce members assigned to these positions MUST meet these training standard(s) within 6 months of assignment. 

3

 Workforce members assigned to these positions MUST meet these training standard(s) within 24 months of assignment. 

4

 When preparing your Individual Development Plan (IDP), you and your supervisor should consider the training, education, and experience listed in this Core Plus Development Guide if not already completed. 

NOTE: “(R)” following a course title indicates the course is delivered as resident-based instruction. 
52

Auditing Functional Community

+ Mr. Patrick Fitzgerald 

Director, Defense Contract 

Audit Agency

Persons in this career field perform contract auditing, 

accounting, and financial advisory services to DoD and 

other government agencies in negotiation, administration, 

and settlement of contracts and subcontracts. Duties 

include evaluating information about contractor 

economic assertions, comparing those assertions 

to established criteria, and reporting the results to 

interested third parties. 

Some reasons for audits include proposal submissions, 

incurred cost, compliance with the Truth in Negotiations 

Act, compliance with cost accounting standards, 

contract terminations, claims for abnormal conditions, 

contractor financial condition, and contractor systems 

and operations.

The Defense Acquisition Workforce 

Communities and Programs

Total Workforce Size: 4,086
53

Auditing Level I

Type of Assignment Representative Activities

+ Auditor

Audits financial records, reports, management controls, policies, and practices affecting or

reflecting the financial condition and operation of Department of Defense and other federal

agency contractors

Core Certification Standards1 (Required for DAWIA certification)

+ Acquisition Training None required

+ Functional Training •	 AUD 1150 Technical Indoctrination (R)

+ Education

•	 A baccalaureate degree in accounting; or

•	 A baccalaureate degree in a business-related field with at least 24 semester credit hours in

accounting; or

•	 4 years of experience in accounting; or

•	 An equivalent combination of accounting experience, college education, and training

+ Experience 1 year of contract auditing experience

Core Plus Development Guide2

(Desired training, education, and experience) Type of Assignment

Training Auditor

AUD 1113 Orientation to DCAA +

AUD 1261 Scanning Guidance +

AUD 1265 APPS Performance Support Manual +

AUD 1601 FAR 31, Allowable and Unallowable Costs +

 AUD 1602 Allowable Costs with Restrictions (Non-Employee) +

 AUD 1603 Allowable Costs with Restrictions (Employee) +

 AUD 9201 New Employee Ethics +

Education: None specified

Experience: None specified

1

 The Core Certification Standards section lists the training, education, and experience REQUIRED for certification at this level. 

2

 When preparing your Individual Development Plan (IDP), you and your supervisor should consider the training, education, and experience listed in this Core Plus Development Guide if not already completed. 

NOTES: 

• For information on AUD courses, contact the Defense Contract Audit Institute at 901-325-6100.

• “(R)” following a course title indicates the course is delivered as resident-based instruction. 
54

Auditing Level II

Type of Assignment Representative Activities

+ Auditor

Audits financial records, reports, management controls, policies and practices affecting or

reflecting the financial condition and operation of Department of Defense and other federal

agency contractors

Core Certification Standards1 (Required for DAWIA certification)

+ Acquisition Training None required

+ Functional Training

Complete one of the following:

•	 AUD 1231 Intermediate Contract Auditing (R)

•	 AUD 4120 Statistical Sampling (R)

+ Education

Entry below GS-9: Same as Level I

Entry at GS-9: Same as Level I AND

— 2 full years of graduate education leading to a master’s degree in accounting, auditing, or

related field such as business administration or finance; or

— 1full year of professional accounting, auditing, or related experience

+ Experience 2 years of contract auditing experience of increasing complexity and responsibility

Core Plus Development Guide2

(Desired training, education, and experience) Type of Assignment

Training Auditor

AUD 1121 Briefing Contracts +

AUD 1122 Accounting System Survey +

AUD 1126 Adequacy of Proposals +

AUD 1142 Progress Payments +

AUD 1170 Financial Capability +

AUD 1221 Basic Flowcharting +

AUD 1232 Internal Control Assessment +

AUD 1249 Agreed-Upon Procedures +

AUD 1269 Working Paper Documentation +

AUD 1271 Permanent Files +

AUD 1283 Fraud Awareness +

AUD 1325 Internal Control Systems: Planning +

AUD 1541 Cost Accounting Standards +

AUD 5614 Fundamentals of Auditing Information Systems +

AUD 5651 Retrieving and Analyzing Electronic Data Using SAS +

AUD 6115 Effective Report Writing +

AUD 6220 Auditor Interview and Interpersonal Reactions +

AUD 6240 Oral Presentation Workshop +

Education: • Begin graduate studies leading to a master’s degree in accounting or business

 • Professional certification—CPA, CMA, CIA, CISA

Experience: Experience in performing increasingly complex audits for normal position progression and with increasing independence

1

 The Core Certification Standards section lists the training, education, and experience REQUIRED for certification at this level. 

2 When preparing your Individual Development Plan (IDP), you and your supervisor should consider the training, education, and experience listed in this Core Plus Development Guide if not already completed. 

NOTES: 

• For information on AUD courses, contact the Defense Contract Audit Institute at 901-325-6100.

• “(R)” following a course title indicates the course is delivered as resident-based instruction. 

The Defense Acquisition Workforce 

Communities and Programs
55

Auditing Level III

Type of Assignment Representative Activities

+ Auditor Supervises those performing contract audits; or acts as the subject matter expert in technical

audit areas (technical specialist); or acts as the liaison between DCAA and buying commands

Core Certification Standards1 (Required for DAWIA certification)

+ Acquisition Training None required

+ Functional Training None required

+ Education Same as Level II

+ Experience 3 years of contract auditing experience and attainment of position beyond senior auditor

Unique Position Training Standards2

+ Financial Liaison Auditor

•	 ACQ 101 Fundamentals of Systems Acquisition Management

•	 AUD 6240 Oral Presentation Workshop

•	 AUD 6510 Instructor Workshop

•	 AUD 8414 DDI Leadership Skills

+ Supervisory Auditor AUD 8562 DCAA Personnel Management Policy (R)

+ Technical Specialist

•	 AUD 1431 Accounting and Auditing Refresher

•	 AUD 1541 Cost Accounting Standards

•	 AUD 2311 Defective Pricing

•	 AUD 4035 Quantitative Methods Refresher (R)

•	 AUD 5651 Retrieving and Analyzing Electronic Data Using SAS

Core Plus Development Guide3

(Desired training, education, and experience) Type of Assignment

Training Auditor

ACQ 101 Fundamentals of Systems Acquisition Management +

AUD 1570 CAS—Administration and Coverage +

AUD 1571 CAS 401, 402, and 405 +

AUD 1572 CAS 403, 410, 418, and 420 +

AUD 1573 CAS 404 and 409 +

AUD 1574 CAS 414 and 417 +

AUD 1575 CAS 406—Cost Accounting Period +

AUD 1576 CAS 408 and 415 +

AUD 1577 CAS 407 +

AUD 1578 CAS 416 +

AUD 1579 CAS 411 +

AUD 1580 CASB Disclosure Statements +

AUD 2311 Defective Pricing +

AUD 8414 DDI Leadership Skills +

AUD 8564 Administration and Management of Audits for Supervisors +

Education: None specified

Experience: None specified

1 The Core Certification Standards section lists the training, education, and experience REQUIRED for certification at this level. 

2

 Workforce members assigned to the position(s) listed in the Unique Position Training Standards section MUST meet these training standard(s) within 6 months of assignment. 

3 When preparing your Individual Development Plan (IDP), you and your supervisor should consider the training, education, and experience listed in this Core Plus Development Guide if not already completed. 

NOTES: 

• For information on AUD courses, contact the Defense Contract Audit Institute at 901-325-6100.

• “(R)” following a course title indicates the course is delivered as resident-based instruction. 
56

Business Functional Communities

Business—Cost Estimating 

Business—Financial Management

+ Dr. Nancy L. Spruill, Director, Acquisition 

Resources and Analysis, OUSD(AT&L)

These career fields encompass all aspects of business 

and financial management. They include cost estimating 

and analysis, financial planning, formulating financial 

programs and budgets, budget analysis and execution, 

and earned value management. As advisors to 

commanders, program executive officers, program 

managers, and other acquisition decision makers, 

members of these career fields are responsible for 

business–financial management of defense acquisition 

programs in direct support of the defense 

acquisition process.

Business—Cost Estimating

This area is the area of Business where engineering 

judgment and experience are utilized in the application 

of scientific principles and techniques to the problems 

of cost estimation, cost control and profitability. 

The key objectives in cost estimating are to arrive 

at accurate estimates and avoid cost overruns. This 

functional community covers positions that manage, 

supervise, lead, or perform scientific work that involves 

designing, developing, and adapting mathematical, 

statistical, econometric, and other scientific methods 

and techniques. The work also involves analyzing 

management problems and providing advice and insight about the probable effects of alternative solutions 

to these problems.

Business—Financial Management

This area is defined as the area of Business concerned 

primarily with the total financial affairs of an organization, 

department, or program and the translation of actions 

past, present, and proposed into meaningful and relevant 

information for use in management. It includes the 

functions of budgeting, accounting, reporting, and the 

analysis and interpretation of the financial significance 

of past events and future plans. It sometimes also 

includes other related functions such as internal 

auditing, management analysis, and others. It is not 

primarily concerned with the technical procedures and 

methodology of those individual functions.

Financial management involves the art of interrelating 

data to obtain a perspective of the total financial situation 

that will assist managers in program planning and 

decision-making. A very simple operating program may 

require only a minimum of financial management, and 

this, in some cases, can be provided by the manager. 

Complex programs need broad financial advice and 

know-how and this can only be furnished following the 

synthesizing, analyzing, and interrelating of meaningful 

financial data with programming and planning 

information by an organization and officials particularly 

adept in financial matters.

The Defense Acquisition Workforce 

Communities and Programs

Total Workforce Size: 8,276
57

Cost Estimating Level I

Type of Assignment Representative Activities

+ Cost Estimator Relates the processes of life cycle cost estimating within the context of materiel system acquisition in the Department of Defense

Core Certification Standards1 (Required for DAWIA certification)

+ Acquisition Training ACQ 101 Fundamentals of Systems Acquisition Management

+ Functional Training

•	 BCF 102 Fundamentals of Earned Value Management

•	 BCF 103 Fundamentals of Business Financial Management

•	 BCF 106 Fundamentals of Cost Analysis

•	 BCF 107 Applied Cost Analysis (R)

+ Education

•	 Baccalaureate degree (any field of study)

•	 3 semester credit hours from a calculus course

•	 21 semester credit hours in any combination of the following fields of study: operations research,

economics, mathematics, chemistry, physics or other sciences in which the student utilized

advanced mathematical skills in geometry, trigonometry, statistics, probability, and/or quantitative analysis

+ Experience 2 years of acquisition experience in cost estimating

Core Plus Development Guide2 (Desired training, education, and experience) Type of Assignment

Training Cost Estimator

CLB 014 Acquisition Reporting Concepts and Policy Requirements for 

APB, DAES, and SAR +

CLB 016 Introduction to Earned Value Management +

CLB 017 Performance Measurement Baseline +

CLB 018 Earned Value and Financial Management Reports +

CLB 019 Estimate at Completion +

CLB 020 Baseline Maintenance +

CLC 005 Simplified Acquisition Procedures +

CLM 016 Cost Estimating +

Education: Baccalaureate degree in engineering, statistics, or other math-intensive field of study

Experience: 2 years of acquisition experience in Cost Estimating

1

 The Core Certification Standards section lists the training, education, and experience REQUIRED for certification at this level. 

2

 When preparing your Individual Development Plan (IDP), you and your supervisor should consider the training, education, and experience listed in this Core Plus Development Guide if not already completed. 

NOTE: “(R)” following a course title indicates the course is delivered as resident-based instruction. 
58

Cost Estimating Level II

Type of Assignment Representative Activities

+ Cost Estimator Applies the cost-estimating process in the construction of a cost estimate

Core Certification Standards1 (Required for DAWIA certification)

+ Acquisition Training •	 ACQ 201A Intermediate Systems Acquisition, Part A

•	 ACQ 201B Intermediate Systems Acquisition, Part B (R)

+ Functional Training

•	 BCF 204 Intermediate Cost Analysis (R)

•	 BCF 206 Cost/Risk Analysis (R)

•	 BCF 211 Acquisition Business Management (R)

•	 BCF 215 Operating and Support Cost Analysis (R)

•	 CLB 026 Forecasting Techniques

•	 CLB 030 Data Collection and Sources

+ Education

•	 Baccalaureate degree (any field of study)

•	 3 semester credit hours from a calculus course

•	 21 semester credit hours in any combination of the following fields of study: operations

research, economics, mathematics, chemistry, physics or other sciences where the student

utilizes advanced mathematical skills in geometry, trigonometry, statistics, probability, and/or

quantitative analysis

+ Experience 4 years of acquisition experience in cost estimating

Core Plus Development Guide2 (Desired training, education, and experience) Type of Assignment

Training Cost Estimator

ACQ 265 Mission-Focused Services Acquisition (R) +

BCF 207 Economic Analysis (R) +

BCF 262 EVMS Validation and Surveillance (R) +

BCF 263 Principles of Schedule Management (R) +

CLC 007 Contract Source Selection +

CLC 008 Indirect Costs +

CLC 104 Analyzing Profit or Fee +

CLL 015 Business Case Analysis +

CLL 017 Introduction to Defense Distribution +

CLM 012 Scheduling +

CLM 014 IPT Management and Leadership +

CLM 024 Contracting Overview +

CLM 032 Evolutionary Acquisition +

CLM 101 Analysis of Alternatives (AoA) (USAF process) +

LOG 101 Acquisition Logistics Fundamentals +

PMT 251 Program Management Tools Course, Part I +

PMT 257 Program Management Tools Course, Part II +

SAM 101 Basic Software Acquisition Management +

Education: Baccalaureate degree in engineering, statistics, or other math-intensive field of study

Experience: 4 years of acquisition experience in Cost Estimating

1

 The Core Certification Standards section lists the training, education, and experience REQUIRED for certification at this level. 

2

 When preparing your Individual Development Plan (IDP), you and your supervisor should consider the training, education, and experience listed in this Core Plus Development Guide if not already completed. 

NOTE: “(R)” following a course title indicates the course is delivered as resident-based instruction. 

The Defense Acquisition Workforce 

Communities and Programs
59

Cost Estimating Level III

Type of Assignment Representative Activities

+ Cost Estimator Performs analyses and estimates for a variety of programs and takes on management activities

to ensure cost analysis is conducted properly

Core Certification Standards1 (Required for DAWIA certification)

+ Acquisition Training Acquisition Training identified at Level II must have been completed

+ Functional Training

Functional Training identified at Level II must have been completed

•	 BCF 302 Advanced Concepts in Cost Analysis (R)

•	 CLB 023 Software Cost Estimating

•	 CLB 029 Rates

+ Education

•	 Baccalaureate degree (any field of study)

•	 3 semester credit hours from a calculus course

•	 21 semester credit hours in any combination of the following fields of study: operations

research, economics, mathematics, chemistry, physics or other sciences in which the student

utilizes advanced mathematical skills in geometry, trigonometry, statistics, probability, and/or

quantitative analysis

+ Experience 7 years of acquisition experience in Cost Estimating

Core Plus Development Guide2

(Desired training, education, and experience) Type of Assignment

Training Cost Estimator

ACQ 450 Leading in the Acquisition Environment (R) +

ACQ 451 Integrated Acquisition for Decision Makers (R) +

ACQ 452 Forging Stakeholder Relationships (R) +

PMT 352A Program Management Office Course, Part A +

PMT 352B Program Management Office Course, Part B (R) +

Education: Graduate degree in engineering, statistics, or other math-intensive field of study

Experience: 7 years of acquisition experience in Cost Estimating

1

 The Core Certification Standards section lists the training, education, and experience REQUIRED for certification at this level. 

2

 When preparing your Individual Development Plan (IDP), you and your supervisor should consider the training, education, and experience listed in this Core Plus Development Guide if not already completed. 

NOTE: “(R)” following a course title indicates the course is delivered as resident-based instruction. 
60

Financial Management Level I

Type of Assignment Representative Activities

+ Budget/Program FM Analyst 

•	 Applies basic concepts of budget and program principles, policies, procedures, concepts,

standards, terminology, and a general knowledge of the financial management and business

operation systems

•	 Possesses a basic knowledge of acquisition; recognizes the life-cycle process of an acquisition

program

•	 Reviews, allocates, or manages acquisition resources and programs

+ EVM Analyst

Relates earned value management to acquisition and financial management associated

processes, identifies DoD and DFARS earned value contractual requirements, calculates simple

EVM metrics from EVM data

Core Certification Standards1 (Required for DAWIA certification)

+ Acquisition Training ACQ 101 Fundamentals of Systems Acquisition Management

+ Functional Training

•	 BCF 102 Fundamentals of Earned Value Management

•	 BCF 103 Fundamentals of Business Financial Management

•	 BCF 106 Fundamentals of Cost Analysis

+ Education Formal education not required for certification

+ Experience 2 years of acquisition experience in budgeting, financial and/or earned value management

Core Plus Development Guide2 (Desired training, education, and experience) Type of Assignment

Training Budget/Program FM Analyst EVM Analyst

BCF 107 Applied Cost Analysis (R) + +

CLB 014 Acquisition Reporting Concepts and Policy Requirements for 

APB, DAES, and SAR + +

CLB 017 Performance Measurement Baseline + +

CLB 018 Earned Value and Financial Management Reports + +

CLB 019 Estimate at Completion + +

CLB 020 Baseline Maintenance + +

CLC 008 Indirect Costs +

CLC 024 Basic Math Tutorial + +

CLC 102 Administration of Other Transactions + +

CLM 016 Cost Estimating + +

CLM 021 Introduction to Reducing Total Ownership Costs (R-TOC) + +

CLM 032 Evolutionary Acquisition + +

Education: Associate in Applied Science (A.A.S.) degree or equivalent in business or a business-related field

Experience: 2 years of acquisition experience in budgeting, financial and/or earned value management in support of an acquisition program

1

 The Core Certification Standards section lists the training, education, and experience REQUIRED for certification at this level. 

2

 When preparing your Individual Development Plan (IDP), you and your supervisor should consider the training, education, and experience listed in this Core Plus Development Guide if not already completed. 

NOTE: “(R)” following a course title indicates the course is delivered as resident-based instruction. 

The Defense Acquisition Workforce 

Communities and Programs
61

 Financial Management Level II

Type of Assignment Representative Activities

+ Budget/Program FM Analyst 

•	 Applies general knowledge of budget and program principles, policies, procedures, concepts,

standards, terminology, and financial management and business operation systems

•	 Applies knowledge of acquisition life-cycle process and supports development and preparation

of acquisition documents

•	 Prepares and/or reviews acquisition and financial management documents

•	 Reviews, allocates, or manages acquisition resources and programs

+ EVM Analyst

•	 Interprets program status and predicts trends by analyzing earned value cost and schedule data

as elements of integrated program management

•	 Applies EVM concepts as principal EVM member of an IBR review IPT

•	 Interprets ANSI EVM standard as entry-level EVMS review team evaluator

•	 Completes EVM requirements for acquisition solicitation packages

Core Certification Standards1 (Required for DAWIA certification)

+ Acquisition Training •	 ACQ 201A Intermediate Systems Acquisition, Part A

•	 ACQ 201B Intermediate Systems Acquisition, Part B (R)

+ Functional Training

•	 BCF 106 Fundamentals of Cost Analysis

If not already completed (as required) at Level I, AND

•	 BCF 203 Intermediate Earned Value Management (R)

•	 BCF 205 Contractor Business Strategies (R)

•	 BCF 211 Acquisition Business Management (R)

•	 CLM 017 Risk Management

•	 CLM 024 Contracting Overview

+ Education Formal education not required for certification

+ Experience 4 years of acquisition experience in budgeting, financial and/or earned value management

Core Plus Development Guide2 (Desired training, education, and experience) Type of Assignment

Training Budget/Program FM Analyst EVM Analyst

BCF 204 Intermediate Cost Analysis (R) +

BCF 206 Cost/Risk Analysis (R) + +

BCF 207 Economic Analysis (R) + +

BCF 215 Operating and Support Cost Analysis (R) + +

BCF 262 EVMS Validation and Surveillance (R) +

BCF 263 Principles of Schedule Management (R) + +

CLC 005 Simplified Acquisition Procedures + +

CLC 007 Contract Source Selection + +

CLC 010 Proper Use of Non-DoD Contracts + +

CLC 011 Contracting for the Rest of Us +

CLC 106 Contracting Officer’s Representative with a Mission Focus + +

CLG 001 DoD Government Purchase Card +

CLM 012 Scheduling + +

CLM 040 Proper Financial Accounting Treatments for Military 

Equipment +

Education: Baccalaureate degree in business or a business-related field

Experience: 4 years of acquisition experience in budgeting, financial and/or earned value management in support of an acquisition program

1

 The Core Certification Standards section lists the training, education, and experience REQUIRED for certification at this level. 

2

 When preparing your Individual Development Plan (IDP), you and your supervisor should consider the training, education, and experience listed in this Core Plus Development Guide if not already completed. 

NOTE: “(R)” following a course title indicates the course is delivered as resident-based instruction. 
62

Financial Management Level III

Type of Assignment Representative Activities

+ Budget/Program FM Analyst 

•	 Manages development and evaluation of budget and program improvement plans and resolves

complex issues, identifies options, and negotiates with internal and external stakeholders for

implementation

•	 Advises senior management on fiscal aspects of program management, ensures fiscal integrity,

supports integration of acquisition disciplines

•	 Manages all aspects of the business financial management process for defense acquisition

programs

•	 Reviews, allocates, or manages acquisition resources and programs

+ EVM Analyst

•	 Plans and manages the IBR process as program manager’s principal earned value advisor

•	 Leads EVMS validation reviews as review director or principal deputy

•	 Analyzes and applies EVM data to determine root causes of existing cost and schedule

problems, to forecast potential cost and schedule problems, and to forecast final project costs

Core Certification Standards1 (Required for DAWIA certification)

+ Acquisition Training Acquisition Training identifed at Level II must have been completed

+ Functional Training

•	 Functional Training identified at Level II must have been completed

•	 BCF 301 Business, Cost Estimating, and Financial Management Workshop (R)

•	 CLM 013 Work-Breakdown Structure

•	 CLM 031 Improved Statement of Work

+ Education Formal education not required for certification

+ Experience 6 years of acquisition experience in Budgeting, Financial and/or Earned Value Management

Core Plus Development Guide2

(Desired training, education, and experience) Type of Assignment

Training Budget/Program FM Analyst EVM Analyst

ACQ 450 Leading in the Acquisition Environment (R) + +

ACQ 451 Integrated Acquisition for Decision Makers (R) + +

ACQ 452 Forging Stakeholder Relationships (R) + +

CLL 015 Business Case Analysis + +

CLM 014 IPT Management and Leadership + +

CLM 101 Analysis of Alternatives (AoA) (USAF Process) +

CLM 200 Item-Unique Identification +

CON 110 Mission-Support Planning +

PMT 251 Program Management Tools Course, Part I + +

PMT 257 Program Management Tools Course, Part II + +

PMT 352A Program Management Office Course, Part A + +

PMT 352B Program Management Office Course, Part B (R) + +

Education: Graduate degree in business, related field

Experience: 6 years of acquisition experience in Budgeting, Financial and/or Earned Value Management in support of an acquisition program

1

 The Core Certification Standards section lists the training, education, and experience REQUIRED for certification at this level. 

2

 When preparing your Individual Development Plan (IDP), you and your supervisor should consider the training, education, and experience listed in this Core Plus Development Guide if not already completed. 

NOTE: “(R)” following a course title indicates the course is delivered as resident-based instruction.

The Defense Acquisition Workforce 

Communities and Programs
63
64

Contracting, Purchasing, and Industrial/

Contract Property Management Functional 

Communities

+ Mr. Shay Assad 

Director, Defense Procurement

Contracting

Contracting specialists create effective, efficient, and 

proper business arrangements, have a strategic focus on 

acquisition, and leverage DoD spending to use taxpayers’ 

money prudently based upon customers’ needs. The 

Contracting career field includes the positions of contract 

negotiator, contract specialist, contract administrator, 

contract termination specialist, contract price and/or 

cost analyst, procuring contracting officer, administrative 

contracting officer, termination contracting officer, 

small business specialist, and procurement analyst. 

These individuals develop, manage, supervise, or 

perform procedures involving the procurement of 

supplies and services (including construction and 

research and development); acquisition planning; cost 

and price analysis; solicitation packages; competitive 

source selections; preparation, negotiation, and award 

of contracts through sealed bidding or negotiation 

procedures; all phases of contract administration; and 

termination or closeout of contracts. Individuals are 

required to have knowledge of the legislation, policies, 

regulations, and methods used in contracting, as well as 

knowledge of business and industry practices, sources of 

supply, cost factors, cost and price analysis techniques, 

negotiation techniques, and general requirements 

characteristics.

Total Workforce Size: 30,366

Industrial/Contract Property Management

The Property career field includes the industrial property 

management specialist and industrial property clearance 

specialist, which includes the property administrator 

and plant clearance officer. It can also include contract 

and industrial specialists, if assigned contract property 

management responsibilities. Individuals in this 

career field oversee and manage life cycle processes 

for government-owned property being utilized by 

contractors; provide advice and assistance on propertyrelated matters during the acquisition planning, contract 

formation, and contract management; review contractor’s 

purchasing system as it pertains to property; audit the 

contractor’s property management system; coordinate 

and process contract property disposal actions; perform 

investigations of instances of loss, theft, damage, or 

destruction of government property and grant relief or 

recommend liability; and develop policies and procedures 

for government property management.

Total Workforce Size: 501

Purchasing

Individuals in the Purchasing career field are typically 

purchasing agents or supervisory purchasing agents. 

This function requires the individuals to purchase, rent, 

or lease supplies, services, and equipment through either 

simplified acquisition procedures or placement of orders 

against pre-established contractual instruments to 

support operational requirements. It requires knowledge 

of legislation, policies, and regulations pertaining to 

these methods of acquisition, as well as knowledge of 

commercial supply sources and of common business 

practices for roles, prices, discounts, deliveries, stocks, 

and shipments.

Total Workforce Size: 1,296

The Defense Acquisition Workforce 

Communities and Programs
65
66

Contracting Level I 

Type of Assignment Representative Activities

+ 1 Operational Contracting Contracting functions in support of post, camp, station, or base

+ 2 Research and Development Contracting functions in support of research and development

+ 3 Systems Acquisition Contracting functions in support of systems acquisition to including all ACAT programs

+ 4 Logistics and Sustainment Contracting functions performed by the Defense Logistics Agency or by other offices to sustain

weapon systems

+ 5 Construction/A&E Contracting functions in support of construction and/or architect and engineering services

+ 6 Contingency/Combat Operations Contracting functions performed in a contingency or combat environment

+ 7 Contract Administration Office Contracting functions primarily focused on contract administration

+ 8 Contract Cost/Price Analyst Contracting functions primarily focused on advanced cost/price analysis

+ 9 Small Business Specialist Contracting functions primarily focused on advising small businesses or on strategies for

maximizing use of small businesses

+ 10 Other Contracting functions that perform a variety of assignments or are at a headquarters, secretariat, or OSD

Core Certification Standards1 (Required for DAWIA certification)

+ Acquisition Training None Required

+ Functional Training

•	 CON 090 Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) Fundamentals (R)

 Personnel who were serving in a Contracting-coded position on Sept. 30, 2010, are exempt from 

CON 090 through Sept. 30, 2012.

•	 CON 100 Shaping Smart Business Arrangements

•	 CON 115 Contracting Fundamentals

•	 CON 170 Fundamental of Cost and Price Analysis

•	 CLC 033 Contract Format and Structure for DoD eBusiness Environment

+ Education2

•	 At least 24 semester hours in accounting, law, business, finance, contracts, purchasing,

economics, industrial management, marketing, quantitative methods, or organization and

management

•	 Baccalaureate degree (any field of study)

+ Experience 1 year of contracting experience

Unique Position Training Standards3

+ Level I Contracting personnel assigned to support an 

MDAP/MAIS program ACQ 101 Fundamentals of Systems Acquisition Management

Core Plus Development Guide4

(Desired training, education, and experience) Type of Assignment

Training All

See Contracting Matrix on the following page +

Education: None specified

Experience: None specified

1

 The Core Certification Standards section lists the training, education, and experience REQUIRED for certification at this level. 

2

 See 10 U.S.C. 1724 (provides for limited exceptions).

3

 Workforce members assigned to the position(s) listed in the Unique Position Training Standards section should meet the training standard(s) identified within 1 year of assignment. 

4

 When preparing your Individual Development Plan (IDP), you and your supervisor should consider the training, education, and experience listed in this Core Plus Development Guide if not already completed. 

NOTES: 

• “(R)” following a course title indicates the course is delivered as resident-based instruction. 

• Some continuous learning (CL) modules have been created by extracting lessons in their entirety from a training course. If this is the case for the CL module(s) identified in the above core certification standards, the course the CL module was extracted from is identified in the “Notes” section 

of the CL course description and the course can be substituted to meet the certification standard. 

The Defense Acquisition Workforce 

Communities and Programs
67

Core Plus Development Guide2 (Desired training, education, and experience) Type of Assignment

Training 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

CLC 003 Sealed Bidding + + +

CLC 004 Market Research + + + + + + + + + +

CLC 005 Simplified Acquisition Procedures + + + + + + + + +

CLC 009 Service-Disabled, Veteran-Owned Small Business Program + + + + + + + + +

CLC 020 Commercial Item Determination + + + + + + + + + +

CLC 024 Basic Math Tutorial + + + + + + + + +

CLC 028 Past Performance Information + + + + + + + + +

CLC 030 Essentials of Interagency Acquisitions/Fair Opportunity + + + + + + + + + +

CLC 043 Defense Priorities and Allocations System + + + + + + + + +

CLC 045 Partnering + + + + + + + +

CLC 046 Green Procurement + + + + + + + + + +

CLC 054 Electronic Subcontracting Reporting System (eSRS) + + + + + + + + + +

CLC 055 Competition Requirements + + + + + + + + + +

CLC 060 Time and Materials Contracts + + + + + + + + + +

CLC 061 Online Representations & Certifications Application (OCRA) + + + + + + + + + +

CLC 062 Intra-Governmental Transactions + + + + + + + + + +

CLC 105 DCMA Intern Training +

CLC 113 Procedures, Guidance, and Information + + + + + + + + + +

CLC 131 Commercial Item Pricing + + + + + + +

CLC 132 Organizational Conflicts of Interest + + + + + + + + + +

CLC 133 Contract Payment Instructions + + + + + + + + + +

CLG 001 DoD Government Purchase Card + + + + + + + + + +

CLG 004 DoD Government Purchase Card Refresher Training + + + + + + + + + +

CLG 005 Purchase Card Online System (PCOLS) + + + + + + + + + +

CLM 023 Javits-Wagner-O’Day (JWOD) Tutorial + + + + + + + + +

CON 237 Simplified Acquisition Procedures + + + + + + + + +

CON 243 Architect-Engineer Contracting (R) +

CON 244 Construction Contracting (R) +

FAC 007 Certificate of Competency Program + + + + + + + + +

SPS 101 Standard Procurement System and Federal Procurement Data

System—Next Generation User + + + + + + + + + +

1

 The Core Certification Standards section lists the training, education, and experience REQUIRED for certification at this level. 

2

 See 10 U.S.C. 1724 (provides for limited exceptions).

3

 Workforce members assigned to the position(s) listed in the Unique Position Training Standards section should meet the training standard(s) identified within 1 year of assignment. 

4

 When preparing your Individual Development Plan (IDP), you and your supervisor should consider the training, education, and experience listed in this Core Plus Development Guide if not already completed. 

NOTES: 

• “(R)” following a course title indicates the course is delivered as resident-based instruction. 

• Some continuous learning (CL) modules have been created by extracting lessons in their entirety from a training course. If this is the case for the CL module(s) identified in the above core certification standards, the course the CL module was extracted from is identified in the “Notes” section 

of the CL course description and the course can be substituted to meet the certification standard. 
68

Contracting Level II

Type of Assignment Representative Activities

+ 1 Operational Contracting Contracting functions in support of post, camp, station, or base

+ 2 Research and Development Contracting functions in support of research and development

+ 3 Systems Acquisition Contracting functions in support of systems acquisition including all ACAT programs

+ 4 Logistics and Sustainment Contracting functions performed by the Defense Logistics Agency or by other offices to sustain

weapon systems

+ 5 Construction/A&E Contracting functions in support of construction and/or architect and engineering services

+ 6 Contingency/Combat Operations Contracting functions performed in a contingency or combat environment

+ 7 Contract Administration Office Contracting functions primarily focused on contract administration

+ 8 Contract Cost/Price Analyst Contracting functions primarily focused on advanced cost/price analysis

+ 9 Small Business Specialist Contracting functions primarily focused on advising small businesses or on strategies for

maximizing use of small businesses

+ 10 Other Contracting functions that perform a variety of assignments or are at a headquarters, secretariat, or OSD

Core Certification Standards1 (Required for DAWIA certification)

+ Acquisition Training ACQ 101 Fundamentals of Systems Acquisition Management

+ Functional Training

•	 CLC 051 Managing Government Property in the Possession of Contractors

•	 CLC 056 Analyzing Contract Costs

•	 CLC 057 Performance-Based Payments and Value of Cash Flow 

•	 CON 200 Business Decisions for Contracting

•	 CON 216 Legal Considerations in Contracting

•	 CON 270 Intermediate Cost and Price Analysis

•	 CON 280 Source Selection and Acquisition of Service Contracts (R)

•	 CON 290 Contract Administration and Negotiation Techniques in a Supply Environment (R)

•	 HBS 428 Negotiating

+ Education2

•	 At least 24 semester hours in accounting, law, business, finance, contracts, purchasing,

economics, industrial management, marketing, quantitative methods, or organization and

management

•	 Baccalaureate degree (any field of study)

+ Experience 2 years of contracting experience

Unique Position Training Standards3

+ Level II Contracting personnel assigned to support an 

MDAP/MAIS program

ACQ 201A Intermediate Systems Acquisition, Part A

ACQ 201B Intermediate Systems Acquisition, Part B (R) 

Core Plus Development Guide4

(Desired training, education, and experience) Type of Assignment

Training All

See Contracting Matrix on the following page +

Education: Graduate studies in business administration or procurement

Experience: 2 additional years of contracting experience

1

 The Core Certification Standards section lists the training, education, and experience REQUIRED for certification at this level. 

2

 See 10 U.S.C. 1724 (provides for limited exceptions).

3

 Workforce members assigned to the position(s) identified in the Unique Position Training Standards section should meet the training standard(s) identified within 6 months of assignment. 

4

 When preparing your Individual Development Plan (IDP), you and your supervisor should consider the training, education, and experience listed in this Core Plus Development Guide if not already completed. 

NOTE: “(R)” following a course title indicates the course is delivered as resident-based instruction. 

The Defense Acquisition Workforce 

Communities and Programs
69

Core Plus Development Guide4

(Desired training, education, and experience) Type of Assignment

Training 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

ACQ 265 Mission-Focused Services Acquisition (R) + + + + + + + + +

CLC 001 Defense Subcontract Management + + + + + + + + +

CLC 006 Contract Terminations + + + + + + + +

CLC 007 Contract Source Selection + + + + + + + + + +

CLC 008 Indirect Costs + + + + +

CLC 013 Performance-Based Services Acquisition + + + + + + + + +

CLC 019 Leveraging DCMA for Program Success + + +

CLC 026 Performance-Based Payments Overview + + + + + + + + + +

CLC 027 Buy American Act + + + + + + + + + +

CLC 031 Reverse Auctioning + +

CLC 035 Other Transaction Authority for Prototype Projects: Comprehensive

Coverage + + +

CLC 036 Other Transaction Authority for Prototype Projects Overview + + + + + + + + + +

CLC 037 A-76 Competitive Sourcing Overview + +

CLC 039 Contingency Contracting Simulation: Barda Bridge +

CLC 040 Predictive Analysis and Scheduling + + +

CLC 041 Predictive Analysis and Systems Engineering + + + +

CLC 042 Predictive Analysis and Quality Assurance + + +

CLC 044 Alternative Dispute Resolution + + + + + + + +

CLC 047 Contract Negotiation Techniques + + + + + + + + + +

CLC 050 Contracting with Canada + + + + + + + + + +

CLC 102 Administration of Other Transactions + + +

CLC 103 Facilities Capital Cost of Money + + + + + + + + +

CLC 104 Analyzing Profit or Fee + + + + + + + + +

CLC 107 OPSEC Contract Requirements + + + + + + + +

CLC 108 Strategic Sourcing Overview + + + + + + + + + +

CLC 110 Spend Analysis Strategies + + + + + + + + + +

CLC 112 Contractors Accompanying the Force + + + + + + + +

CLC 114 Contingency Contracting Officer Refresher +

CLC 120 Utilities Privatization Contract Administration +

CLC 125 Berry Amendment + + + + + + +

CLM 013 Work-Breakdown Structure + + +

CLM 031 Improved Statement of Work + + + + + +

CLM 032 Evolutionary Acquisition + +

CLM 038 Corrosion Prevention and Control Overview + + + + + + + +

CLM 040 Proper Financial Accounting Treatments for Military Equipment + + + + + + + + +

CLM 200 Item-Unique Identification + + + + + + + + + +

1

 The Core Certification Standards section lists the training, education, and experience REQUIRED for certification at this level. 

2

 See 10 U.S.C. 1724 (provides for limited exceptions).

3

 Workforce members assigned to the position(s) identified in the Unique Position Training Standards section should meet the training standard(s) identified within 6 months of assignment. 

4

 When preparing your Individual Development Plan (IDP), you and your supervisor should consider the training, education, and experience listed in this Core Plus Development Guide if not already completed. 

NOTE: “(R)” following a course title indicates the course is delivered as resident-based instruction. 
70

Core Plus Development Guide4

(Desired training, education, and experience) Type of Assignment

Training 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

CON 232 Overhead Management of Defense Contracts (R) + + + +

CON 234 Joint Contingency Contracting (R) +

CON 235 Advanced Contract Pricing (R) + + + +

CON 250 Fundamentals of Cost Accounting Standards—Part I (R) + + + +

CON 251 Fundamentals of Cost Accounting Standards—Part II (R) + + + +

CON 260A The Small Business Program, Part A +

CON 260B The Small Business Program, Part B (R) +

GRT 201 Grants and Agreements Management (R) + +

HBS 428 Negotiating + + + + + + + + + +

HBS 433 Presentation Skills + + + + + + + + + +

HBS 440 Team Leadership + + + + + + + + + +

HBS 441 Team Management + + + + + + + + + +

IND 100 Contract Property Administration and Disposition Fundamentals (R) + + + +

1

 The Core Certification Standards section lists the training, education, and experience REQUIRED for certification at this level. 

2

 See 10 U.S.C. 1724 (provides for limited exceptions).

3

 Workforce members assigned to the position(s) identified in the Unique Position Training Standards section should meet the training standard(s) identified within 6 months of assignment. 

4

 When preparing your Individual Development Plan (IDP), you and your supervisor should consider the training, education, and experience listed in this Core Plus Development Guide if not already completed. 

NOTE: “(R)” following a course title indicates the course is delivered as resident-based instruction. 

The Defense Acquisition Workforce 

Communities and Programs
71

Contracting Level III

Type of Assignment Representative Activities

+ 1 Operational Contracting Contracting functions in support of post, camp, station, or base

+ 2 Research and Development Contracting functions in support of research and development

+ 3 Systems Acquisition Contracting functions in support of systems acquisition including all ACAT programs

+ 4 Logistics and Sustainment Contracting functions performed by the Defense Logistics Agency or by other offices to sustain

weapon systems

+ 5 Construction/A&E Contracting functions in support of construction and/or architect and engineering services

+ 6 Contingency/Combat Operations Contracting functions performed in a contingency or combat environment

+ 7 Contract Administration Office Contracting functions primarily focused on contract administration

+ 8 Contract Cost/Price Analyst Contracting functions primarily focused on advanced cost/price analysis

+ 9 Small Business Specialist Contracting functions primarily focused on advising small businesses or on strategies for

maximizing use of small businesses

+ 10 Other Contracting functions that perform a variety of assignments or are at a headquarters, secretariat, or OSD

Core Certification Standards1 (Required for DAWIA certification)

+ Acquisition Training ACQ 201A Intermediate Systems Acquisition, Part A

+ Functional Training

•	 CON 360 Contracting for Decision Makers (R)

•	 1 additional course from the Harvard Business Management Modules

•	 1 additional course from the list below:

•	 ACQ 265 Mission-Focused Services Acquisition (R)

•	 ACQ 370 Acquisition Law (R)

•	 CON 232 Overhead Management of Defense Contracts (R)

•	 CON 334 Advanced Contingency Contracting Officer’s Course (R)

•	 CON 235 Advanced Contract Pricing (R)

•	 CON 244 Construction Contracting (R)

•	 CON 250 Fundamentals of Cost Accounting Standards—Part I (R)

+ Education2

•	 At least 24 semester hours in accounting, law, business, finance, contracts, purchasing,

economics, industrial management, marketing, quantitative methods, or organization and

management

•	 Baccalaureate degree (any field of study)

+ Experience 4 years of contracting experience

Unique Position Training Standards3

+ Level III Contracting personnel assigned to or devoting at least 

50 percent of their time in support of an MDAP/MAIS program ACQ 201B Intermediate Systems Acquisition, Part B (R)

Education: Master’s degree in business administration or procurement

Experience: 4 additional years of contracting experience

1

 The Core Certification Standards section lists the training, education, and experience REQUIRED for certification at this level. 

2

 See 10 U.S.C. 1724 (provides for limited exceptions).

3

 Workforce members assigned to the position(s) identified in the Unique Position Training Standards section should meet the training standard(s) identified within 6 months of assignment. 

4

 When preparing your Individual Development Plan (IDP), you and your supervisor should consider the training, education, and experience listed in this Core Plus Development Guide if not already completed. 

NOTES: 

• “(R)” following a course title indicates the course is delivered as resident-based instruction. 

• Some continuous learning (CL) modules have been created by extracting lessons in their entirety from a training course. If this is the case for the CL module(s) identified in the above core certification standards, the course the CL module was extracted from is identified in the “Notes” section 

of the CL course description and the course can be substituted to meet the certification standard. 
72

Core Plus Development Guide2

(Desired training, education, and experience) Type of Assignment

Training 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

ACQ 201B Intermediate Systems Acquisition, Part B (R) + + + + + + + + + +

ACQ 370 Acquisition Law (R) + + + + + + + +

BCF 102 Fundamentals of Earned Value Management + +

CLB 007 Cost Analysis + + + + + + + + +

CLB 011 Budget Policy +

CLB 016 Introduction to Earned Value Management + + +

CLC 023 Commercial Item Determination Executive Overview + + + + + + + + + +

1

 The Core Certification Standards section lists the training, education, and experience REQUIRED for certification at this level. 

2

 See 10 U.S.C. 1724 (provides for limited exceptions).

3

 Workforce members assigned to the position(s) identified in the Unique Position Training Standards section should meet the training standard(s) identified within 6 months of assignment. 

4

 When preparing your Individual Development Plan (IDP), you and your supervisor should consider the training, education, and experience listed in this Core Plus Development Guide if not already completed. 

NOTES: 

• “(R)” following a course title indicates the course is delivered as resident-based instruction. 

• Some continuous learning (CL) modules have been created by extracting lessons in their entirety from a training course. If this is the case for the CL module(s) identified in the above core certification standards, the course the CL module was extracted from is identified in the “Notes” section 

of the CL course description and the course can be substituted to meet the certification standard. 

The Defense Acquisition Workforce 

Communities and Programs
73
74

Industrial/Contract Property Management Level I

Type of Assignment Representative Activities

+ Industrial and/or Contract Property Management 

•	 Oversees and manages life cycle processes for government-owned property utilized by

contractors (i.e., government property in the possession of contractors and, in some instances,

government-owned, contractor-operated plants)

•	 Provides advice and assistance on property-related matters during acquisition planning,

contract formation, and contract management

•	 Reviews contractor’s purchasing system as it pertains to property management

•	 Performs investigations of instances of lost, stolen, damaged, or destroyed government

property and either grants relief or recommends liability

Core Certification Standards1 (Required for DAWIA certification)

+ Acquisition Training None required

+ Functional Training

•	 CON 100 Shaping Smart Business Arrangements

•	 CON 115 Contracting Fundamentals (R)

•	 IND 105 Contract Property Fundamentals

+ Education Formal education not required for certification

+ Experience 1 year of property management experience

Core Plus Development Guide2

(Desired training, education, and experience) Type of Assignment

Training Industrial and/or Contract Property Management

ACQ 101 Fundamentals of Systems Acquisition Management +

Education: Baccalaureate degree or at least 24 semester hours in accounting, law, business, finance, contracts, purchasing, economics, industrial management, 

marketing, quantitative methods, or organization and management

Experience: None specified

1

 The Core Certification Standards section lists the training, education, and experience REQUIRED for certification at this level. 

2

 When preparing your Individual Development Plan (IDP), you and your supervisor should consider the training, education, and experience listed in this Core Plus Development Guide if not already completed. 

NOTE: “(R)” following a course title indicates the course is delivered as resident-based instruction. 

The Defense Acquisition Workforce 

Communities and Programs
75

Industrial/Contract Property Management Level II

Type of Assignment Representative Activities

+ Industrial and/or Contract Property Management 

•	 Develops policy and procedures for government property management

•	 Oversees and manages life cycle processes for government-owned property being utilized by

contractors (i.e., government property in the possession of contractors and, in some instances,

government-owned contractor-operated plants)

•	 Provides advice and assistance on property-related matters during acquisition planning,

contract formation, and contract management

•	 Reviews contractor’s purchasing system as it pertains to property management

•	 Performs investigations of instances of lost, stolen, damaged, or destroyed government

property and either grants relief or recommends liability

Core Certification Standards1 (Required for DAWIA certification)

+ Acquisition Training ACQ 101 Fundamentals of Systems Acquisition Management

+ Functional Training

•	 CON 200 Business Decisions for Contracting

•	 CON 216 Legal Considerations in Contracting

•	 IND 200 Intermediate Contract Property Administration and Disposition (R)

+ Education

+ Experience

Formal education not required for certification

2 years of experience in an industrial property management position

+ Experience 2 years of industrial property management experience

Core Plus Development Guide2 (Desired training, education, and experience) Type of Assignment

Training Industrial and/or Contract Property Management

ACQ 201A Intermediate Systems Acquisition, Part A +

CLM 040 Proper Financial Accounting Treatments for Military 

Equipment +

CLM 200 Item-Unique Identification +

HBS 405 Change Management +

HBS 434 Process Improvement +

HBS 437 Strategic Thinking +

Education: Baccalaureate degree or at least 24 semester hours in accounting, law, business, finance, contracts, purchasing, economics, industrial management, 

marketing, quantitative methods, or organization and management

Experience: None specified

1

 The Core Certification Standards section lists the training, education, and experience REQUIRED for certification at this level. 

2

 When preparing your Individual Development Plan (IDP), you and your supervisor should consider the training, education, and experience listed in this Core Plus Development Guide if not already completed. 

NOTE: “(R)” following a course title indicates the course is delivered as resident-based instruction. 
76

Industrial/Contract Property Management Level III

Type of Assignment Representative Activities

+ Industrial and/or Contract Property Management 

•	 Develops policy and procedures for government property management

•	 Oversees and manages life cycle processes for government-owned property being utilized by

contractors (i.e., government property in the possession of contractors and, in some instances,

government-owned contractor-operated plants)

•	 Provides advice and assistance on property-related matters during acquisition planning,

contract formation, and contract management

•	 Reviews contractor’s purchasing system as it pertains to property management

•	 Performs investigations of instances of lost, stolen, damaged, or destroyed government

property and either grants relief or recommends liability

Core Certification Standards1 (Required for DAWIA certification)

+ Acquisition Training ACQ 201A Intermediate Systems Acquisition, Part A

+ Functional Training

•	 CON 360 Contracting for Decision Makers (R)

•	 1 additional course from the Harvard Business Management Modules identified in the Core Plus

Developmental Guide below

+ Education Formal education not required for certification

+ Experience 4 years of experience in industrial property management positions of increasing responsibility

and complexity

Core Plus Development Guide2

(Desired training, education, and experience) Type of Assignment

Training Industrial and/or Contract Property Management

ACQ 201B Intermediate Systems Acquisition, Part B (R) +

CLE 015 Continuous Process Improvement Familiarization +

HBS 406 Coaching +

HBS 424 Leading and Motivating +

Education: Baccalaureate degree or at least 24 semester hours in accounting, law, business, finance, contracts, purchasing, economics, industrial management, 

marketing, quantitative methods, or organization and management

Experience: 4 additional years of experience in industrial property management

1

 The Core Certification Standards section lists the training, education, and experience REQUIRED for certification at this level. 

2

 When preparing your Individual Development Plan (IDP), you and your supervisor should consider the training, education, and experience listed in this Core Plus Development Guide if not already completed. 

NOTE: “(R)” following a course title indicates the course is delivered as resident-based instruction. 

The Defense Acquisition Workforce 

Communities and Programs
77
78

Purchasing Level I

Type of Assignment Representative Activities

+ Purchasing Agent or Supervisory Purchasing Agent 

Purchases, rents, or leases supplies, services, and equipment through either simplified acquisition procedures or placement of orders against pre-established contractual instruments to

support operational requirements

Core Certification Standards1 (Required for DAWIA certification)

+ Acquisition Training None required

+ Functional Training

•	 CON 100 Shaping Smart Business Arrangements

•	 CON 237 Simplified Acquisition Procedures

•	 CLG 001 DoD Government Purchase Card

•	 CLC 030 Essentials of Interagency Acquisitions/Fair Opportunity

+ Education Formal education not required for certification

+ Experience 1 year of purchasing experience

Core Plus Development Guide2

(Desired training, education, and experience) Type of Assignment

Training Supervisory/Purchasing Agent

CLC 003 Sealed Bidding +

CLC 004 Market Research +

CLC 009 Service-Disabled, Veteran-Owned Small Business Program +

CLC 046 Green Procurement +

CLC 054 Electronic Subcontracting Reporting System (eSRS) +

CLC 055 Competition Requirements +

CLC 058 Introduction to Contract Pricing +

CLC 061 Online Representations & Certifications Application (OCRA) +

CLC 062 Intra-Governmental Transactions +

CLC 113 Procedures, Guidance, and Information +

CLG 001 DoD Government Purchase Card +

CLG 005 Purchase Card Online System (PCOLS) +

CLM 023 Javits-Wagner-O’Day (JWOD) Tutorial +

SPS 101 Standard Procurement System and Federal Procurement Data 

System—Next Generation User +

Education: 16 semester hours of undergraduate work with emphasis in business

Experience: None specified

1

 The Core Certification Standards section lists the training, education, and experience REQUIRED for certification at this level. 

2

 When preparing your Individual Development Plan (IDP), you and your supervisor should consider the training, education, and experience listed in this Core Plus Development Guide if not already completed. 

NOTES: 

• “(R)” following a course title indicates the course is delivered as resident-based instruction. 

• Some continuous learning (CL) modules have been created by extracting lessons in their entirety from a training course. If this is the case for the CL module(s) identified in the above core certification standards, the course the CL module was extracted from is identified in the “Notes” section 

o f the CL course description and the course can be substituted to meet the certification standard. 

The Defense Acquisition Workforce 

Communities and Programs
79

Purchasing Level II1

Type of Assignment Representative Activities

+ Purchasing Agent or Supervisory Purchasing Agent 

Purchases, rents, or leases supplies, services, and equipment through either simplified acquisition procedures or placement of orders against pre-established contractual instruments to

support operational requirements

Core Certification Standards2 (Required for DAWIA certification)

+ Acquisition Training None required

+ Functional Training •	 CON 115 Contracting Fundamentals (R)

•	 CLC 033 Contract Format and Structure for DoD e-Business Environment

+ Education Formal education not required for certification

+ Experience 2 years of experience in purchasing

Core Plus Development Guide3

(Desired training, education, and experience) Type of Assignment

Training Supervisory/Purchasing Agent

ACQ 101 Fundamentals of Systems Acquisition Management +

CLC 020 Commercial Item Determination +

CLC 023 Commercial Item Determination Executive Overview +

CLC 027 Buy American Act +

CLC 060 Time and Materials Contracts +

CLC 104 Analyzing Profit or Fee +

CLC 131 Commercial Item Pricing +

CLG 004 DoD Government Purchase Card Refresher Training +

CON 216 Legal Considerations in Contracting +

Education: 32 semester hours of undergraduate work with emphasis in business. 

Experience: None specified

1

 Level II is the highest certification level for this career field. 

2

 The Core Certification Standards section lists the training, education, and experience REQUIRED for certification at this level. To attain certification at Level II, workforce members must also possess a Level 1 certification in Purchasing. 

3

 When preparing your Individual Development Plan (IDP), you and your supervisor should consider the training, education, and experience listed in this Core Plus Development Guide if not already completed. 

NOTES: 

• “(R)” following a course title indicates the course is delivered as resident-based instruction. 

• Some continuous learning (CL) modules have been created by extracting lessons in their entirety from a training course. If this is the case for the CL module(s) identified in the above core certification standards, the course the CL module was extracted from is identified in the “Notes” section 

of the CL course description and the course can be substituted to meet the certification standard. 
80

Engineering and Technical Management 

Functional Communities

+ Mr. Stephen Welby 

Director, Systems Engineering, ODDR&E

Note: The Systems Planning, Research, Development, and 

Engineering functional community covers three career paths: 

Systems Engineering, Program Systems Engineer, and Science 

and Technology Manager. The Systems Engineering and 

the Program Systems Engineer career paths fall under the 

Engineering and Technical Management functional leader. 

The Science and Technology Manager career path is overseen 

by a different functional leader.

As the functional lead for the Technical Management 

career fields—which include Production, Quality, and 

Manufacturing (PQM); Systems Planning, Research, 

Development, and Engineering-Systems Engineer 

(SPRDE-SE); and Systems Planning, Research, 

Development, and Engineering-Program Systems 

Engineer (SPRDE-PSE)—I want to take this opportunity 

to emphasize our focus on acquisition excellence. Our 

goal is to position the Defense Acquisition Workforce 

for success in the future by ensuring that we have the 

right mix of skills and capabilities in the workforce, 

focusing on technical excellence, and providing consistent 

and integrated policy and guidance to the technical 

management community. 

In collaboration with DAU, the Services, and components, 

we have put in place an infrastructure that appropriately 

connects certification levels to position requirements to 

support an agile workforce.

Production, Quality, and Manufacturing (PQM)

The PQM career field plays a vital role in ensuring that 

DoD products are delivered on time, perform as expected 

whenever they are needed, and are cost effective. In 

order to accomplish this, PQM engineers and quality 

assurance professionals must be deeply and actively 

involved with critical defense programs throughout the 

acquisition life cycle. 

The PQM curriculum has been updated to reflect 

that consideration of production readiness should no 

longer wait until the end of the development process. 

Producibility should be systematically examined 

throughout the development process as an integral 

part of the systems engineering technical reviews so 

manufacturing cost drivers can be eliminated in the early 

stages of system development. 

PQM courses are designed to produce quality 

professionals who can advise and collaborate with 

customers and suppliers to help them integrate quality 

practices into their manufacturing processes. Acquisition 

professionals capable of creating this type of partnership 

achieve a better understanding of the customer’s 

business needs and are crucial to successful performance 

with a competitive edge.

We are dedicated to providing more learning assets at 

the point of need, which is critical to the success of our 

Defense Acquisition Workforce recruiting, development, 

and retention strategies.

Total Workforce Size: 9,622

Systems Planning, Research, Development, and 

Engineering—Systems Engineer (SPRDE-SE) and 

Program Systems Engineer (SPRDE-PSE)

The overall curricula for the SPRDE-SE and PSE career 

paths were designed to bring an enhanced depth of 

knowledge to the workforce at the appropriate level: 

entry, journeyman, or advanced. These curricula focus 

on the technical processes, technical management 

processes, integrated product team activities, and the 

ability to apply critical systems thinking concepts to 

complex technical management problems. The specific 

duties and qualifications of a SPRDE-SE or PSE workforce 

member may vary significantly, and a wide variety 

of engineering disciplines are represented within the 

SPRDE-SE and PSE career paths. 

The Defense Acquisition Workforce 

Communities and Programs
81

A primary goal of the new SPRDE-PSE career path is 

to facilitate development of a select cadre of more 

experienced systems engineers who possess crossdisciplinary technical skills grounded in broad-based 

training. These skills and training will better prepare 

them for critical senior leadership positions such as lead 

or chief systems engineer. The experience standards 

established for the SPRDE-PSE career path certification 

have been significantly increased, and the training 

standards have been expanded to include a variety 

of technical courses in addition to the core functional 

systems engineering courses. Effective implementation 

of the SPRDE-PSE career path will provide greater clarity 

and improved focus for the critical systems engineering 

talent within the technical management workforce. 

SPRDE-SE

Total Workforce Size: 39,311

SPRDE-PSE

Total Workforce Size: 406
82

Production, Quality, and Manufacturing Level I

Type of Assignment Representative Activities

+ Quality Assurance Engineer 

•	 Builds quality characteristics (i.e., performance, cost, durability, safety, ease of use, reliability,

maintainability, availability, ease of disposal, simplicity of design, and configuration management) into the designs of the products and services

•	 Ensures consistency of requirements as they flow down to the component level

+ Quality Assurance Specialist 

•	 Ensures the appropriate quality characteristics have been integrated into the products

•	 Monitors products and services through life cycle and the supply chain

•	 Validates/verifies adherence to specified requirements through test and measurement

activities

+ Manufacturing/Production Engineer 

•	 Participates in manufacturing planning

•	 Builds producibility into designs (tooling, facilities, and products)

•	 Evaluates production capability and capacity of manufacturing processes

+ Manufacturing/Production Specialist 

•	 Performs production surveillance

•	 Monitors schedule and delivery processes

•	 Participates in assessing manufacturing/production readiness

Core Certification Standards1 (Required for DAWIA certification)

+ Acquisition Training ACQ 101 Fundamentals of Systems Acquisition Management

+ Functional Training

•	 PQM 101 Production, Quality, and Manufacturing Fundamentals

•	 CLC 024 Basic Math Tutorial

•	 CLM 017 Risk Management

+ Education Formal education not required for certification

+ Experience 1 year of acquisition experience in manufacturing, production, or quality assurance

Core Plus Development Guide2

(Desired training, education, and experience) Type of Assignment

Training Qual Assur Eng Qual Assur Spc Mfg/Prod Eng Mfg/Prod Spc

CLE 004 Introduction to Lean Enterprise Concepts + + + +

CLE 011 Modeling and Simulation for Systems Engineering + +

CLE 015 Continuous Process Improvement Familiarization + + + +

CLE 201 ISO 9000:2000 + + + +

LOG 101 Acquisition Logistics Fundamentals + + + +

LOG 102 Systems Sustainment Management Fundamentals + +

PQM 104 Specification Selection and Application (R) + + +

SYS 101 Fundamentals of Systems Planning, Research, Development, 

and Engineering + + + +

SYS 120 Defense Standardization Workshop + + +

TST 102 Fundamentals of Test and Evaluation + +

Education: Baccalaureate degree in engineering, chemistry, physical science, mathematics, statistics, manufacturing or production management, industrial technology or 

management, business, quality assurance, or a related field

Experience: At least 4 weeks of rotational assignments at a contractor and/or governmental industrial facility that includes experience in quality, manufacturing, engineering, 

and contracting

1

 The Core Certification Standards section lists the training, education, and experience REQUIRED for certification at this level. 

2 When preparing your Individual Development Plan (IDP), you and your supervisor should consider the training, education, and experience listed in this Core Plus Development Guide if not already completed. 

NOTES: 

• “(R)” following a course title indicates the course is delivered as resident-based instruction. 

• Some continuous learning (CL) modules have been created by extracting lessons in their entirety from a training course. If this is the case for the CL module(s) identified in the above core certification standards, the course the CL module was extracted from is identified in the “Notes” section 

o f the CL course description and the course can be substituted to meet the certification standard. 

The Defense Acquisition Workforce 

Communities and Programs
83

Production, Quality, and Manufacturing Level II

Type of Assignment Representative Activities

+ Quality Assurance Engineer 

•	 Builds quality characteristics (i.e., performance, cost, durability, safety, ease of use, reliability,

maintainability, availability, ease of disposal, simplicity of design, and configuration

management) into the designs of the products and services

•	 Ensures consistency of requirements as they flow down to the component level

+ Quality Assurance Specialist 

•	 Ensures appropriate quality characteristics have been integrated into the product

•	 Monitors the products and services through life cycle and the supply chain

•	 Validates/verifies adherence to specified requirements through test and measurement

activities

•	 Leads and coordinates quality assurance activities

+ Manufacturing/Production Engineer 

•	 Evaluates manufacturing planning

•	 Builds producibility in designs (tooling, facilities, and products)

•	 Evaluates production capability and capacity of manufacturing processes

•	 Coordinates with systems engineering and design functions

+ Manufacturing/Production Specialist 

•	 Performs production surveillance

•	 Monitors schedule and delivery processes

•	 Evaluates manufacturing/production readiness

Core Certification Standards1 (Required for DAWIA certification)

+ Acquisition Training ACQ 201A Intermediate Systems Acquisition, Part A

ACQ 201B Intermediate Systems Acquisition, Part B (R)

+ Functional Training

•	 PQM 201A Intermediate Production, Quality, and Manufacturing, Part A

•	 PQM 201B Intermediate Production, Quality, and Manufacturing, Part B (R)

•	 CLE 003 Technical Reviews

+ Education Formal education not required for certification

+ Experience 2 years of acquisition experience in manufacturing, production, or quality assurance

Core Plus Development Guide2

(Desired training, education, and experience) Type of Assignment

Training Qual Assur Eng Quality Assur Spc Mfg/Prod Eng Mfg/Prod Spc

CLC 011 Contracting for the Rest of Us + + + +

CLC 042 Predictive Analysis and Quality Assurance + +

CLE 001 Value Engineering + + + +

CLE 008 Six Sigma: Concepts and Processes + +

CLE 009 System Safety in Systems Engineering + + + +

 CLE 017 Technical Planning + +

CLE 028 Market Research for Engineering and Technical Personnel +

CLE 301 Reliability and Maintainability + + + +

CLM 021 Introduction to Reducing Total Ownership Costs (R-TOC) + + + +

LOG 103 Reliability, Availability, and Maintainability (RAM) + +

LOG 200 Intermediate Acquisition Logistics, Part A + + + +

LOG 204 Configuration Management + + + +

PQM 203 Preparation Test and Evaluation + +

TST 203 Intermediate Test and Evaluation (R) + +

Education: Baccalaureate degree in engineering, chemistry, physical science, mathematics, statistics, manufacturing or production management, industrial technology or 

management, business, quality assurance, or a related field

Experience: At least one 30-day rotational assignment at a contractor and/or government industrial facility that includes experience in quality, manufacturing, engineering, and 

contracting. Two (2) years experience in manufacturing, production, or quality assurance (in addition to core certification experience)

1

 The Core Certification Standards section lists the training, education, and experience REQUIRED for certification at this level. 

2

 When preparing your Individual Development Plan (IDP), you and your supervisor should consider the training, education, and experience listed in this Core Plus Development Guide if not already completed. 

NOTES: 

• “(R)” following a course title indicates the course is delivered as resident-based instruction. 

• Some continuous learning (CL) modules have been created by extracting lessons in their entirety from a training course. If this is the case for the CL module(s) identified in the above core certification standards, the course the CL module was extracted from is identified in the “Notes” section 

of the CL course description and the course can be substituted to meet the certification standard. 
84

Production, Quality, and Manufacturing Level III

Type of Assignment Representative Activities

+ Quality Assurance Engineer 

•	 Builds quality characteristics (i.e., performance, cost, durability, safety, ease of use, reliability,

maintainability, availability, ease of disposal, simplicity of design, and configuration management) into the designs of the products and services

•	 Ensures consistency of requirements as they flow down to the component level

•	 Manages transition through various life-cycle phases

•	 Influences continuous process-improvement activities

+ Quality Assurance Specialist 

•	 Ensures the appropriate quality characteristics have been integrated into the product

•	 Monitors the products and services through life cycle and the supply chain

•	 Validates/verifies adherence to specified requirements through test and measurement

activities

•	 Manages/leads quality-assurance activities

+ Manufacturing/Production Engineer 

•	 Participates in manufacturing planning

•	 Builds producibility in designs (tooling, facilities, and products)

•	 Evaluates production capability and capacity of manufacturing processes

•	 Influences continuous process improvement activities and the design process

+ Manufacturing/Production Specialist 

•	 Performs production surveillance

•	 Monitors schedule and delivery processes

•	 Manages/leads manufacturing/production readiness reviews

•	 Manages/leads manufacturing/production processes and resources

Core Certification Standards1 (Required for DAWIA certification)

+ Acquisition Training None required

+ Functional Training •	 PQM 301 Advanced Production, Quality, and Manufacturing (R)

+ Education Formal education not required for certification

+ Experience 4 years of acquisition experience in manufacturing, production, or quality assurance

Core Plus Development Guide2

(Desired training, education, and experience) Type of Assignment

Training Qual Assur Eng Qual Assur Spc Mfg/Prod Eng Mfg/Prod Spc

CLC 019 Leveraging DCMA for Program Success + + + +

CLC 040 Predictive Analysis and Scheduling + +

CLC 042 Predictive Analysis and Quality Assurance + +

CLE 007 Lean Six Sigma for Manufacturing + + + +

CLE 021 Technology Readiness Assessments + +

CLL 008 Designing for Supportability in DoD Systems + +

PMT 251 Program Management Tools Course, Part I + + + +

PMT 257 Program Management Tools Course, Part II + + + +

PMT 352A Program Management Office Course, Part A + + + +

Education: Master’s degree in business, production management, engineering, or a related field

Experience: At least one 90-day rotational assignment at a contractor and/or government industrial facility that includes experience in quality, manufacturing, engineering, 

and contracting

1

 The Core Certification Standards section lists the training, education, and experience REQUIRED for certification at this level. 

2

 When preparing your Individual Development Plan (IDP), you and your supervisor should consider the training, education, and experience listed in this Core Plus Development Guide if not already completed. 

NOTE: “(R)” following a course title indicates the course is delivered as resident-based instruction. 

The Defense Acquisition Workforce 

Communities and Programs
85
86

SPRDE – Program Systems Engineer Level I

Type of Assignment Representative Activities

+ Acquisition Program Systems Engineer 

•	 Demonstrates how systems engineering technical and technical management processes apply

to acquisition programs

•	 Interacts with program IPTs regarding the proper application of systems engineering processes

•	 Develops systems models and work breakdown structures; uses top-down design and

bottom-up product realization

+ Sustainment Program Systems Engineer 

•	 Demonstrates how systems engineering processes apply while working in a program office or

user support team supporting in-service, out-of-production systems

•	 Interacts with user support teams regarding sustainability and reliability/maintainability

improvements on fielded systems

Core Certification Standards1 (Required for DAWIA certification)

+ Acquisition Training ACQ 101 Fundamentals of Systems Acquisition Management

+ Functional Training

•	 SYS 101 Fundamentals of Systems Planning, Research, Development, and Engineering

•	 Two 100-level courses from among the following list:

—BCF 102 Fundamentals of Earned Value Management

—IRM 101 Basic Information Systems Acquisition

—LOG 101 Acquisition Logistics Fundamentals

—LOG 102 Systems Sustainment Management Fundamentals

—PQM 101 Production, Quality, and Manufacturing Fundamentals

—TST 102 Fundamentals of Test and Evaluation

+ Education

Baccalaureate or graduate degree in a technical or scientific field such as engineering, physics,

chemistry, biology, mathematics, operations research, engineering management, or computer

science

+ Experience

•	 2 years of experience in an SPRDE-SE, SPRDE-PSE, or SPRDE-S&TM acquisition position

•	 Similar experience gained from other government positions or industry is acceptable as long as

it meets the above standards

Core Plus Development Guide2

(Desired training, education, and experience) Type of Assignment

Training Acq Prg Sys Eng Sus Prg Sys Eng

BCF 102 Fundamentals of Earned Value Management +

BCF 106 Fundamentals of Cost Analysis +

BCF 107 Applied Cost Analysis (R) +

CLB 009 Planning, Programming, Budgeting, and Execution and 

Budget Exhibits + +

CLB 016 Introduction to Earned Value Management + +

CLC 108 Strategic Sourcing Overview +

CLC 112 Contractors Accompanying the Force +

CLE 001 Value Engineering + +

CLE 004 Introduction to Lean Enterprise Concepts + +

CLE 009 System Safety in Systems Engineering +

CLE 011 Modeling and Simulation for Systems Engineering +

CLE 015 Continuous Process Improvement Familiarization + +

CLE 036 Engineering Change Proposals for Engineers + +

1

 The Core Certification Standards section lists the training, education, and experience REQUIRED for certification at this level. 

2 When preparing your Individual Development Plan (IDP), you and your supervisor should consider the training, education, and experience listed in this Core Plus Development Guide if not already completed. 

NOTE: “(R)” following a course title indicates the course is delivered as resident-based instruction. 

The Defense Acquisition Workforce 

Communities and Programs
87

Core Plus Development Guide2

(Desired training, education, and experience) Type of Assignment

Training Acq Prg Sys Eng Sus Prg Sys Eng

CLE 062 Human Systems Integration + +

CLL 002 Defense Logistics Agency Support to the PM + +

CLL 006 Depot Maintenance Partnering +

CLL 011 Performance-Based Logistics + +

CLL 017 Introduction to Defense Distribution +

CLM 013 Work-Breakdown Structure +

CLM 016 Cost Estimating + +

CLM 017 Risk Management + +

CLM 021 Introduction to Reducing Total Ownership Costs (R-TOC) +

CLM 032 Evolutionary Acquisition + +

IRM 101 Basic Information Systems Acquisition + +

LOG 101 Acquisition Logistics Fundamentals +

LOG 102 Systems Sustainment Management Fundamentals +

PQM 101 Production, Quality, and Manufacturing Fundamentals +

TST 102 Fundamentals of Test and Evaluation + +

Education: None specified

Experience: None specified

1

 The Core Certification Standards section lists the training, education, and experience REQUIRED for certification at this level. 

2 When preparing your Individual Development Plan (IDP), you and your supervisor should consider the training, education, and experience listed in this Core Plus Development Guide if not already completed. 

NOTE: “(R)” following a course title indicates the course is delivered as resident-based instruction. 
88

SPRDE – Program Systems Engineer Level II

Type of Assignment Representative Activities

+ Acquisition Program Systems Engineer •	 Applies systems engineering technical and technical management processes in IPTs

•	 Develops program/project systems engineering plans, etc.

+ Sustainment Program Systems Engineer 

•	 Applies systems engineering processes in program offices and/or user support teams for

in-service, out-of-production systems

•	 Develops system upgrade/modification plans to support new or interoperability requirements

•	 Develops obsolescence mitigation, technology insertion/modernization, reliability/

maintainability improvement plans, etc., as appropriate

Core Certification Standards1 (Required for DAWIA certification)

+ Acquisition Training ACQ 201A Intermediate Systems Acquisition, Part A

ACQ 201B Intermediate Systems Acquisition, Part B (R)

+ Functional Training

•	 LOG 204 Configuration Management

•	 SYS 202 Intermediate Systems Planning, Research, Development, and Engineering, Part I

•	 SYS 203 Intermediate Systems Planning, Research, Development, and Engineering, Part II (R)

•	 CLE 003 Technical Reviews

•	 One 100- or 200-level course from the following list:

+ BCF 106 Fundamentals of Cost Analysis

+ BCF 208 Software Cost Estimating (R)

+ IRM 202 Intermediate Information Systems Acquisition (R)

+ LOG 103 Reliability, Availability, and Maintainability (RAM)

+ PQM 201A Intermediate Production, Quality, and Manufacturing, Part A

+ STM 202 Intermediate S&T Management (R)

+ TST 203 Intermediate Test and Evaluation (R)

+ Education

Baccalaureate or graduate degree in a technical or scientific field such as engineering, physics,

chemistry, biology, mathematics, operations research, engineering management, or computer

science

+ Experience

•	 4 years of experience in an acquisition position. Of that:

+ At least 3 years of experience in an SPRDE-SE, SPRDE-PSE, or SPRDE-S&TM acquisition 

position

+ Remainder may come from IT, T&E, PQM, PM, or LCL

•	 Similar experience gained from other government positions or industry is acceptable as long as

it meets the above standards

Core Plus Development Guide2

(Desired training, education, and experience) Type of Assignment

Training Acq Prg Sys Eng Sus Prg Sys Eng

CLE 007 Lean Six Sigma for Manufacturing + +

CLE 008 Six Sigma: Concepts and Processes + +

CLE 017 Technical Planning + +

CLE 021 Technology Readiness Assessments +

CLE 026 Trade Studies + +

CLE 066 System Engineering for Systems of Systems + +

CLL 022 Title 10 Depot Maintenance Statute Overview +

CLL 023 Title 10 U.S.C. 2464 Core Statute Implementation +

CLL 024 Title 10 Limitations on the Performance of Depot-Level 

Maintenance (50/50) +

1

 The Core Certification Standards section lists the training, education, and experience REQUIRED for certification at this level. 

2

 When preparing your Individual Development Plan (IDP), you and your supervisor should consider the training, education, and experience listed in this Core Plus Development Guide if not already completed. 

NOTES: 

• “(R)” following a course title indicates the course is delivered as resident-based instruction. 

• Some continuous learning (CL) modules have been created by extracting lessons in their entirety from a training course. If this is the case for the CL module(s) identified in the above core certification standards, the course the CL module was extracted from is identified in the “Notes” section 

of the CL course description and the course can be substituted to meet the certification standard. 

The Defense Acquisition Workforce 

Communities and Programs
89

Core Plus Development Guide2

(Desired training, education, and experience) Type of Assignment

Training Acq Prg Sys Eng Sus Prg Sys Eng

CLL 025 Depot Maintenance Interservice Support Agreements 

(DMISA) +

CLM 029 Net-Ready Key Performance Parameter (NR-KPP) +

CLM 101 Analysis of Alternatives (AoA) (USAF Process) +

LOG 103 Reliability, Availability, and Maintainability (RAM) +

LOG 200 Intermediate Acquisition Logistics, Part A +

LOG 201 Intermediate Acquisition Logistics, Part B (R) +

LOG 235 Performance-Based Logistics, Part A +

LOG 236 Performance-Based Logistics, Part B (R) +

PQM 201A Intermediate Production, Quality, and Manufacturing, Part A +

PQM 201B Intermediate Production, Quality, and Manufacturing, Part B (R) +

TST 203 Intermediate Test and Evaluation (R) +

Education: Advanced degree or graduate studies in engineering, physics, chemistry, biology, mathematics, operations research, engineering management, computer 

science, or a related field

Experience: None specified

1

 The Core Certification Standards section lists the training, education, and experience REQUIRED for certification at this level. 

2

 When preparing your Individual Development Plan (IDP), you and your supervisor should consider the training, education, and experience listed in this Core Plus Development Guide if not already completed. 

NOTES: 

• “(R)” following a course title indicates the course is delivered as resident-based instruction. 

• Some continuous learning (CL) modules have been created by extracting lessons in their entirety from a training course. If this is the case for the CL module(s) identified in the above core certification standards, the course the CL module was extracted from is identified in the “Notes” section 

of the CL course description and the course can be substituted to meet the certification standard. 
90

SPRDE – Program Systems Engineer Level III 

Type of Assignment Representative Activities

+ Acquisition Program Systems Engineer 

•	 Analyzes and applies processes while integrating multiple domains (analytic or engineering

specialties) at a system or systems-of-systems level

•	 Leads and/or manages systems engineering activities, develops systems engineering plans, and

leads and facilitates IPTs

•	 Demonstrates excellence in management, leadership, communications, and briefing skills

+ Sustainment Program Systems Engineer 

•	 Leads and/or manages systems engineering activities for programs supporting in-service, out

of-production systems

•	 Analyzes and applies systems engineering processes in planning and execution of obsolescence

mitigation, system upgrades and modifications, technology insertion, modernization,

sustainability, reliability/maintainability improvements, etc., as appropriate

•	 Demonstrates excellence in management, leadership, communications, and briefing skills

Core Certification Standards1 (Required for DAWIA certification)

+ Acquisition Training Acquisition Training identified at Level II must have been completed

+ Functional Training

•	 SYS 302 Technical Leadership in Systems Engineering (R)

•	 CLL 008 Designing for Supportability in DoD Systems

•	 Two 200- or 300-level courses from the following list:

—BCF 211 Acquisition Business Management (R)

—IRM 304 Advanced Information Systems Acquisition (R)

—LOG 200 Intermediate Acquisition Logistics, Part A

—LOG 201 Intermediate Acquisition Logistics, Part B (R)

—PMT 257 Program Management Tools Course, Part II

—PQM 201B Intermediate Production, Quality, and Manufacturing, Part B (R)

—PQM 301 Advanced Production, Quality, and Manufacturing (R)

—STM 303 Advanced S&T Management (R)

—TST 303 Advanced Test and Evaluation (R)

+ Education

Baccalaureate or graduate degree in a technical or scientific field such as engineering, physics,

chemistry, biology, mathematics, operations research, engineering management, or computer

science

+ Experience

•	 8 years of experience in an acquisition position. Of that:

— Atleast 5 years of experience in an SPRDE-SE, SPRDE-PSE, or SPRDE-S&TMacquisition position

— Remainder may come from IT, T&E, PQM, PM, or LCL

•	 Similar experience gained from other government positions or industry is acceptable as long as

it meets the above standards

Core Plus Development Guide2

(Desired training, education, and experience) Type of Assignment

Training Acq Prg Sys Eng Sus Prg Sys Eng

ACQ 450 Leading in the Acquisition Environment (R) + +

ACQ 451 Integrated Acquisition For Decision Makers (R) + +

ACQ 452 Forging Stakeholder Relationships (R) + +

CLL 014 Joint Systems Integrated Support Strategies (JSISS) +

CLL 015 Business Case Analysis +

CLL 203 Diminishing Manufacturing Sources and Material Shortages 

(DMSMS) Essentials +

CLL 204 Diminishing Manufacturing Sources and Material Shortages 

(DMSMS) Case Studies +

CLM 014 IPT Management and Leadership + +

CLM 031 Improved Statement of Work + +

1

 The Core Certification Standards section lists the training, education, and experience REQUIRED for certification at this level. 

2

 When preparing your Individual Development Plan (IDP), you and your supervisor should consider the training, education, and experience listed in this Core Plus Development Guide if not already completed. 

NOTES: 

• “(R)” following a course title indicates the course is delivered as resident-based instruction. 

• Some continuous learning (CL) modules have been created by extracting lessons in their entirety from a training course. If this is the case for the CL module(s) identified in the above core certification standards, the course the CL module was extracted from is identified in the “Notes” section 

o f the CL course description and the course can besubstituted to meet the certification standard. 

The Defense Acquisition Workforce 

Communities and Programs
91

Core Plus Development Guide2

(Desired training, education, and experience) Type of Assignment

Training Acq Prg Sys Eng Sus Prg Sys Eng

CLM 035 Environmental Safety and Occupational Health—Lesson from 

PMT 352A + +

CLM 200 Item-Unique Identification +

FE 201 Intermediate Facilities Engineering +

LOG 350 Enterprise Life Cycle Logistics Management (R) +

PMT 352A Program Management Office Course, Part A + +

PMT 352B Program Management Office Course, Part B (R) + +

PQM 301 Advanced Production, Quality, and Manufacturing (R) +

TST 303 Advanced Test and Evaluation (R) + +

Education: Advanced degree or graduate studies in engineering, physics, chemistry, biology, mathematics, operations research, engineering management, computer 

science, or a related field

Experience: None specified

1

 The Core Certification Standards section lists the training, education, and experience REQUIRED for certification at this level. 

2

 When preparing your Individual Development Plan (IDP), you and your supervisor should consider the training, education, and experience listed in this Core Plus Development Guide if not already completed. 

NOTES: 

• “(R)” following a course title indicates the course is delivered as resident-based instruction. 

• Some continuous learning (CL) modules have been created by extracting lessons in their entirety from a training course. If this is the case for the CL module(s) identified in the above core certification standards, the course the CL module was extracted from is identified in the “Notes” section 

o f the CL course description and the course can besubstituted to meet the certification standard. 
92

SPRDE – Systems Engineering Level I

Type of Assignment Representative Activities

+ Functional Specialist 

•	 Plans, organizes, and conducts engineering activities relating to the design, development,

fabrication, installation, modification, sustainment, and/or analysis of systems or systems

components for a functional specialty (i.e., reliability and maintainability, systems safety,

materials, avionics, structures, propulsion, chemical/biological, human systems interfaces,

weapons, etc.)

•	 Demonstrates how systems engineering technical processes and technical management

processes guide engineering activities for a functional specialty

+ Software/IT Engineer 

•	 Plans, organizes, and conducts engineering activities relating to the design, development, and/

or analysis of software and information technology systems or systems components

•	 Demonstrates how systems engineering technical processes and technical management

processes guide software development and/or IT integration activities

+ Developmental Engineer

•	 Plans, organizes, and conducts engineering design and development activities for systems or

systems components

•	 Demonstrates how systems engineering technical processes and technical management

processes guide design and development activities

+ Science and Technology (Research Engineer or Scientist)

•	 Plans, organizes, and conducts science and technology research and engineering activities

supporting acquisition programs, projects, or activities

•	 Demonstrates how systems engineering technical processes and technical management

processes guide science and technology research and engineering activities

Core Certification Standards1 (Required for DAWIA certification)

+ Acquisition Training ACQ 101 Fundamentals of Systems Acquisition Management

+ Functional Training SYS 101 Fundamentals of Systems Planning, Research, Development, and Engineering

+ Education

Baccalaureate or graduate degree in a technical or scientific field such as engineering, physics,

chemistry, biology, mathematics, operations research, engineering management, or computer

science

+ Experience

•	 1 year of technical experience in an acquisition position from among the following career fields/

paths: SPRDE-SE, SPRDE-S&T, IT, T&E, PQM, FE, PM, or LCL

•	 Similar experience gained from other government positions or industry is acceptable as long as

it meets the above standards

Core Plus Development Guide2

(Desired training, education, and experience) Type of Assignment

Training Func Spc Soft/IT Eng Dev Eng S&T (Res Eng/Sci)

BCF 102 Fundamentals of Earned Value Management + +

BCF 106 Fundamentals of Cost Analysis +

BCF 107 Applied Cost Analysis (R) +

CLE 001 Value Engineering +

CLE 004 Introduction to Lean Enterprise Concepts + + + +

CLE 009 System Safety in Systems Engineering + +

CLE 011 Modeling and Simulation for Systems Engineering + + + +

CLE 015 Continuous Process Improvement Familiarization + + + +

CLE 036 Engineering Change Proposals for Engineers + + + +

CLL 011 Performance-Based Logistics +

CLM 013 Work-Breakdown Structure + + + +

CLM 016 Cost Estimating + + + +

CLM 017 Risk Management + + + +

1

 The Core Certification Standards section lists the training, education, and experience REQUIRED for certification at this level. 

2

 When preparing your Individual Development Plan (IDP), you and your supervisor should consider the training, education, and experience listed in this Core Plus Development Guide if not already completed. 

NOTE: “(R)” following a course title indicates the course is delivered as resident-based instruction.

The Defense Acquisition Workforce 

Communities and Programs
93

Core Plus Development Guide2

(Desired training, education, and experience) Type of Assignment

Training Func Spc Soft/IT Eng Dev Eng S&T (Res Eng/Sci)

IRM 101 Basic Information Systems Acquisition +

LOG 101 Acquisition Logistics Fundamentals + +

LOG 102 Systems Sustainment Management Fundamentals +

PQM 101 Production, Quality, and Manufacturing Fundamentals + +

SAM 101 Basic Software Acquisition Management +

TST 102 Fundamentals of Test and Evaluation + + + +

Education: None specified

Experience: 1 year of technical experience (in addition to core certification experience)

1

 The Core Certification Standards section lists the training, education, and experience REQUIRED for certification at this level. 

2

 When preparing your Individual Development Plan (IDP), you and your supervisor should consider the training, education, and experience listed in this Core Plus Development Guide if not already completed. 

NOTE: “(R)” following a course title indicates the course is delivered as resident-based instruction.
94

SPRDE – Systems Engineering Level II

Type of Assignment Representative Activities

+ Functional Specialist 

•	 Organizes, conducts, and/or monitors engineering activities in a functional specialty relating

to the design, development, fabrication, installation, modification, sustainment, and/or analysis

of systems or systems components. Analyzes, conducts, and/or monitors engineering activities

in a functional specialty relating to the design, development, fabrication, installation,

modification, sustainment, and/or analysis of systems or systems components

•	 Applies systems engineering technical and technical management processes to a functional

specialty in IPT environments

+ Software/IT Engineer 

•	 Organizes, conducts, and/or monitors engineering activities relating to the design,

development, and/or analysis of software and information technology systems or systems

components

•	 Applies systems engineering technical and technical management processes to software and IT

development

+ Developmental Engineer

•	 Organizes, conducts, and/or monitors engineering design and development activities for

systems or systems components

•	 Applies systems engineering technical and technical management processes during systems

development

+ Science and Technology (Research Eng or Scientist)

•	 Organizes, conducts, and/or monitors science and technology research and engineering

activities supporting acquisition programs, projects, or activities

•	 Applies systems engineering technical and technical management processes to managing or

conducting science and technology research and engineering activities

Core Certification Standards1 (Required for DAWIA certification)

+ Acquisition Training ACQ 201A Intermediate Systems Acquisition, Part A

ACQ 201B Intermediate Systems Acquisition, Part B (R)

+ Functional Training

SYS 202 Intermediate Systems Planning, Research, Development, and Engineering, Part I

SYS 203 Intermediate Systems Planning, Research, Development, and Engineering, Part II (R)

CLE 003 Technical Reviews

+ Education

Baccalaureate or graduate degree in a technical or scientific field such as engineering, physics,

chemistry, biology, mathematics, operations research, engineering management, or computer

science

+ Experience

•	 2 years of technical experience in an acquisition position. Of that:

— At least1 year in a SPRDE-SE, SPRDE-PSE, or SPRDE-S&TM position

— Remainder may come from IT, T&E, PQM, PM, or LCL

•	 Similar experience gained from other government positions or industry is acceptable as long as

it meets the above standards

Core Plus Development Guide2

(Desired training, education, and experience) Type of Assignment

Training Func Spc Soft/IT Eng Dev Eng S&T (Res Eng/Sci)

CLB 016 Introduction to Earned Value Management + +

CLB 017 Performance Measurement Baseline + +

CLC 041 Predictive Analysis and Systems Engineering + +

CLE 007 Lean Six Sigma for Manufacturing + + +

CLE 016 Outcome-Based Performance Measures + +

CLE 017 Technical Planning + + + +

CLE 062 Human Systems Integration + + + +

CLE 066 Systems Engineering for Systems of Systems + + + +

CLE 026 Trade Studies + + + +

1 The Core Certification Standards section lists the training, education, and experience REQUIRED for certification at this level. 

2 When preparing your Individual Development Plan (IDP), you and your supervisor should consider the training, education, and experience listed in this Core Plus Development Guide if not already completed. 

NOTES: 

• “(R)” following a course title indicates the course is delivered as resident-based instruction. 

• Some continuous learning (CL) modules have been created by extracting lessons in their entirety from a training course. If this is the case for the CL module(s) identified in the above core certification standards, the course the CL module was extracted from is identified in the “Notes” section 

of the CL course description and the course can be substituted to meet the certification standard. 

The Defense Acquisition Workforce 

Communities and Programs
95

Core Plus Development Guide2

(Desired training, education, and experience) Type of Assignment

Training Func Spc Soft/IT Eng Dev Eng S&T (Res Eng/Sci)

CLM 029 Net-Ready Key Performance Parameter (NR-KPP) + + + +

CLM 031 Improved Statement of Work + + + +

CLM 032 Evolutionary Acquisition + + +

CLM 101 Analysis of Alternatives (AoA) (USAF Process) + + +

IRM 202 Intermediate Information Systems Acquisition (R) +

LOG 103 Reliability, Availability, and Maintainability (RAM) + +

LOG 200 Intermediate Acquisition Logistics, Part A + +

LOG 204 Configuration Management + + + +

PQM 201A Intermediate Production, Quality, and Manufacturing, Part A +

STM 202 Intermediate S&T Management (R) +

TST 203 Intermediate Test and Evaluation (R) +

Education: Graduate degree in a discipline such as engineering, physics, chemistry, biology, mathematics, operations research, engineering management, or computer 

science

Experience: 2 years of technical experience (in addition to core certification experience)

1 The Core Certification Standards section lists the training, education, and experience REQUIRED for certification at this level. 

2 When preparing your Individual Development Plan (IDP), you and your supervisor should consider the training, education, and experience listed in this Core Plus Development Guide if not already completed. 

NOTES: 

• “(R)” following a course title indicates the course is delivered as resident-based instruction. 

• Some continuous learning (CL) modules have been created by extracting lessons in their entirety from a training course. If this is the case for the CL module(s) identified in the above core certification standards, the course the CL module was extracted from is identified in the “Notes” section 

of the CL course description and the course can be substituted to meet the certification standard. 
96

SPRDE – Systems Engineering Level III

Type of Assignment Representative Activities

+ Functional Specialist 

•	 Leads and/or manages engineering activities in a functional specialty relating to the design,

development, fabrication, installation, modification, sustainment, and/or analysis of systems or

systems components

•	 Ensures appropriate systems engineering technical and technical management processes are

properly applied to functional specialty activities that support IPT environments

+ Software/IT Engineer 

•	 Leads and/or manages engineering activities relating to the design, development, and/or

analysis of software and information technology systems or systems components

•	 Ensures appropriate systems engineering processes are properly applied to software

development and/or IT integration activities

+ Developmental Engineer

•	 Leads and/or manages design and development activities for systems or systems components.

•	 Ensures appropriate systems engineering processes are properly applied during systems

development

+ Science and Technology (Research Eng or Scientist)

•	 Leads and/or manages science and technology research and engineering activities supporting

acquisition programs, projects, or activities

•	 Ensures appropriate systems engineering processes are properly applied during science and

technology activities

Core Certification Standards1 (Required for DAWIA certification)

+ Acquisition Training Acquisition Training identified at Level II must have been completed

+ Functional Training •	 SYS 302 Technical Leadership in Systems Engineering (R)

•	 CLL 008 Designing for Supportability in DoD Systems

+ Education

Baccalaureate or graduate degree in a technical or scientific field such as engineering, physics,

chemistry, biology, mathematics, operations research, engineering management, or computer

science

+ Experience

•	 4 years of technical experience in an acquisition position. Of that:

— At least 3 years in an SPRDE-SE, SPRDE-PSE, or SPRDE-S&TM position

— Remainder may come from IT, T&E, PQM, PM, or LCL

•	 Similar experience gained from other government positions or industry is acceptable as long as

it meets the above standards

Core Plus Development Guide2

(Desired training, education, and experience) Type of Assignment

Training Func Spc Soft/IT Eng Dev Eng S&T (Res Eng/Sci)

CLE 008 Six Sigma: Concepts and Processes + + + +

CLE 021 Technology Readiness Assessments + + + +

CLE 301 Reliability and Maintainability + + + +

CLL 022 Title 10 Depot Maintenance Statute Overview + +

CLL 023 Title 10 U.S.C. 2464 Core Statute Implementation +

CLL 024 Title 10 Limitations on the Performance of Depot-Level 

Maintenance (50/50) +

CLL 025 Depot Maintenance Interservice Support Agreements 

(DMISA) +

CLM 014 IPT Management and Leadership + + + +

CLM 034 Science and Technology—Lesson from PMT 352A +

LOG 201 Intermediate Acquisition Logistics, Part B (R) + +

1 The Core Certification Standards section lists the training, education, and experience REQUIRED for certification at this level. 

2 When preparing your Individual Development Plan (IDP), you and your supervisor should consider the training, education, and experience listed in this Core Plus Development Guide if not already completed. 

NOTES: 

• “(R)” following a course title indicates the course is delivered as resident-based instruction. 

• Some continuous learning (CL) modules have been created by extracting lessons in their entirety from a training course. If this is the case for the CL module(s) identified in the above core certification standards, the course the CL module was extracted from is identified in the “Notes” section 

of the CL course description and the course can be substituted to meet the certification standard. 

The Defense Acquisition Workforce 

Communities and Programs
97

Core Plus Development Guide2

(Desired training, education, and experience) Type of Assignment

Training Func Spc Soft/IT Eng Dev Eng S&T (Res Eng/Sci)

LOG 235 Performance-Based Logistics, Part A +

LOG 236 Performance-Based Logistics, Part B (R) +

PMT 251 Program Management Tools Course, Part I + + +

PMT 257 Program Management Tools Course, Part II + + +

PMT 352A Program Management Office Course, Part A + + +

PQM 203 Preparation of Commercial Item Description for Engineering 

and Technical Personnel +

SAM 301 Advanced Software Acquisition Management (R) +

STM 303 Advanced S&T Management (R) +

TST 303 Advanced Test and Evaluation (R) + + + +

Education: Graduate degree in a discipline such as engineering, physics, chemistry, biology, mathematics, operations research, engineering management, or computer 

science

Experience: 4 years of technical experience (in addition to core certification experience)

1 The Core Certification Standards section lists the training, education, and experience REQUIRED for certification at this level. 

2 When preparing your Individual Development Plan (IDP), you and your supervisor should consider the training, education, and experience listed in this Core Plus Development Guide if not already completed. 

NOTES: 

• “(R)” following a course title indicates the course is delivered as resident-based instruction. 

• Some continuous learning (CL) modules have been created by extracting lessons in their entirety from a training course. If this is the case for the CL module(s) identified in the above core certification standards, the course the CL module was extracted from is identified in the “Notes” section 

of the CL course description and the course can be substituted to meet the certification standard. 
98

Facilities Engineering Functional Community

+ Mr. James Dalton, P.E.

Chief, Engineering and Construction U.S. Army Corps of Engineers

Facilities Engineering Level I

Type of Assignment Representative Activities

+ Facilities Engineer 

•	 Conducts actions that support one or more facets of facilities engineering—planning; design;

construction; environmental management; base operations, support, and housing; real estate;

and real property maintenance

•	 May serve as an IPT member, representing a specific FE functional area

Core Certification Standards1 (Required for DAWIA certification)

+ Acquisition Training ACQ 101 Fundamentals of Systems Acquisition Management

+ Functional Training None required

+ Education Formal education not required for certification

+ Experience 1 year of acquisition experience in facilities engineering

Core Plus Development Guide2

(Desired training, education, and experience) Type of Assignment

Training Facilities Engineer

CLC 028 Past Performance Information +

CLM 017 Risk Management +

CLM 024 Contracting Overview +

CLM 035 Environmental Safety and Occupational Health—Lesson 

from PMT 352A +

Education: None specified

Experience: None specified

1

 The Core Certification Standards section lists the training, education, and experience REQUIRED for certification at this level. 

2

 When preparing your Individual Development Plan (IDP), you and your supervisor should consider the training, education, and experience listed in this Core Plus Development Guide if not already completed. 

NOTE: “(R)” following a course title indicates the course is delivered as resident-based instruction. 

The Facilities Engineering career field encompasses 

a variety of professional individuals with diverse skills 

focused on the design, construction, and life cycle 

maintenance of military installations, facilities, civil 

works projects, airfields, roadways, and oceanic facilities. 

It involves all facets of life cycle management from 

planning through disposal, including design, construction, 

environmental protection, base operations and support, 

housing, real estate, and real property maintenance. 

Additional duties include advising or assisting 

commanders and acting as, or advising, program 

managers and other officials as necessary in executing all 

aspects of their responsibilities for facility management 

and the mitigation/elimination of environmental impact 

in direct support of the defense acquisition process.

The Defense Acquisition Workforce 

Communities and Programs

Total Workforce Size: 7,398
99

Facilities Engineering Level II 

Type of Assignment Representative Activities

+ Facilities Engineer 

•	 Organizes, conducts, and/or monitors one or more facets of facilities engineering—planning;

design; construction; environmental management; base operations, support, and housing; real

estate; and real property maintenance

•	 May serve as an IPT leader for a specific project, representing a specific FE functional area or

supervising multiple disciplines

Core Certification Standards1 (Required for DAWIA certification)

+ Acquisition Training None required

+ Functional Training FE 201 Intermediate Facilities Engineering

+ Education Formal education not required for certification

+ Experience 2 years of acquisition experience in facilities engineering

Core Plus Development Guide2

(Desired training, education, and experience) Type of Assignment

Training Facilities Engineer

CLB 016 Introduction to Earned Value Management +

CLE 001 Value Engineering +

CLM 012 Scheduling +

CLM 013 Work-Breakdown Structure +

CLM 016 Cost Estimating +

Education: • Baccalaureate degree in engineering, architecture, physics, chemistry, mathematics, community planning, business, or related fields 

 • 9 semester credit hours selected from accounting, business finance, law, economics, industrial management, quantitative methods, or organization and

 management

Experience: 2 years of experience in acquisition positions of increasing responsibility and complexity (in addition to core certification experience)

1

 The Core Certification Standards section lists the training, education, and experience REQUIRED for certification at this level. 

2

 When preparing your Individual Development Plan (IDP), you and your supervisor should consider the training, education, and experience listed in this Core Plus Development Guide if not already completed. 

NOTE: “(R)” following a course title indicates the course is delivered as resident-based instruction. 
100

Facilities Engineering Level III

Type of Assignment Representative Activities

+ Facilities Engineer 

•	 Leads, manages, and/or executes one or more facets of facilities engineering—planning;

design; construction; environmental management; base operations, support, and housing; real

estate; and real property maintenance

•	 May lead multiple IPTs for specific projects or perform FE program management

Core Certification Standards1 (Required for DAWIA certification)

+ Acquisition Training None required

+ Functional Training FE 301 Advanced Facilities Engineering (R)

+ Education Formal education not required for certification

+ Experience 4 years of acquisition experience in facilities engineering

Core Plus Development Guide2

(Desired training, education, and experience) Type of Assignment

Training Facilities Engineer

CLC 037 A-76 Competitive Sourcing Overview +

CLC 108 Strategic Sourcing Overview +

CLE 008 Six Sigma: Concepts and Processes +

CLM 014 IPT Management and Leadership +

Education: • Baccalaureate degree in engineering, architecture, physics, chemistry, mathematics, community planning, business, or related fields

 • Advanced degree from an accredited institution of higher learning in engineering, physics, chemistry, operations research, community planning, management, 

 business, public administration, or related fields

 • 12 semester credit hours selected from accounting, business finance, law, economics, industrial management, quantitative methods, or organization and 

 management

Experience: 4 additional years of experience in acquisition positions of increasing responsibility and complexity

1

 The Core Certification Standards section lists the training, education, and experience REQUIRED for certification at this level. 

2

 When preparing your Individual Development Plan (IDP), you and your supervisor should consider the training, education, and experience listed in this Core Plus Development Guide if not already completed. 

NOTE: “(R)” following a course title indicates the course is delivered as resident-based instruction. 

The Defense Acquisition Workforce 

Communities and Programs
101
102

Information Technology Functional Community 

+ Ms. Joyce France 

Director, DoD Chief Information Officer Management Services

This career field includes computer scientists, 

information technology (IT) management specialists, 

computer engineers, telecommunications managers, 

IT program and project managers, etc., who directly 

support the acquisition of IT. Personnel in this career 

field typically provide direct support for acquisitions that 

use IT, including National Security Systems. They apply 

IT-related laws, policies, and directives, and provide 

IT-related guidance throughout the total acquisition life 

cycle. The employee typically identifies requirements; 

writes and/or reviews specifications; identifies costs; 

obtains resources (manpower, funding, and training); 

conducts or supports portfolio management, information 

assurance certification, Global Information Grid 

compliance, and IT architecture-related activities; and 

tests, evaluates, plans, obtains, and manages IT life cycle 

development and support (operations, maintenance, and 

replacement).

The Defense Acquisition Workforce 

Communities and Programs

Total Workforce Size: 5,523
103

Information Technology Level I

Type of Assignment Representative Activities

+ CIO Office 

Identifies and describes the following: policies, laws, and regulations; emerging IT acquisition

strategies; best practices; IT-related performance measures and quality management; capital

planning and investment control; acquisition planning, solicitation, and administration; and

information assurance

+ Central Design Activity (CDA)

Identifies and describes the following: basic concepts of software engineering and development

activities; enterprise architecture; best practices; IT systems engineering; information assurance; IT-related technologies; test and evaluation processes; and verification and validation

processes

+ Project Office/Field Activities

Identifies and describes the following: IT program management approaches; emerging IT acquisition strategies; best practices; IT-related performance measures and quality management;

acquisition planning, solicitation, and administration; information assurance; test and evaluation processes; verification and validation processes; and fielding and sustaining IT systems

Core Certification Standards1 (Required for DAWIA certification)

+ Acquisition Training ACQ 101 Fundamentals of Systems Acquisition Management

+ Functional Training

As of Nov.15, 2005, the contents of IRM 101 and SAM 101 were merged. Since Nov.15, 2005,

the same content has been delivered under both course designators/names. Therefore, either

of the following conditions must be met:

•	 IRM 101 Basic Information Systems Acquisition and

SAM 101 Basic Software Acquisition Management if both courses were completed before

Nov.15, 2005; or

•	 IRM 101 Basic Information Systems Acquisition or

SAM 101 Basic Software Acquisition Management if either course was completed on or after

Nov.15, 2005

+ Education Formal education not required for certification

+ Experience 1 year of acquisition experience in information technology

Core Plus Development Guide2

(Desired training, education, and experience) Type of Assignment

Training CIO Off CDA PO/Fld Act

BCF 103 Fundamentals of Business Financial Management +

CLB 007 Cost Analysis + +

CLB 016 Introduction to Earned Value Management + + +

CLE 004 Introduction to Lean Enterprise Concepts + + +

CLE 015 Continuous Process Improvement Familiarization + + +

SYS 101 Fundamentals of Systems Planning, Research, Development, 

and Engineering + + +

TST 102 Fundamentals of Test and Evaluation + +

Education: Baccalaureate degree, preferably with a major in computer science, information systems management, business administration, or a related field

Experience: None specified

1

 The Core Certification Standards section lists the training, education, and experience REQUIRED for certification at this level. 

2

 When preparing your Individual Development Plan (IDP), you and your supervisor should consider the training, education, and experience listed in this Core Plus Development Guide if not already completed. 

NOTE: “(R)” following a course title indicates the course is delivered as resident-based instruction.
104

Information Technology Level II

Type of Assignment Representative Activities

+ CIO Office 

Applies the following: policies, laws, and regulations; emerging IT acquisition strategies; best

practices; IT-related performance measures and quality management; capital planning and

investment control; acquisition planning, solicitation, and administration; and information

assurance

+ Central Design Activity (CDA)

Applies the following: basic concepts of software engineering and development activities;

enterprise architecture; best practices; IT systems engineering; information assurance; ITrelated technologies; test and evaluation processes; and verification and validation processes

+ Project Office/Field Activities

Applies the following: IT program management approaches; emerging IT acquisition strategies;

best practices; IT-related performance measures and quality management; acquisition planning, solicitation, and administration; information assurance; test and evaluation processes;

verification and validation processes; and fielding and sustaining IT systems

Core Certification Standards1 (Required for DAWIA certification)

+ Acquisition Training •	 ACQ 201A Intermediate Systems Acquisition, Part A

•	 ACQ 201B Intermediate Systems Acquisition, Part B (R)

+ Functional Training •	 IRM 202 Intermediate Information Systems Acquisition (R)

+ Education Formal education not required for certification

+ Experience 2 years of acquisition experience; at least1 year of this experience must be in information

technology

Core Plus Development Guide2

(Desired training, education, and experience) Type of Assignment

Training CIO Off CDA PO/Fld Act

BCF 102 Fundamentals of Earned Value Management + + +

BCF 106 Fundamentals of Cost Analysis + + +

BCF 107 Applied Cost Analysis (R) + + +

CLE 003 Technical Reviews +

CLE 006 Enterprise Integration Overview + +

CLE 007 Lean Six Sigma for Manufacturing + + +

CLE 016 Outcome-Based Performance Measures + +

CLE 017 Technical Planning +

CLE 025 Information Assurance (IA) for Acquisition Professionals + + +

CLE 301 Reliability and Maintainability + +

CLL 015 Business Case Analysis + +

CLM 029 Net-Ready Key Performance Parameter (NR-KPP) + +

CLM 101 Analysis of Alternatives (AoA) (USAF Process) + +

LOG 101 Acquisition Logistics Fundamentals + +

SYS 202 Intermediate Systems Planning, Research, Development, and 

Engineering, Part I + +

Education: Master’s degree, preferably with a major in computer science, management information systems, business administration, or a related field

Experience: 2 years of information technology acquisition experience, preferably in a program office or similar organization (in addition to core certification experience)

1

 The Core Certification Standards section lists the training, education, and experience REQUIRED for certification at this level. 

2

 When preparing your Individual Development Plan (IDP), you and your supervisor should consider the training, education, and experience listed in this Core Plus Development Guide if not already completed. 

NOTE: “(R)” following a course title indicates the course is delivered as resident-based instruction. 

The Defense Acquisition Workforce 

Communities and Programs
105

Information Technology Level III

Type of Assignment Representative Activities

+ CIO Office 

Interprets, evaluates, and develops policies and/or influences laws/regulations for: emerging IT acquisition strategies; best practices; IT-related performance measures and quality

management; capital planning and investment control; acquisition planning, solicitation, and

administration; and information assurance

+ Central Design Activity (CDA)

Interprets, evaluates, and/or develops: basic concepts of software engineering and development activities; enterprise architecture; best practices; IT systems engineering; information

assurance; IT-related technologies; test and evaluation processes; and verification and validation processes

+ Project Office/Field Activities

Interprets, evaluates, and/or develops: IT program management approaches; emerging IT

acquisition strategies; best practices; IT-related performance measures and quality management; acquisition planning, solicitation, and administration; information assurance; test and

evaluation processes; verification and validation processes; and fielding and sustaining IT

systems

Core Certification Standards1 (Required for DAWIA certification)

+ Acquisition Training None Required

+ Functional Training •	 IRM 304 Advanced Information Systems Acquisition (R)

•	 SAM 301 Advanced Software Acquisition Management (R)

+ Education Formal education not required for certification

+ Experience 4 years of information technology or software-intensive systems acquisition experience

Core Plus Development Guide2

(Desired training, education, and experience) Type of Assignment

Training CIO Off CDA PO/Fld Act

CLE 021 Technology Readiness Assessments +

CLL 008 Designing for Supportability in DoD Systems + +

CLL 014 Joint Systems Integrated Support Strategies (JSISS) + +

CLM 014 IPT Management and Leadership + + +

LOG 103 Reliability, Availability, and Maintainability (RAM) + +

LOG 200 Intermediate Acquisition Logistics, Part A +

PMT 251 Program Management Tools Course, Part I + + +

PMT 257 Program Management Tools Course, Part II + + +

PMT 352A Program Management Office Course, Part A + +

SYS 203 Intermediate Systems Planning, Research, Development, and 

Engineering, Part II (R) + +

Education: Master’s degree, preferably with a major in computer science, information systems management, business administration, or a related field

Experience: 4 years of information technology acquisition experience (in addition to core certification experience)

1

 The Core Certification Standards section lists the training, education, and experience REQUIRED for certification at this level. 

2

 When preparing your Individual Development Plan (IDP), you and your supervisor should consider the training, education, and experience listed in this Core Plus Development Guide if not already completed. 

NOTE: “(R)” following a course title indicates the course is delivered as resident-based instruction. 
106

Life Cycle Logistics Functional Community

+ Mr. John Baranowski

Acting Deputy Assistant 

Secretary of Defense

(Materiel Readiness)

The Life Cycle Logistics career field encompasses 

both acquisition logistics and sustainment activities, 

and includes professionals responsible for planning, 

development, implementation, and management 

of effective and affordable weapons, materiel, or 

information systems support strategies. 

Life cycle logisticians perform a principal joint and/or 

DoD component logistics role during both the acquisition 

and operational phases of the system life cycle to: 

ensure product support strategies meet program goals 

for operational effectiveness and readiness; ensure 

supportability requirements are addressed consistently 

with cost, schedule, and performance; ensure 

supportability considerations are implemented during 

systems design; and meet system materiel availability, 

materiel reliability, operations and support cost, and 

mean down time objectives. To be successful, they must 

therefore be proficient in the following competency areas:

+ Logistics Design Influence

+ Integrated Product Support (IPS) Planning

+ Product Support and Sustainment

+ Configuration Management

+ Reliability and Maintainability Analysis

+ Technical/Product Data Management Supportability Analysis

Life cycle logisticians pursue two primary objectives, 

namely to ensure weapons systems are designed, 

maintained, and modified to continuously reduce the 

demand for logistics; and to ensure the logistics support 

that is required be effective and efficient. The resources 

required to provide product support must be minimized 

while meeting warfighter needs.

Life cycle logisticians achieve this by ensuring the 

integration of the Integrated Product Support (IPS) 

elements to maximize supportability, reliability, 

availability, maintainability, and mission effectiveness of 

the system throughout its life cycle. They achieve this 

by influencing system design and providing effective, 

timely product support capability to achieve the system’s 

materiel readiness and sustain operational capability. 

Emphasis is placed on ensuring materiel readiness 

at an optimal life cycle cost and integrating life cycle 

management principles by designing and implementing 

performance-based life cycle product support strategies 

to provide effective system support. Life cycle logisticians 

can work directly in a program management office, in 

support of the program manager, or in other supporting 

and sustainment logistics activity offices. Level III 

certified life cycle logisticians can also serve as

DoD Product Support Managers, responsible for:

+ Providing weapon systems product support subject 

matter expertise to the PM for the execution of the 

PM’s duties as the Total Life Cycle Systems Manager

+ Developing and implementing a comprehensive, 

outcome-based product support strategy

+ Promoting opportunities to maximize competition 

while meeting the objective of best-value, long-term 

outcomes to the warfighter

+ Seeking to leverage enterprise opportunities across 

programs and DoD Components

+ Using appropriate analytical tools and conducting 

appropriate cost analyses, to determine the 

preferred product support strategy

+ Developing and implementing appropriate product 

support arrangements

+ Assessing and adjusting resource allocations and 

performance requirements for product support to 

meet warfighter needs and optimize implementation 

of the product support strategy

+ Documenting the product support strategy in the 

Life Cycle Sustainment Plan (LCSP)

+ Conducting periodic product support strategy reviews 

and revalidating the supporting business 

case analysis

Thus, life cycle logisticians and product support managers are ultimately responsible not only for translating 

warfighter performance requirements into tailored 

product support spanning the system life cycle, but also 

for optimizing system readiness, availability, and operations and support costs.

The Defense Acquisition Workforce 

Communities and Programs

Total Workforce Size: 17,572
107

Life Cycle Logistics Level I

Type of Assignment Representative Activities

+ Acquisition Logistics 

•	 Plans/develops effective and affordable weapons, materiel, or information systems support

strategies

•	 Ensures product support strategies meet program goals for operational effectiveness and

readiness

•	 Ensures supportability requirements consistent with cost, schedule, and performance are

addressed

•	 Plans and develops performance-based logistics as preferred DoD product support approach

•	 Ensures integration of all support elements to maximize system deployability, supportability,

and mobility

+ Sustainment 

•	 Implements effective and affordable weapons, materiel, or information systems support of

fielded and/or out-of-production systems, including obsolescence, modernization,

modification, sustaining engineering, workload allocation, public-private partnerships, supply

chain management, and/or system retirement

•	 Executes and manages system performance-based logistics support strategy, ensuring system

performance requirements are met

Core Certification Standards1 (Required for DAWIA certification)

+ Acquisition Training ACQ 101 Fundamentals of Systems Acquisition Management

+ Functional Training

•	 LOG 101 Acquisition Logistics Fundamentals

•	 LOG 102 Systems Sustainment Management Fundamentals

•	 LOG 103 Reliability, Availability, and Maintainability (RAM)

•	 CLL 008 Designing for Supportability in DoD Systems

•	 CLL 011 Performance-Based Logistics

•	 SYS 101 Planning, Research, Development & Engineering (PRDE) Fundamentals

+ Education Formal education not required for certification

+ Experience 1 year of acquisition and/or sustainment experience in life cycle logistics

Core Plus Development Guide2

(Desired training, education, and experience) Type of Assignment

Training Acquisition Logistics Sustainment

BCF 102 Fundamentals of Earned Value Management +

BCF 106 Fundamentals of Cost Analysis +

BCF 107 Applied Cost Analysis (R) +

CLB 007 Cost Analysis + +

CLB 009 Planning, Programming, Budgeting, and Execution and 

Budget Exhibits + +

CLC 011 Contracting for the Rest of Us + +

CLC 013 Performance-Based Services Acquisition +

CLC 019 Leveraging DCMA for Program Success + +

CLC 045 Partnering + +

CLC 108 Strategic Sourcing Overview +

CLC 112 Contractors Accompanying the Force + +

CLE 003 Technical Reviews +

CLE 015 Continuous Process Improvement Familiarization + +

CLE 301 Reliability and Maintainability + +

1

 The Core Certification Standards section lists the training, education, and experience REQUIRED for certification at this level. 

2

 When preparing your Individual Development Plan (IDP), you and your supervisor should consider the training, education, and experience listed in this Core Plus Development Guide if not already completed. 

NOTES: 

• “(R)” following a course title indicates the course is delivered as resident-based instruction. 

• Some continuous learning (CL) modules have been created by extracting lessons in their entirety from a training course. If this is the case for the CL module(s) identified in the above core certification standards, the course the CL module was extracted from is identified in the “Notes” section 

of the CL course description and the course can be substituted to meet the certification standard. 
108

Core Plus Development Guide2

(Desired training, education, and experience) Type of Assignment

Training Acquisition Logistics Sustainment

CLL 002 Defense Logistics Agency Support to the PM + +

CLL 006 Depot Maintenance Partnering + +

CLL 013 DoD Packaging +

CLL 014 Joint Systems Integrated Support Strategies (JSISS) + +

CLL 017 Introduction to Defense Distribution +

CLL 022 Title 10 Depot Maintenance Statute Overview + +

CLL 030 Reliability Centered Maintenance (RCM) + +

CLM 013 Work-Breakdown Structure +

CLM 021 Introduction to Reducing Total Ownership Costs (R-TOC) + +

CLM 032 Evolutionary Acquisition + +

CLM 036 Technology Transfer and Export Control Fundamentals + +

CON 110 Mission-Support Planning +

SYS 101 Fundamentals of Systems Planning, Research, Development, 

and Engineering +

TST 102 Fundamentals of Test and Evaluation + +

Education: Baccalaureate degree in a technical, scientific, or managerial field

Experience: 2 years of life cycle logistics experience in support of acquisition or sustainment of DoD weapons/materiel systems

1

 The Core Certification Standards section lists the training, education, and experience REQUIRED for certification at this level. 

2

 When preparing your Individual Development Plan (IDP), you and your supervisor should consider the training, education, and experience listed in this Core Plus Development Guide if not already completed. 

NOTES: 

• “(R)” following a course title indicates the course is delivered as resident-based instruction. 

• Some continuous learning (CL) modules have been created by extracting lessons in their entirety from a training course. If this is the case for the CL module(s) identified in the above core certification standards, the course the CL module was extracted from is identified in the “Notes” section 

of the CL course description and the course can be substituted to meet the certification standard. 

The Defense Acquisition Workforce 

Communities and Programs
109

Life Cycle Logistics Level II

Type of Assignment Representative Activities

+ Acquisition Logistics 

•	 Plans/develops effective and affordable weapons, materiel, or information systems support

strategies

•	 Ensures product support strategies meet program goals for operational effectiveness and

readiness

•	 Ensures supportability requirements consistent with cost, schedule, and performance are

addressed

•	 Plans and develops performance-based logistics as preferred DoD product support approach.

•	 Ensures integration of all support elements to maximize system deployability, supportability,

and mobility

+ Sustainment 

•	 Implements effective and affordable weapons, materiel, or information systems support of

fielded and/or out-of-production systems, including obsolescence, modernization

modification, sustaining engineering, workload allocation, public-private partnerships, supply

chain management, and/or system retirement

•	 Executes and manages system performance-based logistics support strategy, ensuring system

performance requirements are met

Core Certification Standards1 (Required for DAWIA certification)

+ Acquisition Training ACQ 201A Intermediate Systems Acquisition, Part A

ACQ 201B Intermediate Systems Acquisition, Part B (R)

+ Functional Training

•	 LOG 200 Intermediate Acquisition Logistics, Part A

•	 LOG 201 Intermediate Acquisition Logistics, Part B (R)

•	 LOG 206 Intermediate Systems Sustainment Management

•	 LOG 235 Performance-Based Logistics, Part A

•	 CLL 001 Life Cycle Management & Sustainment Metrics

•	 CLL 012 Supportability Analysis

+ Education Formal education not required for certification

+ Experience 2 years of acquisition and/or sustainment experience in life cycle logistics

Core Plus Development Guide2

(Desired training, education, and experience) Type of Assignment

Training Acquisition Logistics Sustainment

BCF 211 Acquisition Business Management (R) +

CLC 004 Market Research +

CLE 001 Value Engineering +

CLE 004 Introduction to Lean Enterprise Concepts +

CLE 007 Lean Six Sigma for Manufacturing + +

CLE 040 IUID Marking + +

CLL 015 Business Case Analysis + +

CLL 019 Technology Refreshment Planning +

CLL 020 Independent Logistics Assessments +

CLL 023 Title 10 U.S.C. 2464 Core Statute Implementation +

CLL 024 Title 10 Limitations on the Performance of Depot-Level 

Maintenance (50/50) +

CLL 025 Depot Maintenance Interservice Support Agreements 

(DMISA) +

CLL 029 Condition-Based Maintenance Plus (CBM+) + +

1

 The Core Certification Standards section lists the training, education, and experience REQUIRED for certification at this level. 

2

 When preparing your Individual Development Plan (IDP), you and your supervisor should consider the training, education, and experience listed in this Core Plus Development Guide if not already completed. 

NOTE: “(R)” following a course title indicates the course is delivered as resident-based instruction. 
110

Core Plus Development Guide2

(Desired training, education, and experience) Type of Assignment

Training Acquisition Logistics Sustainment

CLL 119 Technical Refreshment Implementation Module +

CLM 037 Physical Inventories +

CLM 038 Corrosion Prevention and Control Overview +

CLR 252 Developing Requirements +

IRM 101 Basic Information Systems Acquisition +

LOG 103 Reliability, Availability, and Maintainability (RAM) + +

LOG 204 Configuration Management + +

PMT 203 International Security and Technology Transfer/Control (R) + +

PMT 251 Program Management Tools Course, Part I +

PMT 257 Program Management Tools Course, Part II +

PQM 101 Production, Quality, and Manufacturing Fundamentals +

PQM 201A Intermediate Production, Quality, and Manufacturing, Part A +

PQM 201B Intermediate Production, Quality, and Manufacturing, Part B (R) +

RQM 110 Core Concepts for Requirements Management +

SYS 202 Intermediate Systems Planning, Research, Development, and 

Engineering, Part I +

TST 203 Intermediate Test and Evaluation (R) + +

Education: Baccalaureate degree in a logistics, business, management, or technical field, and/or completion of a certificate program in systems design and operational 

effectiveness or similar systems engineering/technical education, business administration, and/or supply chain management

Experience: 4 years of life cycle logistics experience in support of acquisition or sustainment of DoD weapons/materiel systems

1

 The Core Certification Standards section lists the training, education, and experience REQUIRED for certification at this level. 

2

 When preparing your Individual Development Plan (IDP), you and your supervisor should consider the training, education, and experience listed in this Core Plus Development Guide if not already completed. 

NOTE: “(R)” following a course title indicates the course is delivered as resident-based instruction. 

The Defense Acquisition Workforce 

Communities and Programs
111

Life Cycle Logistics Level III

Type of Assignment Representative Activities

+ Acquisition Logistics 

•	 Leads/plans/develops effective and affordable weapons, materiel, or information systems

support strategies

•	 Ensures product support strategies meet program goals for operational effectiveness and

readiness

•	 Ensures supportability requirements consistent with cost, schedule, and performance are

addressed

•	 Plans and develops performance-based logistics as preferred DoD product support approach

•	 Ensures integration of all support elements to maximize system deployability, supportability,

and mobility

+ Sustainment 

•	 Leads, plans, and executes effective and affordable weapons, materiel, or information systems

support of fielded and/or out-of-production systems, including obsolescence management,

modernization/modification, sustaining engineering, workload allocation, public-private

partnerships, supply chain management, and/or system retirement

•	 Executes and manages performance-based logistics support strategy, ensuring system

performance requirements are met

Core Certification Standards1 (Required for DAWIA certification)

+ Acquisition Training No additional requirements

+ Functional Training

•	 LOG 340 Life Cycle Product Support (R)

•	 LOG 350 Enterprise Life Cycle Logistics Management (R)

•	 CLL 005 Developing a Life Cycle Sustainment Plan (LCSP)

•	 CLL 015 Business Case Analysis

•	 CLL 020 Independent Logistics Assessments

And one of the following:

•	 ACQ 265 Mission-Focused Services Acquisition (R)

•	 BCF 215 Operating and Support Cost Analysis (R)

•	 RQM 110 Core Concepts for Requirements Management

•	 LOG 204 Configuration Management

+ Education Formal education not required for certification

+ Experience 4 years of acquisition and/or sustainment experience in life cycle logistics

Core Plus Development Guide2

(Desired training, education, and experience) Type of Assignment

Training Acquisition Logistics Sustainment

ACQ 265 Mission-Focused Services Acquisition (R) + +

ACQ 450 Leading in the Acquisition Environment (R) +

ACQ 451 Integrated Acquisition for Decision Makers (R) +

ACQ 452 Forging Stakeholder Relationships (R) + +

CLB 011 Budget Policy + +

CLB 016 Introduction to Earned Value Management +

CLC 055 Competition Requirements + +

CLE 011 Modeling and Simulation for Systems Engineering +

CLL 016 Joint Logistics + +

CLL 026 Depot Maintenance Capacity Measurement +

CLL 201 Diminishing Manufacturing Sources and Material Shortages 

(DMSMS) Fundamentals + +

1

 The Core Certification Standards section lists the training, education, and experience REQUIRED for certification at this level. 

2

 When preparing your Individual Development Plan (IDP), you and your supervisor should consider the training, education, and experience listed in this Core Plus Development Guide if not already completed. 

NOTE: “(R)” following a course title indicates the course is delivered as resident-based instruction. 
112

Core Plus Development Guide2

(Desired training, education, and experience) Type of Assignment

Training Acquisition Logistics Sustainment

CLL 203 Diminishing Manufacturing Sources and Material Shortages 

(DMSMS) Essentials + +

CLL 204 Diminishing Manufacturing Sources and Material Shortages 

(DMSMS) Case Studies +

CLL 205 Diminishing Manufacturing Sources and Material Shortages 

(DMSMS) for Technical Professionals +

CLL 206 Parts Management Executive Overview + +

CLM 014 IPT Management and Leadership +

CLM 017 Risk Management + +

CLM 035 Environmental Safety and Occupational Health—Lesson 

from PMT 352A + +

CLM 038 Corrosion Prevention and Control Overview + +

CLM 041 Capabilities-Based Planning +

CLM 044 Radio Frequency Identification +

CLM 047 Fiscal and Physical Accountability and Management of DoD 

Equipment +

CLM 101 Analysis of Alternatives (AoA) (USAF Process) +

CLM 200 Item-Unique Identification +

CLR 250 Capabilities-Based Assessment + +

CON 237 Simplified Acquisition Procedures +

HBS 401 Budgeting + +

HBS 407 Crisis Management + +

PMT 202 Multinational Program Management (R) + +

PMT 352A Program Management Office Course, Part A +

PMT 352B Program Management Office Course, Part B (R) +

PQM 301 Advanced Production, Quality, and Manufacturing (R) +

RQM 403 Requirements Management Executive Overview (R) +

SYS 203 Intermediate Systems Planning, Research, Development, and 

Engineering, Part II (R) + +

TST 303 Advanced Test and Evaluation (R) + +

Education: Master’s degree in a logistics, business, management, or technical field, such as systems design and operational effectiveness, or similar systems 

engineering/technical education, business administration, and/or supply chain management

Joint Professional Military Education (JPME) such as Industrial College of the Armed Forces (ICAF)

Experience: 8 years of life cycle logistics experience in support of acquisition or sustainment of DoD weapons/materiel systems

1

 The Core Certification Standards section lists the training, education, and experience REQUIRED for certification at this level. 

2

 When preparing your Individual Development Plan (IDP), you and your supervisor should consider the training, education, and experience listed in this Core Plus Development Guide if not already completed. 

NOTE: “(R)” following a course title indicates the course is delivered as resident-based instruction. 

The Defense Acquisition Workforce 

Communities and Programs
113
114

Science and Technology Functional Community 

Systems Planning, Research, Development, and 

Engineering–Science and Technology Manager

+ Dr. John Fischer

Director , Laboratory Office, ODDR&E

Science and technology managers are typically scientists 

and engineers primarily involved in the material solution 

analysis and technology development phases of the 

defense acquisition system. They may, however, be 

involved in any phase of the acquisition process from 

basic research through deployment and demilitarization. 

Primary duties include developing overall program goals 

for science and technology funds; acquiring the services 

of scientists, engineers, and technical support personnel 

who are experts in their fields to perform science 

and technology research for DoD; providing funds to 

and oversight of science and technology performers 

(including universities, industry, and federal government 

organizations); and interfacing with the customer to 

expedite the transition of technology to the user.

The Defense Acquisition Workforce 

Communities and Programs

Total Workforce Size: 3,163
115

SPRDE – Science and Technology Manager Level I

Type of Assignment Representative Activities

+ Science and Technology Conducts, and/or monitors science and technology activities including basic research, applied

research and/or advanced technology development in support of acquisition programs

Core Certification Standards1 (Required for DAWIA certification)

+ Acquisition Training ACQ 101 Fundamentals of Systems Acquisition Management

+ Functional Training •	 SYS 101 Fundamentals of Systems Planning, Research, Development, and Engineering

•	 CLE 045 Introduction to DoD Science & Technology Management

+ Education

Baccalaureate or graduate degree in a technical or scientific field such as, but not limited to,

engineering, physics, chemistry, biology, psychology, mathematics, operations research,

engineering management, or computer science

+ Experience 1 year of technical experience related to science and technology management

Core Plus Development Guide2

(Desired training, education, and experience) Type of Assignment

Training Science & Technology

CLE 011 Modeling and Simulation for Systems Engineering +

CLM 013 Work-Breakdown Structure +

CLM 016 Cost Estimating +

CLM 017 Risk Management +

CLM 024 Contracting Overview +

TST 102 Fundamentals of Test and Evaluation +

Education: None specified

Experience: None specified

1 The Core Certification Standards section lists the training, education, and experience REQUIRED for certification at this level. 

2 When preparing your Individual Development Plan (IDP), you and your supervisor should consider the training, education, and experience listed in this Core Plus Development Guide if not already completed. 

NOTE: “(R)” following a course title indicates the course is delivered as resident-based instruction. 
116

SPRDE – Science and Technology Manager Level II

Type of Assignment Representative Activities

+ Science and Technology 

Organizes, conducts, and/or monitors science and technology activities including basic

research, applied research and/or advanced technology development; may also provide direct

support to acquisition program managers

Core Certification Standards1 (Required for DAWIA certification)

+ Acquisition Training ACQ 201A Intermediate Systems Acquisition, Part A

+ Functional Training •	 STM 202 Intermediate S&T Management (R)

•	 CLE 021 Technology Readiness Assessments

+ Education

Baccalaureate or graduate degree in a technical or scientific field such as, but not limited to,

engineering, physics, chemistry, biology, psychology, mathematics, operations research,

engineering management, or computer science

+ Experience 2 years of technical experience related to science and technology management

Core Plus Development Guide2

(Desired training, education, and experience) Type of Assignment

Training Science & Technology

CLB 011 Budget Policy +

CLB 016 Introduction to Earned Value Management +

CLC 036 Other Transaction Authority for Prototype Projects Overview +

CLC 106 Contracting Officer's Representative with a Mission Focus +

CLE 003 Technical Reviews +

CLE 009 System Safety in Systems Engineering +

CLE 301 Reliability and Maintainability +

CLL 008 Designing for Supportability in DoD Systems +

CLM 012 Scheduling +

CLM 031 Improved Statement of Work +

CLM 035 Environmental Safety and Occupational Health—Lesson 

from PMT 352A +

CLM 036 Technology Transfer and Export Control Fundamentals +

CLM 101 Analysis of Alternatives (AoA) (USAF Process) +

LOG 101 Acquisition Logistics Fundamentals +

Education: None specified

Experience: None specified

1

 The Core Certification Standards section lists the training, education, and experience REQUIRED for certification at this level. 

2

 When preparing your Individual Development Plan (IDP), you and your supervisor should consider the training, education, and experience listed in this Core Plus Development Guide if not already completed. 

NOTES: 

• “(R)” following a course title indicates the course is delivered as resident-based instruction. 

• Some continuous learning (CL) modules have been created by extracting lessons in their entirety from a training course. If this is the case for the CL module(s) identified in the above core certification standards, the course the CL module was extracted from is identified in the “Notes” section 

of the CL course description and the course can be substituted to meet the certification standard. 

The Defense Acquisition Workforce 

Communities and Programs
117

SPRDE – Science and Technology Manager Level III

Type of Assignment Representative Activities

+ Science and Technology 

Leads and/or manages science and technology activities including basic research, applied

research and/or advanced technology development; may also provide direct support to acquisition program managers

Core Certification Standards1 (Required for DAWIA certification)

+ Acquisition Training CLM 014 IPT Management and Leadership

+ Functional Training STM 303 Advanced S&T Management (R)

+ Education

Baccalaureate or graduate degree in a technical or scientific field such as, but not limited to,

engineering, physics, chemistry, biology, psychology, mathematics, operations research,

engineering management, or computer science

+ Experience 4 years of technical experience related to science and technology management

Unique Position Training Standards2

+ Advanced Technology Development Manager (Individuals with 

primary management responsibilities for significant BA 3 projects such as Advanced Technology Demonstrations, Joint Capability Demonstrations, and Future Naval Capabilities Programs)

•	 ACQ 201B Intermediate Systems Acquisition, Part B (R)

•	 CLB 017 Performance Measurement Baseline

•	 CLB 018 Earned Value and Financial Management Reports

•	 CLB 020 Baseline Maintenance

•	 CLE 026 Trade Studies

•	 CLM 029 Net-Ready Key Performance Parameter (NR-KPP)

•	 CLM 041 Capabilities-Based Planning

•	 PMT 251 Program Management Tools Course, Part I

•	 PMT 257 Program Management Tools Course, Part II

•	 PMT 352A Program Management Office Course, Part A

Core Plus Development Guide3

(Desired training, education, and experience) Type of Assignment

Training Science & Technology

CLB 017 Performance Measurement Baseline +

CLE 026 Trade Studies +

CLM 029 Net-Ready Key Performance Parameter (NR-KPP) +

CLM 041 Capabilities-Based Planning +

Education: Graduate-level degree in engineering, physics, chemistry, biology, mathematics, operations research, management or a related field

Experience: None specified

1

 The Core Certification Standards section lists the training, education, and experience REQUIRED for certification at this level. 

2

 The training listed in the Unique Position Training Standards section for workforce members assigned to these positions is recommended. 

3 When preparing your Individual Development Plan (IDP), you and your supervisor should consider the training, education, and experience listed in this Core Plus Development Guide if not already completed. 

NOTE: “(R)” following a course title indicates the course is delivered as resident-based instruction. 
118

Test and Evaluation Functional Community

+ Mr. Edward Greer, 

+ Deputy Assistant Secretary of Defense, Developmental Test and Evaluation OASD(R&E) 

Director, Test Resource Management Center (TRMC) 

As the functional leader for the Test and Evaluation (T&E) 

career field, my primary goals are improving the quality of the 

T&E workforce and providing consistent and integrated T&E 

policy and guidance. Our responsibility to train and maintain 

the T&E workforce involves keeping the T&E functional 

and core acquisition competencies current, establishing 

certification standards, and developing T&E position 

category descriptions.

Our T&E courses provide essential knowledge that T&E 

professionals require to effectively participate in DoD T&E 

activities. In order to assist in reducing cost and schedule, 

and improving performance for major defense acquisition 

programs, T&E professionals need to have a foundation that 

includes understanding technical maturity and performance 

baselines; knowledge and application of technical reviews; 

design considerations; reliability growth; and the practical 

use of T&E concepts and principles during planning, 

execution, and reporting for a system or system-of-systems. 

In addition to the foundation, the Office of the Deputy 

Assistant Secretary of Defense, Developmental Test and 

Evaluation (ODASD(DT&E)) forecasts growing areas for 

expertise and education in interoperability, information 

and system assurance, reliability and maintainability, and 

enhanced use of modeling and simulation and stimulants.

As the functional leader, I provide oversight by reviewing 

DAU education and training requirements as well as 

validating the certification standards for each of the three 

T&E certification levels. ODASD(DT&E) also updates 

the requirements according to changes in statutory and 

regulatory acquisition policies, practices, and procedures. 

Currently, ODASD(DT&E) continues to develop learning 

modules for T&E in modeling and simulation and testing in a 

joint environment.

The T&E workforce requires increasing knowledge 

and skills to adequately identify and evaluate system 

vulnerabilities. Since T&E in joint programs and systemof-systems comprehension presents challenges, it is 

important to prepare the workforce for complex system 

dependencies and interoperability issues. A part of 

ODASD(DT&E)’s mission is to ensure that there is a high 

quality T&E workforce in order to provide the warfighter 

with affordable, supportable, and effective performancebased systems.

The Defense Acquisition Workforce 

Communities and Programs

Total Workforce Size: 8,586
119
120

Test and Evaluation Level I

Type of Assignment Representative Activities

+ Headquarters and Staff (OSD, JS, COCOMs, JITC, SYSCOMs, etc.) 

•	 Supports research and development of T&E policy, practices, metrics, and procedures

•	 Supports development of metrics (e.g., CTPs, MOEs, MOPs, COIs, success criteria)

identification, direction, and guidance applicable to the Service/agency involvement in T&E

•	 Supports T&E office representative to T&E meetings and other forums

•	 Supports tracking/auditing of the T&E aspects of products/systems in the acquisition process

•	 Supports development of the T&E career management plan for recruiting, training, and

retaining a professional T&E workforce

•	 Supports development and execution of T&E processes, standards, methods, and techniques

+ Program Management and Matrix Support 

•	 Supports the program’s T&E working-level IPT

•	 Member of program’s T&E team developing a test and evaluation strategy (TES) and a test and

evaluation master plan (TEMP)

•	 Supports development of program’s TES, approach, process, schedule,

and resource requirements

•	 Supports implementation of metrics (e.g., CTPs, MOEs, MOPs, COIs, success criteria) relative

to product/system under test

•	 Supports development of T&E materials and data for technical and progress reviews, including

risk assessment

+ Range/Lab/Field Supporting Activities 

•	 Supports identification, process, schedule for T&E resources, including: workforce,

infrastructure, and budgets to support testing as expected for the respective facility

•	 Supports facility test plan development

•	 Assists in test execution, data collection, analysis, and reporting

•	 Supports the maintenance of the physical facility, environment, and coordination of renovations

and repairs as necessary

•	 Assists in the execution of Service/agency or DoD Information Assurance (IA) and System

Assurance (SA) testing

Core Certification Standards1 (Required for DAWIA certification)

+ Acquisition Training ACQ 101 Fundamentals of Systems Acquisition Management

+ Functional Training

•	 SYS 101 Fundamentals of Systems Planning, Research, Development, and Engineering

•	 TST 102 Fundamentals of Test and Evaluation

•	 CLE 023 Modeling and Simulation for Test and Evaluation

+ Education

24 semester hours or equivalent in technical or scientific courses such as mathematics (e.g.,

calculus, probability, statistics), physical sciences (e.g., chemistry, biology, physics), psychology, operations research/systems analysis, engineering, computer sciences, and information

technology

Baccalaureate degree or higher (any field of study)

+ Experience 1 year of acquisition experience in test and evaluation

Core Plus Development Guide2

(Desired training, education, and experience) Type of Assignment

Training HQ & Staff PM/Matrix Spt Rg/Lab/Fld Spt Act

CLB 007 Cost Analysis +

CLB 016 Introduction to Earned Value Management + + +

CLE 004 Introduction to Lean Enterprise Concepts + +

CLE 015 Continuous Process Improvement Familiarization + +

CLE 029 Testing In a Joint Environment + + +

CLE 301 Reliability and Maintainability + + +

IRM 101 Basic Information Systems Acquisition + + +

Education: None specified

Experience: None specified

1 The Core Certification Standards section lists the training, education, and experience REQUIRED for certification at this level. 

2 When preparing your Individual Development Plan (IDP), you and your supervisor should consider the training, education, and experience listed in this Core Plus Development Guide if not already completed. 

NOTES: 

•“(R)” following a course title indicates the course is delivered as resident-based instruction. 

•Some continuous learning (CL) modules have been created by extracting lessons in their entirety from a training course. If this is the case for the CL module(s) identified in the above core certification standards, the course the CL module was extracted from is identified in the “Notes” section 

of the CL course description and the course can be substituted to meet the certification standard. 

The Defense Acquisition Workforce 

Communities and Programs
121
122

Test and Evaluation Level II

Type of Assignment Representative Activities

+ Headquarters and Staff (OSD, JS, COCOMs, JITC, SYSCOMs,, etc.) 

•	 Supports research and development of test and evaluation strategy, policy, practices,

procedures, and implementation direction and guidance

•	 Supports development of metrics (e.g., CTPs, MOEs, MOPs, COIs, success criteria)

identification, direction, and guidance applicable to the headquarters

•	 Serves as or supports the T&E office representative at T&E meetings and other forums

•	 Manages tracking/auditing of the T&E aspects of products/systems in the acquisition process

and identifies T&E issues

•	 Coordinates test and evaluation strategy (TES), test and evaluation master plan (TEMP), test

concepts, and test plans as well as certifying annual T&E budgets

•	 Supports development of the T&E career management plan for recruiting, training, and

retaining a professional T&E workforce

•	 Supports development and execution of T&E processes, standards, methods and techniques

+ Program Management and Matrix Support 

•	 Member of the program’s T&E working-level IPT

•	 Directs/manages development and/or implementation of metrics (e.g., CTPs, MOEs, MOPs,

COIs, success criteria) relative to product/system under test

•	 Draftsandcoordinatestestandevaluationstrategy(TES)andtestandevaluationmasterplan(TEMP)

•	 Directs coordination of Information Assurance (IA) testing and the DoD IA Certification and

Accreditation Process

•	 Directs/manages development of program’s T&E approach, process, schedule, and resource

requirements

•	 Directs/manages development of T&E materials/data for technical and progress reviews,

including risk assessment

•	 Identifies and coordinates T&E personnel and financial resources requirements

•	 Provides guidance on test concepts and test plans development and submits annualT&E budgets

+ Range/Lab/Field Supporting Activities 

•	 Identifies and schedules facility resources for T&E resources, including: workforce,

infrastructure, and budgets to support testing

•	 Ensures facility T&E tools (IT, video, targets, simulators, stimulators,

instrumentation, etc.) are capable of supporting T&E as expected for the respective facility

•	 Leads facility test plan development and coordination

•	 Ensures technical adequacy of T&E plans, and mitigation of safety risks for test plans and during

test execution

•	 Leads test execution, data collection, analysis, and reporting

•	 Supports the maintenance of the physical facility, environment, and coordination of renovations

and repairs as necessary

•	 Manages the implementation of Service/agency or DoD Information Assurance (IA) and

System Assurance (SA) policies

•	 Leads the evaluation and reporting of test results

Core Certification Standards1 (Required for DAWIA certification)

+ Acquisition Training •	 ACQ 201A Intermediate Systems Acquisition, Part A

•	 ACQ 201B Intermediate Systems Acquisition, Part B (R)

+ Functional Training

•	 SYS 202 Intermediate Systems Planning, Research, Development, and Engineering, Part I

•	 TST 203 Intermediate Test and Evaluation (R)

•	 CLE 029 Testing In a Joint Environment

+ Education

24 semester hours or equivalent in technical or scientific courses such as mathematics (e.g.,

calculus, probability, statistics), physical sciences (e.g., chemistry, biology, physics), psychology, operations research/systems analysis, engineering, computer sciences, and information

technology

Baccalaureate degree or higher (any field of study)

+ Experience 2 years of test and evaluation experience

Core Plus Development Guide2

(Desired training, education, and experience) Type of Assignment

Training HQ & Staff PM/Matrix Spt Rg/Lab/Fld Spt Act

CLE 003 Technical Reviews + + +

1 The Core Certification Standards section lists the training, education, and experience REQUIRED for certification at this level. 

2 When preparing your Individual Development Plan (IDP), you and your supervisor should consider the training, education, and experience listed in this Core Plus Development Guide if not already completed. 

NOTE: “(R)” following a course title indicates the course is delivered as resident-based instruction. 

The Defense Acquisition Workforce 

Communities and Programs
123

Core Plus Development Guide2

(Desired training, education, and experience) Type of Assignment

Training HQ & Staff PM/Matrix Spt Rg/Lab/Fld Spt Act

CLE 015 Continuous Process Improvement Familiarization + + +

CLE 017 Technical Planning + + +

CLE 021 Technology Readiness Assessments + + +

CLE 025 Information Assurance (IA) for Acquisition Professionals + + +

CLE 037 Telemetry +

CLE 038 Time Space-Position Information +

CLE 039 Environmental Issues in Testing and Evaluation + + +

CLM 013 Work-Breakdown Structure + +

CLM 016 Cost Estimating + + +

CLM 017 Risk Management + + +

CLM 035 Environmental Safety and Occupational Health—Lesson 

from PMT 352A + + +

CLM 101 Analysis of Alternatives (AoA) (USAF Process) + +

IRM 202 Intermediate Information Systems Acquisition (R) + + +

LOG 101 Acquisition Logistics Fundamentals + + +

LOG 103 Reliability, Availability, and Maintainability (RAM) + + +

PQM 101 Production, Quality, and Manufacturing Fundamentals + +

Education: None specified

Experience: At least one year of field hands-on T&E activities

1 The Core Certification Standards section lists the training, education, and experience REQUIRED for certification at this level. 

2 When preparing your Individual Development Plan (IDP), you and your supervisor should consider the training, education, and experience listed in this Core Plus Development Guide if not already completed. 

NOTE: “(R)” following a course title indicates the course is delivered as resident-based instruction. 
124

Test and Evaluation Level III

Type of Assignment Representative Activities

+ Headquarters and Staff (OSD, JS, COCOMs, JITC, SYSCOMS, etc.) 

•	 Manages identification, development, and implementation of T&E strategy, policy, practices,

and procedures

•	 Manages development of metrics (e.g., CTPs, MOEs, MOPs, COIs, success criteria)

identification, direction, and guidance applicable to the respective Service/agency

•	 Represents principal T&E office at T&E meetings and other forums

•	 Directs/manages tracking/auditing of the T&E aspects of products/systems in the acquisition

process, identifies T&E issues, and recommends corrective actions as necessary

•	 Manages development of the T&E career management plan for recruiting, training, and

retaining a professional T&E workforce

•	 Approves test and evaluation strategy (TES), test and evaluation master plans (TEMPs), test

concepts, and test plans as well as certifying annual T&E budgets

•	 Manages the development and execution ofT&E processes, standards, methods, and techniques

+ Program Management and Matrix Support 

•	 Chairs or serves as a key member of the program’s T&E working-level IPT

•	 Manages test and evaluation strategy (TES) and test and evaluation master plan (TEMP)

development and securing final approvals

•	 Directs/manages development of program’s T&E approach, process, schedule, and resource

requirements

•	 Directs/manages development of T&E materials for technical and progress reviews, including

risk assessment

•	 Identifies and coordinates T&E personnel and financial resources requirements

•	 Provides guidance on test concepts and test plans development and submits annualT&E budgets

+ Range/Lab/Field Supporting Activities 

•	 Manages the identification, process, and schedule for T&E resources, including: workforce,

infrastructure, and budgets to support testing

•	 Ensures facility test and evaluation tools (IT, targets, video, simulators, stimulators,

instrumentation, etc.) are capable of supporting T&E

•	 Directs/manages facility test plan development, coordination, and approval

•	 Directs/manages technical and safety reviews of test plans

•	 Directs/manages test execution, data collection, and analysis

•	 Directs/manages evaluation and reporting test results

•	 Directs/manages development of new T&E techniques, capture of lessons learned, and

development of T&E best practices

•	 Manages the maintenance of the physical facility, environment, and coordination of renovations

and repairs as necessary

•	 Directs/manages the implementation of Service/agency or DoD Information Assurance (IA),

and System Assurance (SA) policies applicable to test facility

Core Certification Standards1 (Required for DAWIA certification)

+ Acquisition Training Acquisition Training identified at Level II must have been completed

+ Functional Training •	 Functional Training identified at Level II must have been completed

•	 TST 303 Advanced Test and Evaluation (R)

+ Education

24 semester hours or equivalent in technical or scientific courses such as mathematics (e.g.,

calculus, probability, statistics), physical sciences (e.g., chemistry, biology, physics), psychology, operations research/systems analysis, engineering, computer sciences, and information

technology

Baccalaureate degree or higher (any field of study)

+ Experience 4 years of test and evaluation experience

Core Plus Development Guide2

(Desired training, education, and experience) Type of Assignment

Training HQ & Staff PM/Matrix Spt Rg/Lab/Fld Spt Act

CLB 009 Planning, Programming, Budgeting, and Execution and 

Budget Exhibits + +

CLC 011 Contracting for the Rest of Us + +

CLE 009 System Safety in Systems Engineering + + +

CLL 014 Joint Systems Integrated Support Strategies (JSISS) +

1 The Core Certification Standards section lists the training, education, and experience REQUIRED for certification at this level. 

2 When preparing your Individual Development Plan (IDP), you and your supervisor should consider the training, education, and experience listed in this Core Plus Development Guide if not already completed. 

NOTE: “(R)” following a course title indicates the course is delivered as resident-based instruction. 

The Defense Acquisition Workforce 

Communities and Programs
125

Core Plus Development Guide2

(Desired training, education, and experience) Type of Assignment

Training HQ & Staff PM/Matrix Spt Rg/Lab/Fld Spt Act

CLL 015 Business Case Analysis + + +

CLM 014 IPT Management and Leadership + + +

CLM 031 Improved Statement of Work + +

PMT 251 Program Management Tools Course, Part I + +

PMT 257 Program Management Tools Course, Part II + + +

SYS 203 Intermediate Systems Planning, Research, Development, and 

Engineering, Part II (R) + + +

Education: None specified

Experience: At least 2 years of field hands-on T&E activities

1 The Core Certification Standards section lists the training, education, and experience REQUIRED for certification at this level. 

2 When preparing your Individual Development Plan (IDP), you and your supervisor should consider the training, education, and experience listed in this Core Plus Development Guide if not already completed. 

NOTE: “(R)” following a course title indicates the course is delivered as resident-based instruction. 
126
127

Acquisition Workforce Management 

and Administration

p. 128 Overview of Acquisition 

Workforce Career Management

p. 129 U.S. Army DACM

p. 130 U.S. Navy and Marine Corps 

DACM

p. 131 U.S. Air Force DACM

p. 132 4th Estate DACM

p. 133 Registration Procedures for 

 Non-DoD Students

p. 133 DAU Administrative 

Information

Chapter Four
128

Overview of Acquisition 

Workforce Career Management

Directors, Acquisition Career Management (DACMs)

The DACMs assist in managing the accession, training, 

education, and career development of their respective 

components. There is a DACM representative for each 

of the military services as well as for the 4th Estate. The 

4th Estate DACM represents civilians assigned to the 

Defense agencies outside the military services. 

The DACMs coordinate with DAU to ensure the learning 

and developmental needs of the Defense Acquisition 

Workforce are addressed. The DACMs are instrumental 

in supporting enterprise human capital initiatives to 

create a high-performing Defense Acquisition Workforce. 

The following pages list important links and information 

regarding each DACM.

How to Register

To register for a DAU course, go to your appropriate 

DACM page in this catalog for links to registration 

websites and contact information. If you do not work 

as a member of the DoD—for instance, if you are a 

federal government employee in a civilian agency, an 

employee working for a company that supports DoD, or 

an international representative—go to the Registration 

Procedures for Non-DoD Students section of this catalog.

You are encouraged to review the DAU administrative 

information in this section, which provides an overview 

of DAU’s policies and procedures regarding attendance, 

cancellation, accommodations, transcript services, and 

other important information regarding taking a course 

at DAU.

Acquisition Workforce Management 

and Administration
129

U.S. Army DACM

LTG William N. Phillips

+ Army DACM

The U.S. Army Director, Acquisition Career Management 

(DACM) is charged with the responsibility to implement 

the Defense Acquisition Workforce Improvement Act 

(DAWIA) and the associated supplemental guidance. 

Enacted in 1990, the objective of DAWIA is to improve 

the quality and professionalism of the entire acquisition 

workforce by focusing on improving the effectiveness 

of the processes we implement to execute all phases of 

the acquisition life cycle. The DACM is an advisor and 

staff assistant to the Assistant Secretary of the Army for 

Acquisition, Logistics, and Technology (ASA(ALT)) and 

represents the assistant secretary in all matters relating 

to efforts to improve the acquisition workforce and its 

associated acquisition processes through education, 

training, and career management. The Army DACM 

reports directly to the ASA(ALT) and also serves as the 

principal military deputy to the assistant secretary. The 

Army Deputy DACM serves also as the Director of the 

U.S. Army Acquisition Support Center, whose job is to 

support the Army’s acquisition mission through superior 

personnel development systems and management 

support capabilities, enabling the most effective and 

efficient equipping of the nation’s forces while maintaining 

an internal culture of constant organizational improvement.

The DACM promotes leadership and professional 

development of the Army acquisition workforce and 

ensures individual skill sets are matched with relevant 

work requirements, all while promoting an environment 

of open communication where the workforce can 

understand their role in equipping and sustaining the 

world’s premier fighting force.

The DACM’s responsibilities are to: 

+ Establish and oversee the mission and vision of the 

Army Acquisition Corps (AAC) and the associated programs for the development and readiness of a 

professional civilian and military workforce

+ Oversee the AAC and the Defense Acquisition Workforce 

 while establishing human capital plans, programs, and 

strategies to accomplish the acquisition mission 

 and vision for the Army

+ Ensure the readiness of a professional civilian and 

military workforce through relevant training, education, 

and experience opportunities

+ Oversee all career management activities for the AAC 

and Defense Acquisition Workforce (e.g., policies, 

training, opportunities, etc.) in accordance with statutory 

 requirements and congressional mandates

+ Grant AAC membership and approve waivers

+ Designate senior-level representatives to provide guidance and to advise on matters that affect the education, 

training, and career development of the Defense Acquisition Workforce

+ Establish forums/opportunities to specifically address 

issues facing the acquisition community from the 

 perspective of Army senior leaders

+ Represent the Army acquisition executive in all matters 

pertaining to the acquisition mission for the Army 

The Army acquisition workforce is comprised of 

more than 44,000 civilian and military workforce 

members who occupy 12 acquisition career fields. The 

largest numbers of workforce members serve in the 

acquisition career fields of Systems Planning, Research, 

Development, and Engineering–Systems Engineer, 

followed by Contracting and Life Cycle Logistics.

WHERE TO FIND INFORMATION

Visit the Army’s acquisition website at asc.army.mil/ for 

information on acquisition career management policies 

and programs including such topics as:

+ Acquisition Corps career planning and certification 

+ Legislation and policy

+ Tuition assistance and training opportunities

+ Waivers and forms

+ Defense Acquisition University training: 

https://www.atrrs.army.mil/channels/aitas/

+ The award-winning Army AL&T Magazine

+ News and developments

+ FAQs and contact information
130

U.S. Navy and Marine Corps DACM

Ms. Rene’ Thomas-Rizzo

+ Navy DACM

The U.S. Navy Director, Acquisition Career Management 

(DACM) is the focal point in the Department of the Navy 

(DoN) for the management and development of the 

acquisition workforce. Having the right people in the right 

job at the right time will translate to effective and efficient 

execution, delivering the finest warfighting capability in 

the world. The DACM seeks to improve the workforce 

through education, training, and career management. 

The Navy DACM is focused on rebuilding the acquisition 

workforce and has developed a framework upon which 

the DoN will improve capacity and capability. The 

fundamental precept that guides the DACM office is that 

the current and future DoN warfighting development, 

procurement, and life cycle sustainment demands of its 

acquisition workforce continue to be high performing and 

competent across the spectrum of acquisition career fields. 

The framework is built upon a six-pillar foundation:

+ Pillar 1: Rebalance the acquisition workforce

+ Pillar 2: Integrate acquisition workforce requirements 

into the Planning, Programming, Budgeting and Execution

 System

+ Pillar 3: Reinforce the science and engineering foundation

+ Pillar 4 : Improve program manager and acquisition business skills

+ Pillar 5: Return to deliberate flag/SES acquisition community management

+ Pillar 6: Plan acquisition workforce sustainment

The DACM goals are to:

+ Revitalize the acquisition workforce through improved 

education, training, and career management

+ Focus on recruitment and retention of acquisition professionals with critical skills needed to increase the 

capability of the acquisition workforce 

+ Implement policies and processes that lead to the successful rebuilding of the acquisition workforce

The DACM responsibilities are to:

+ Develop acquisition workforce strategies and policies

+ Collaborate with other DoD military services, agencies, 

and functional leaders on matters relating to the acquisition workforce education, training, and career 

development

+ Analyze acquisition workforce requirements to ensure 

 the DoN acquisition workforce has the personnel and 

skills it needs, now and into the future

+ Manage critical acquisition positions/key leadership 

positions and ACAT I and ACAT II program manager 

assignments

+ Manage career development programs and 

opportunities

+ Ensure workforce reporting requirements are met

WHERE TO FIND INFORMATION

Visit the Department of the Navy Research, 

Development, and Acquisition website at https://

acquisition.navy.mil for Navy-specific acquisition career 

management policies and procedures including topics 

such as:

+ Acquisition Corps

+ Career planning and 

certification

+ Legislation and policy

+ Naval Acquisition Develop

ment Program (interns and 

associates)

+ News and developments

+ Tuition assistance

+ Waivers and forms

+ Job fairs

+ FAQs

+ Contact information

To register for acquisition training, visit the Register-Now 

website at https://www.atrrs.army.mil/channels/navyedacm.

Acquisition Workforce Management 

and Administration
131

U.S. Air Force DACM

Mr. Patrick M. Hogan

+ Air Force DACM

 Acquisition Workforce Development Fund to ensure the 

Air Force acquisition workforce has the capacity it needs, 

 in both personnel and skills

+ Establish and maintain acquisition career management 

information systems for training, waivers, continuous 

learning, certification, and acquisition personnel records 

review, as needed, to execute acquisition workforce 

responsibilities

WHERE TO FIND INFORMATION

For Air Force Acquisition Professional Development 

Program (APDP) policies and procedures, visit the Air 

Force DACM Career/APDP at ww3.safaq.hq.af.mil/career/. 

The website includes the following topics and links: 

+ Workforce announcements

+ Professional development

+ Acquisition Corps position requirements

+ Certifications

+ Training priorities/funding

+ Position and tenure waivers

+ Awards and recognition

+ Career points of contact

+ Policy reference

Register for DAU Training 

https://www.atrrs.army.mil/channels/acqnow/

Register for AFIT Training 

https://www.atrrs.army.mil/channels/afitnow/

Track Continuous Learning 

https://www.atrrs.army.mil/channels/acqnowcl/

Acquisition Career Brief 

https://w20.afpc.randolph.af.mil/AFPCSecureNet20/

CheckPortal.aspx

The U.S. Air Force Director, Acquisition Career 

Management (DACM) is designated by the Assistant 

Secretary of the Air Force for Acquisition as the 

focal point for management and development of the 

acquisition workforce. The Air Force DACM works 

with the Office of the Under Secretary of Defense for 

Acquisition, Technology and Logistics; the Defense 

Acquisition University (DAU); other Services and defense 

agencies; Air Force acquisition career field functional 

managers; and Air Force acquisition workforce members 

in all efforts to improve the acquisition workforce through 

education, training, and career management.

The Air Force DACM responsibilities are to:

+ Assist the Air Force acquisition executives for space and 

non-space programs with oversight and execution 

of acquisition workforce responsibilities

+ Develop the Air Force acquisition professional workforce 

through directing, coordinating, and reviewing actions 

mandated by the Defense Acquisition Workforce 

 Improvement Act (DAWIA) and DoD directives

+ Develop, implement, and oversee policies and procedures for the Air Force Acquisition Professional Development Program (APDP)

+ Establish programs, as required, to provide career 

development opportunities for the acquisition 

workforce in accordance with DAWIA, associated 

 regulations, and Air Force acquisition workforce human 

capital strategic planning objectives

+ Develop, review, and coordinate policy regarding the 

Air Force acquisition workforce, including both organic 

(Air Force civilians and military) and contracted resources

+ Represent the Air Force as point of contact with DAU and 

 other DoD military services and agencies for matters relat- 

 ing to the AT&L Workforce Education, Training, and Career 

 Development Program

+ Oversee Air Force acquisition training selection boards, 

including the Program Manager’s Course and Industrial 

College of the Armed Forces Senior Acquisition Course, 

for the acquisition community

+ Manage training matters associated with DAWIA implementation, including DAU course quotas, acquisition train- 

 ing and defense acquisition workforce funds, and student 

 course registration

+ Centrally administer the Fiscal Year 2008 National 

Defense Authorization Act Section 852 Defense 
132

4th Estate DACM

Mr. Jeffrey Birch

+ 4th Estate DACM

The 4th Estate Director, Acquisition Career Management 

(DACM) represents civilians assigned to the defense 

agencies outside the military departments—a community 

comprised of over 21,000 Defense Acquisition 

Workforce members. The 4th Estate DACM reports to 

the Director, Human Capital Initiatives, and is responsible 

for collaborating with the defense agencies on all facets 

of career development and management of the Defense 

Acquisition Workforce. 

The 4th Estate DACM responsibilities include:

+ Supporting enterprise human capital initiatives to create 

a high-performing Defense Acquisition Workforce

+ Collaborating and coordinating with defense agencies 

to support implementation of the Defense Acquisition 

Workforce Development Fund and the Secretary 

 of Defense Growth Strategy 

+ Providing policy interpretations on Defense Acquisition 

Workforce Improvement Act (DAWIA) matters

+ Collaborating with senior leaders and functional leaders 

on matters relating to supporting and improving the 

Defense Acquisition Workforce

+ Ensuring career management tools are available to the 

4th Estate community, including a continuous learning 

tracking system and online application processes for 

certification and Defense Acquisition Corps membership

+ Formulating concepts to develop innovative tools and 

resources to increase efficiencies

The following career management functions are 

performed at your specific agency:

+ Approval of applications for DAU training

+ Approval of DAWIA certification applications

+ Approval of Acquisition Corps applications

+ Approval of fulfillment requests

+ Processing and approval of waivers

+ Documentation of course equivalencies

+ Coding and management of acquisition personnel 

information

WHERE TO FIND INFORMATION

The 4th Estate DACM website, www.dau.mil/doddacm, 

provides additional information on the following areas:

+ Class registration 

https://www.atrrs.army.mil/channels/acqtas

+ Managing your acquisition career 

+ Career management tools

+ DAWIA certification 

+ Workforce manager resources

+ Workforce policy 

+ 4th Estate metrics 

+ 4th Estate DACM newsletter

Points of Contact:

ACQTAS Help Desk, acqtashelp@asmr.com, 

703-645-0161

ACQTAS Travel Desk, acqtastravel@asmr.com, 

703-645-0161

Acquisition Workforce Management 

and Administration
133

Registration Procedures for 

Non-DoD Students

International Students

Foreign military and civilian employees of a foreign 

government must apply for DAU courses through their 

country’s training officer, who will coordinate the training 

request through the U.S. Army security assistance officer 

in the Office of Defense Cooperation or an appropriate 

official in the U.S. Embassy. The U.S. Army Security 

Assistance Training Field Activity (SATFA), which is 

the executive agent for foreign members attending 

DAU courses, will process each individual’s application 

through appropriate channels. The SATFA will coordinate 

all training requests with the DAU Non-DoD Registrar 

at nondod.registrar@dau.mil or 703-805-4498. Security 

assistance officers or U.S. Embassy officials sponsoring 

training requests from the host country should go to 

www.disam.dsca.mil/itm/ for information on training 

available through the foreign military sales training program.

Military and civilian employees of countries that are 

members of the North Atlantic Treaty Organization 

(NATO) should initiate their training requests through 

the SATFA by calling 757-788-3255. The SATFA desk 

officer for NATO affairs will put the student in contact 

with appropriate NATO training officials to process and 

coordinate the training request.

A non-U.S. citizen employed by a U.S. defense industry 

corporation, working for a foreign corporation that has a 

contract with DoD or any of the military departments, or 

who is assigned to a U.S. military agency or activity may be 

eligible to apply for DAU courses. For information about 

applying for a course, contact the DAU Academic Support 

Office at industry.registrar@dau.mil or 703-805-4498.

Acquisition Personnel with Federal Civilian Agencies

Federal civilian personnel interested in acquisition or 

acquisition-related training should first consult the 

Federal Acquisition Institute (FAI) website at www.fai.gov, 

which provides information about career, certification, 

and training programs. Federal civilian personnel 

interested in attending DAU- or FAI-sponsored training 

must submit an application using the FAI electronic 

registration system on the Web at https://www.atrrs.army.

mil/channels/faitas/student/logon.aspx?caller=1, the FAI 

Internet Training Application (FAITAS) website.

Federal civilian personnel can attend DAU and FAI 

courses at no cost, on a space-available basis for 

DAU courses. The electronic system streamlines the 

reservation process and allows prospective students to 

initiate their own training requests via the Internet.

For additional information, students should contact their 

local acquisition career managers. Points of contact 

available to assist students are listed on the FAI website. 

You can also contact the FAI help desk at 703-805-2300, 

Fax 703-805-2111, or visit www.fai.gov/contact.asp 

Defense Industry Certification

Unless an organization has its own certification 

standards, there is no organization or association that 

confers certification in a functional area for defense 

industry employees similar to the certification program 

administered by DoD for its acquisition workforce 

members. Industry employees may demonstrate 

comparable training to the members of the DoD 

acquisition workforce by successfully completing DAU 

courses. They can register for courses at https://www.

atrrs.army.mil/channels/nondod/logon.asp and will be 

accepted on a space-available basis.

DAU Administrative 

Information

Course Offerings

DAU courses are offered in a variety of modes:

+ Resident—Workforce member attends class at one

 of the DAU training sites.

+ Local—DAU instructor teaches at locations that have

 sufficient numbers of attendees to constitute a class.

+ Distance Learning—Course material is offered entirely or in

 part via the Internet.

+ Facilitated Online Learning Environment—Material is offered

 online; instruction may be online or in the classroom.

+ Hybrid—Course includes both distance learning and 

classroom (Parts A and B).

Online Requirements

To complete online coursework, you must have access to 

a computer with the following minimum capabilities:

+ Operating System: Windows XP Service Pack 3 

+ Microprocessor speed: Pentium 4 (1.6-2.4 GHz)

+ Hard Drive: 40 GB

+ Memory: 1GB

+ Internet Connection: 56bps+ (1.5 Mbps recommended)

+ Audio: 16 bit sound card and speakers

+ CD-ROM drive: 12X

+ Monitor: 1024 X 768 minimum, font size or DPI set to normal 

or small
134

+ Browser: Internet Explorer 7.0-8.0 (Note: Internet Explorer 

9.0 is unsupported at time of this print. Other browsers 

are not supported—therefore, performance may be 

affected. Please check the online iCatalog for updates on 

IE.)

+ JavaScript: Enable, version 1.3 or above. 

When logging on to the DAU Virtual Campus at 

https://learn.dau.mil, students should review the 

computer requirements in the “System Requirements” 

option under the “Help” menu. This will help students 

ensure their computers are able to run online 

courseware successfully. Some online courses 

have additional software requirements that are 

explained at the beginning of the course.

Reporting Instructions

After being accepted for admission into a DAU course, 

students will receive an e-mail from the university with 

instructions on how to proceed. In the case of online 

courses, an e-mail will explain how to access the course 

material online. For classroom courses, students will 

receive an e-mail with specific reporting instructions and 

information on housing, meals, facilities, and appropriate 

classroom attire.

DAU offers students Web-based support for classroom 

activities and pre-course assignments through the 

Blackboard learning management system. Blackboard 

provides websites for selected DAU courses so students 

can access readings and course activities on demand. 

Blackboard can support a variety of learning activities 

as required by a class: assignments, quizzes, surveys, 

and discussions. It supports group work and also 

provides a place to store and submit files to instructors. 

A student enrolled in a course using Blackboard will 

receive information about the course’s website in course 

welcome materials. 

Travel, Per Diem, and Reimbursement

Each Service Acquisition Career Management Office 

or parent organization funds travel expenses and per 

diem for eligible students based on Service- or agencyspecific policy. Students should consult the appropriate 

Acquisition Career Management Office for policy and 

guidance concerning travel requirements. It is very 

important that students arrive with a government credit 

card to pay for all legitimate travel-related expenses or, if 

needed, draw cash advances in lieu of receiving advance 

per diem payments. DAU cannot process travel claims 

or provide advance per diem payments. Students should 

know the name and telephone number of the government 

credit card program coordinator for their Services or 

organizations. This person will be the student’s point of 

contact for government credit card-related questions.

Defense Acquisition Workforce members may be eligible 

for funding of travel and per diem when attending courses 

required for certification. This is strictly based upon 

the Service component policy. Students should contact 

their Service component point of contact for the specific 

funding policy covering DAU training. Funding is not 

provided to cover travel and per diem costs for workforce 

members who attend DAU courses for the purpose of 

continuous learning. 

Course Registration and Quota Allocation

DAU uses the Army Training Requirements and 

Resources System (ATRRS) to maintain course 

schedules, allocate quotas, and manage class 

registration. Agencies with quota allocations should 

register workforce members as early as possible before 

the class start date to ensure their employees are in the 

ATRRS system and that employees have sufficient time 

to make necessary arrangements for attending class. 

After applying for a course, a student will receive an 

e-mail identifying his or her status as either wait-listed or 

as having a reservation. Approximately 60 days before 

the class starts, those with class reservations will receive 

an e-mail from DAU (later for late registrants) providing 

reporting instructions, class start and end times, and 

location-specific information (e.g., points of contact, 

hotels, and directions). Points of contact for most courses 

and locations are provided in the online course schedule. 

Any workforce member who is registered and has not 

received reporting instructions 15 days prior to the class 

start date should contact the Academic Support Office 

at either 866-568-6924 (Option 1) or 703-805-3459 

(Option 1).

Attendance Policy

Students are expected to attend all scheduled course 

sessions (including teleconferencing, satellite, and 

synchronous online sessions) and complete all 

coursework. Whenever possible, students shall request 

permission from the instructor in advance of the 

absences, which must be for valid reasons such as illness 

or family emergency. Cumulative absences that exceed 5 

percent of contact time may be grounds for disenrollment 

Acquisition Workforce Management 

and Administration
135

(e.g., for a 40-hour course, students are expected to 

participate in at least 38 hours). Some courses permit 

students who miss periods of class time to complete 

supplemental work before receiving a graduation certificate.

DAU follows established DoD and Office of Personnel 

Management guidance for civilians, and Service 

regulations for military personnel concerning various 

categories of leave.

Transcripts

To obtain transcripts,students should go to www.dau.

mil/studentInfo/default.aspx and click “Request a DAU 

Transcript.” The students will be directed to the online 

transcript system, where they will be asked to log on 

using either a Common Access Card (CAC) or Social 

Security Number (SSN)/date of birth. Once in the 

transcript system, students can print a transcript at their 

desks or request that an official transcript with a raised 

DoD seal be sent to a college. Transcripts are usually 

processed within five working days, though sometimes 

it takes longer; students will receive an e-mail notice 

when their transcripts have been processed. Questions 

regarding transcripts should be directed to the Academic 

Support Office at dau.transcript@dau.mil.

Disability Accommodations

Those with disabilities who are scheduled to attend 

DAU classes should notify their local training office and 

the Academic Support Office as soon as possible prior 

to the start date of the class to ensure that appropriate 

accommodations are made. DAU fully supports the 

requirements of Section 508 of the Rehabilitation Act 

Amendments of 1998. Section 508 requires federal 

agencies that develop, procure, maintain, or use 

electronic and information technology to ensure that 

federal employees with disabilities have access to and use 

of that information and data. To that end, all new DAU 

courseware is developed to comply with the standards 

set forth in Section 508.

Student Policies

A complete overview of all student policies can be found 

at www.dau.mil/studentInfo/Pages/student_info.aspx.

Academic Integrity

Absolute integrity is expected of every DAU student 

in all academic undertakings. Integrity entails a firm 

adherence to a set of values, and the values most 

essential to an academic community are grounded on 

the concept of honesty with respect to the intellectual 

efforts of oneself and others. Academic integrity is 

expected not only in formal coursework situations, but in 

all university relationships and interactions connected to 

the educational process, including the use of university 

resources.

Dress Policy

Unless otherwise noted in the welcome letter or 

e-mail, civilian and military students are authorized 

to wear business casual attire: dress slacks, collared 

shirts, dress shoes/loafers and the equivalent attire for 

women. Examples of inappropriate attire are shorts; flip 

flops; strapless, excessively short or sheer garments; 

exposed midriffs; jeans; and athletic wear of any kind. 

The instructor may specify in advance exceptions to 

the above in support of a specific class event. Students 

also are requested to be cognizant that the heavy use of 

colognes and perfumes can be a distraction in class and 

cause allergic reactions in other students. In the case of 

DAU courses conducted at customer sites, alternative 

standards, consistent with those of the local command or 

organization, may prevail.

Cancellation Policy

If circumstances dictate canceling course attendance 

after a student receives notification of acceptance, the 

procedures set forth by the student’s respective Service 

or agency should be followed. This may afford other 

workforce members an opportunity to attend the course.

Grievance Policy

Any grievance a student may have, academic or 

otherwise, will first be addressed with the lead instructor 

of the course. If the lead instructor cannot resolve the 

issue to the student’s satisfaction, the issue can be 

elevated as outlined in DAU Directive 704, Student 

Academic and Administrative Policies. Directive 704 is 

available at www.dau.mil/studentInfo/Pages/student_info.aspx.
136
137

Appendix A

Training 

Courses

Required course prerequisites are listed 

online in the iCatalog within each course 

concept card. A consolidated listing is 

also accessible from the iCatalog Home 

page at: http://icatalog.dau.mil/

See pages 128-133 for course registration 

procedures.
140

Appendix A

ACQ 265 

Mission-Focused Services Acquisition 

This course is designed to improve our tradecraft in the 

acquisition of services. It uses a multifunctional approach that 

provides acquisition team members with the tools and techniques necessary to analyze and apply performance-based 

principles when developing requirements documents and 

effective business strategies for contractor-provided services. 

The course uses the seven-step Service Acquisition process, a 

team-oriented approach, and multiple interactive, hands-on, 

learning sessions to apply the principles. ACQ 265 is designed 

for those who need to improve their skills in developing and 

defining service requirements, supporting business strategies, 

and effectively managing the resulting contractor performance. However, this course may also provide an opportunity 

for experienced acquisition personnel to improve their 

understanding of the Service Acquisition Process.

Course Length: 4 class days

Method of Delivery: Resident

ACQ 370 

Acquisition Law

DoD policy now mandates that the acquisition process be 

conducted through integrated product teams. The employment of integrated product teams in the acquisition process 

has resulted in the involvement of many non-contracting 

government personnel. ACQ 370 provides an overview of 

government contract law, specifically laws and regulations 

that are applicable to government contracts.

Course Length: 4.5 class days

Method of Delivery: Resident

ACQ 401 

Senior Acquisition Course

A preeminent course for members of the acquisition corps, 

the Senior Acquisition Course is delivered by the Industrial 

College of the Armed Forces (ICAF). The course consists of 

the 10-month ICAF curriculum, complemented by a choice of 

acquisition-related electives and individual/group research 

and writing. A limited number of professionals may take the 

Defense Acquisition University Program Manager’s Course, 

PMT 401, as a general elective for the Senior Acquisition 

Course and ICAF curriculum. Those who complete the Senior 

ACQ 101 

Fundamentals of Systems Acquisition 

Management

This course provides a broad overview of the DoD systems 

acquisition process, covering all phases of acquisition. It 

introduces the Joint Capabilities Integration and Development 

System; the planning, programming, budgeting, and execution 

process; DoD 5000-series policy documents; and current 

issues in systems acquisition management. Designed for 

individuals who have little or no experience in DoD acquisition 

management, this course has proven very useful to personnel 

in headquarters, program management, and functional or 

support offices.

Course Length: Students have 60 calendar days to complete 

this course

Method of Delivery: Distance Learning

ACQ 201A 

Intermediate Systems Acquisition, 

Part A

Intermediate Systems Acquisition, Part A, uses computerbased training to prepare midlevel acquisition professionals to 

work in integrated product teams by providing an overview of 

systems acquisition principles and processes. Both ACQ 201A 

and ACQ 201B are required for DAWIA certification. 

Course Length: Students have 60 calendar days to complete 

this course

Method of Delivery: Distance Learning

ACQ 201B 

Intermediate Systems Acquisition, 

Part B

Intermediate Systems Acquisition, Part B, prepares midlevel 

acquisition professionals to work effectively in integrated 

product teams by understanding systems acquisition principles and processes. Both ACQ 201A and ACQ 201B are 

required for DAWIA certification.

Course Length: 5 class days

Method of Delivery: Resident

Appendix A

Training Courses
141

Distance Learning or Facilitated/Online

Resident/Local

ACQ 405 

Executive Refresher Course

This course provides acquisition professionals an update on 

acquisition policy, processes, and lessons learned. Participants 

examine their roles and responsibilities as acquisition leaders 

in a changing environment. Guest speakers lead discussions 

on contemporary management and leadership topics, such as 

partnering with industry, contracting tools, resource allocations, human capital management, earned value oversight, 

performance-based logistics, and supply chain management.

Target Attendees: This course is for DAWIA Level III-certified 

members of all career fields who are (or have been) selected 

for O–6, GS–15, or the industry equivalent who are working in 

DoD weapons systems or information systems acquisition.

Course Length: 9 class days

Method of Delivery: Resident

ACQ 450 

Leading in the Acquisition 

Environment

This action-based learning course provides an overview of the 

competencies and skills needed to lead in an acquisition environment. Experiential activities include role-playing, simulation, communication, and critical-thinking exercises; a leadership challenge; and completion of a 360° feedback instrument 

and executive coaching to develop action plans related to the 

feedback. Participants will learn to apply strategies for leading 

up, down, and across in an acquisition organization.

Target Attendees: This class is for civilians (GS 13–15) and 

military (O5–O6) in supervisory positions, Level III-certified 

(any career field/path), and who have at least 3 years of 

acquisition experience serving in a Level III-coded position. 

Industry and allied participants are eligible to attend and are 

encouraged to register on a space-available basis.

Course Length: 4 class days preceded by approximately 4 

hours of pre-course work

Method of Delivery: Resident

Acquisition Course receive a Master of Science degree in 

National Resource Strategy from ICAF and a diploma signifying completion of the Senior Acquisition Course. Professionals 

who also take the Program Manager’s Course as part of their 

curriculum earn PMT 401 diplomas as well.

Target Attendees: Participants are selected by their respective Services or agencies. Military officers are selected as part 

of the Senior Service School Selection Process and designated 

by the Directors of Acquisition Career Management.

Course Length: 10 months

Method of Delivery: Resident

ACQ 403 

Defense Acquisition Executive 

Overview Workshop

This innovative course provides general/flag officers and 

members of the Senior Executive Service with an executivelevel understanding of the defense acquisition system and 

supporting processes. Workshop content is tailored to the 

needs of the executive; conducted on demand; and delivered 

in a one-on-one, desk-side forum.

Target Attendees: This course is for DoD general/flag officers; career and political Senior Executive Service personnel; 

congressional staff; and other executives, such as employees 

of the Government Accountability Office who are involved in 

or interface with the DoD acquisition system and processes. 

Executive participants may include a limited number of direct 

reports to enhance the value of the learning and dialog on 

matters of specific importance to the executive.

Course Length: Varies depending upon the number of topics 

to be addressed; typically one-half to 2 class days

Method of Delivery: Resident

ACQ 404 

Systems Acquisition Management 

Course for General/Flag Officers

This course provides a senior level understanding of the 

defense acquisition system, key processes, and current 

issues and initiatives appropriate for senior decision-makers. 

Distinguished speakers provide the executive participants 

a forum to discuss motivations, constraints, and perspectives of government and defense executives and those of the 

Congress and the Government Accountability Office.

Target Attendees: General, flag officers, and members of the 

Senior Executive Service

Course Length: 4.5 class days

Method of Delivery: Resident
142

Appendix A

ACQ 451 

Integrated Acquisition for Decision 

Makers

Participant-driven, action-based learning exposes Defense 

Acquisition Workforce members to the multidisciplinary 

acquisition perspectives, integration challenges, and influencing strategies necessary for successful integrated acquisition 

decision-making. Through facilitated discussions, simulations, 

exercises, case studies, and exposure to decision-making 

tools, participants will formulate strategies that promote 

effective integration and collaboration for a current integration 

challenge. Participants will gain a wider view of the acquisition 

environment and their respective roles and responsibilities.

Target Attendees: This class is for civilians (GS 13–15) and 

military (O5–O6), Level III-certified (any career field/path), 

and who have at least 3 years of acquisition experience serving in a Level III-coded position. Industry and allied participants are eligible to attend and are encouraged to register on a 

space-available basis.

Course Length: 3.5 class days

Method of Delivery: Resident

ACQ 452 

Forging Stakeholder Relationships

This action-based learning course introduces professionals 

to the methods and skills necessary to identify, assess, and 

promote the building of stakeholder relationships required for 

success in the acquisition environment. Experiential activities 

will include a precourse stakeholder assessment as well as 

simulation, communication, and critical-thinking activities that 

will facilitate the development of tailored stakeholder action 

plans. At the end of the course, professionals will be able to 

build ownership of acquisition outcomes across the enterprise.

Target Attendees: This class is for civilians (GS 13–15) and 

military (O5–O6), Level III-certified (any career field/path), 

who have at least 3 years of acquisition experience serving in 

a Level III-coded position. Industry and allied participants are 

eligible to attend and are encouraged to register on a spaceavailable basis.

Course Length: 3 class days plus a few hours of pre- and 

post-course work

Method of Delivery: Resident

ACQ 453 

Leader as Coach

This resident course focuses on the thinking, behaviors, skills, 

and strategies needed to accomplish a paradigm shift from 

managers who primarily direct and evaluate subordinates 

to managers who encourage and reward innovation, agility, 

listening, collaboration, continuous and purposeful growth, 

results, and accountability. As leaders, the students will 

develop greater personal awareness and increase the impact 

of their energy and the energy of their organizations. Students 

will do this through the learning and applying the principles 

and behaviors of effective performance coaches.

Target Attendees: Civilian and military Defense Acquisition 

Workforce leaders, primarily supervisors in grades equivalent 

to GS 13–15 and O4–O6, as well as leaders of IPTs.

Course Length: 4 class days

Method of Delivery: Resident

AUD 1130 

Technical Indoctrination

Newly hired auditors taking this course will learn the basic 

concepts, techniques, and procedures of contract auditing; 

the organizational structure of the Defense Contract Audit 

Agency; and audit guidance processes.

Course Length: 10 class days

Method of Delivery: Resident

AUD 1320 

Intermediate Contract Auditing

Staff auditors taking this course will obtain information 

needed to adequately plan and conduct audits. Class discussions, practical exercises, and group case studies are used to 

highlight problem areas and evaluate alternative courses of 

action.

Course Length: 5 class days

Method of Delivery: Resident

BCF 102 

Fundamentals of Earned Value 

Management

In a virtual classroom environment, professionals learn additional information about earned value management (EVM), 

which is introduced in ACQ 101. The course summarizes the 

language, data reports, metrics, graphs, and management 

processes associated with EVM as they apply to DoD acquisition management. Professionals also learn the processes 

Appendix A

Training Courses
143

Distance Learning or Facilitated/Online

Resident/Local

findings. Professionals also will explore techniques for using 

Excel and other computer applications to analyze data, 

develop cost-estimating relationships, and create supporting 

documentation.

Course Length: 4.5 class days

Method of Delivery: Resident

BCF 203 

Intermediate Earned Value 

Management

Professionals taking this course work as members of an 

integrated product team for the system development and 

demonstration phase of a small ACAT I program. In the 

context of integrated program management, participants 

review, develop, and experience the Earned Value Management (EVM)-related processes associated with requirements 

generation, acquisition strategy development, Request for 

Proposal development, source selection, risk management, 

Integrated Baseline Review, and analysis during program 

execution.

Course Length: 8.5 class days 

Method of Delivery: Resident

BCF 204 

Intermediate Cost Analysis

Intermediate Cost Analysis emphasizes development and application of cost-analysis techniques and estimate interpretation. The course addresses estimate definition and planning, 

data collection, formulation, review and presentation, and 

documentation. Estimating techniques—such as parametrics, 

analogies, expert opinions, and improvement curves—are 

addressed in more depth. Computations are done using 

automated cost estimating integrated tools.

Course Length: 9.5 class days

Method of Delivery: Resident

BCF 205 

Contractor Business Strategies

Contractor Business Strategies is an active learning experience designed to improve professionals’ understanding of the 

federal government marketplace from a business perspective. 

Initially, participants are actively engaged in the life-cycle process by which a typical manufacturing company produces and 

sells a product, receives payment for that sale, and ultimately, 

related to the Performance Measurement Baseline, the Integrated Baseline Review, and the American National Standards 

Institute/Electronic Industries Alliance (ANSI/EIA) for EVM 

systems. Finally, professionals evaluate and compute basic 

EVM metrics and EVM metric-based estimates at completion.

Course Length: Students have 30 calendar days to complete 

this course

Method of Delivery: Distance Learning

BCF 103 

Fundamentals of Business Financial 

Management

Using interactive, computer-based training, professionals will 

develop the skills necessary for formulating and executing a 

program office budget. Topics covered in this course include 

cost analysis; funding policies; the DoD planning, programming, budgeting, and execution process; the congressional 

enactment process; and the budget execution process.

Course Length: Students have 60 calendar days to complete 

this course

Method of Delivery: Distance Learning

BCF 106 

Fundamentals of Cost Analysis

Professionals are introduced to policies and techniques that 

are used for the preparation of system cost estimates, including DoD estimating requirements and guidance, estimate 

use and structure, analogy estimates, parametric estimating, improvement curves, inflation, risk, economic analysis, 

and software cost estimating. Through practical exercises, 

professionals gain the opportunity to apply the policies and 

techniques to real-world examples.

Course Length: Students have 60 calendar days to complete 

this course

Method of Delivery: Distance Learning

BCF 107 

Applied Cost Analysis

In this course, cost estimating techniques learned in BCF 106 

are applied in developing cost estimates. Professionals will 

engage in guided discussions, investigate case scenarios, 

develop recommendations, and learn how to present their 
144

Appendix A

earns a profit or incurs a loss. During this process, the participants interact with company customers, bankers, shareholders, boards of directors, and other stakeholders. Participants 

deal with the allocation of indirect costs to multiple products, 

analyze the impact on overhead rates of the loss of projected 

government contracts, and develop a pricing strategy to win 

a government contract. While the scenarios and dilemmas 

focus primarily on these business activities from a contractor’s 

perspective, participants are also placed in the position of a 

government employee to evaluate the impact that contractors’ 

business strategies have on the government.

Course Length: 4 class days

Method of Delivery: Resident 

BCF 206 

Cost/Risk Analysis

Cost analysts taking this course are given an overview of how 

to model the cost/risk associated with a defense acquisition 

program. Topics covered include basic probability concepts, 

subjective probability assessment, goodness-of-fit testing, 

basic simulation concepts, and spreadsheet-based simulation. 

Practical exercises and a small-group Monte Carlo simulationbased cost risk case reinforce the techniques taught.

Course Length: 3.5 class days

Method of Delivery: Resident 

BCF 207 

Economic Analysis

Through practical exercises and a group workshop, Economic Analysis prepares professionals to conduct economic 

analyses within the DoD environment. Topics include decision 

analysis, cost analysis, present value, and sensitivity analysis.

Course Length: 5 class days

Method of Delivery: Resident

BCF 208 

Software Cost Estimating

Software Cost Estimating is designed for those who estimate and/or review the cost of software development and 

maintenance. Topics include life cycle management, development paradigms, capability evaluations, risk analysis, reuse, 

commercial off-the-shelf items, function points, Institute of 

Electrical and Electronics Engineers/Electronic Industries 

Alliance 12207, parametric models, and model calibration. 

Case studies allow participants to apply the course materials 

to real-life examples. 

Course Length: 4.5 class days

Method of Delivery: Resident

BCF 209 

Acquisition Reporting for MDAPs and 

MAIS

Acquisition Reporting for Major Defense Acquisition Programs (MDAPs) and Major Automated Information Systems 

(MAIS) programs provides training on how to prepare an 

Acquisition Program Baseline (APB), a Defense Acquisition 

Executive Summary (DAES), and a Selected Acquisition 

Report (SAR). Nunn-McCurdy unit cost reporting for MDAPs 

is also addressed. During the in-class lecture and computerassisted case studies, the participants learn step-by-step 

report preparation using the Defense Acquisition Management Information Retrieval Web application. Participants are 

required to complete the DAU continuous learning module, 

Acquisition Reporting Concepts and Policy Requirements for 

APB, DAES, and SAR (CLB 014) prior to attending this class.

Course Length: 4 class days

Method of Delivery: Resident 

BCF 211 

Acquisition Business Management

Obtain hands-on experience in dealing with common financial 

issues in acquisition that include cost estimating; earned value 

analysis; planning, programming, budgeting, and execution; 

congressional enactment; and budget preparation and execution. In a 65-day window immediately prior to the resident 

portion of the course, participants must complete a self-paced 

review of basic concepts.

Course Length: Students have 65 days to complete online 

pre-course work; the resident portion is 5 class days

Method of Delivery: Resident

BCF 215 

Operating and Support Cost Analysis

Participants learn the concepts and methodologies needed to 

develop operating and support cost estimates, total ownership cost reduction studies, cost as an independent variable, 

Appendix A

Training Courses
145

Distance Learning or Facilitated/Online

Resident/Local

interrelationships and opportunities among the disciplines 

of cost estimating, earned value management, and financial 

management.

Course Length: 9 class days

Method of Delivery: Resident

BCF 302 

Advanced Concepts in Cost Analysis

The Advanced Concepts in Cost Analysis course is designed 

for mid- to senior-level cost estimators to apply their skills in 

developing and preparing cost estimates for all ACAT Levels 

within the MAIS and MDAP designation. Students will use 

their critical thinking and analytical skills to execute all steps in 

assessing credible, repeatable, and defensible cost estimates. 

Case study-driven practical exercises will require cost estimators to conduct research and perform leadership responsibilities in a small group decision-making environment.

Course Length: 5 class days

Method of Delivery: Resident 

CON 090 

Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) 

Fundamentals

FAR Fundamentals is a 4-week resident, foundational course 

for new hires that provides a total immersion into the Federal 

Acquisition Regulation (Parts 1–53) and the Defense Federal 

Acquisition Regulation Supplement (DFARS). The course will 

prepare the 21st century Defense Acquisition Workforce to 

operate successfully in a Web-enabled environment. 

CON 090 is a limited-lecture, research-intensive, exercisebased curriculum. Participants will analyze contracting 

business scenarios developed through research of the FAR 

and its supplements. The course is presented in four modules: 

Contracting Overview; Contract Planning; Contract Formation; and Contract Management. Students are expected to 

become familiar with FAR Parts 1–53. Students will be quizzed 

daily on knowledge of the FAR, lecture/lesson content, and 

homework. Students should be prepared to dedicate 2–3 

hours per evening for homework. Classroom laptop computers will be provided for each student.

Course Length: 4 weeks in class

Method of Delivery: Resident 

management processes, and other management decisions in 

which operating and support costs are relevant.

Course Length: 4.5 class days

Method of Delivery: Resident

BCF 262 

EVMS Validation and Surveillance

Gain the knowledge needed to review integrated management 

systems and to determine their compliance with the American 

National Standards Institute/Electronic Industries Alliance 

(ANSI/EIA) 748A Earned Value Management System 

(EVMS) standard. Course material, individual exercises, 

and group exercises review the 32 ANSI/EIA 748A EVMS 

guidelines and the processes associated with validation 

and surveillance of contractor and government integrated 

management systems.

Course Length: 8 class days

Method of Delivery: Resident

BCF 263 

Principles of Schedule Management

The Principles of Schedule Management course provides 

knowledge needed to interpret network schedules required by 

DoD policy and the American National Standards Institute/

Electronic Industries Alliance (ANSI/EIA) 748A Earned Value 

Management System (EVMS) standard. Course material, 

individual exercises, and group exercises using Microsoft 

Project demonstrate the schedule development/maintenance 

process. Two scored exercises require participants to create 

a Microsoft Project network schedule and apply a schedule 

assessment model to analyze a complex, 700-line Microsoft 

Project network schedule.

Course Length: 3 class days

Method of Delivery: Resident

BCF 301 

Business, Cost Estimating, and 

Financial Management Workshop

This capstone course teaches professionals how to apply business, cost estimating, and financial management 

concepts, techniques, and on-the-job experience to functional 
146

Appendix A

CON 100 

Shaping Smart Business 

Arrangements

Personnel new to the contracting career field will gain a broad 

understanding of the environment in which they will serve. 

Students will develop professional skills for making business 

decisions and for advising acquisition team members in successfully meeting customers’ needs. Before beginning their 

study of technical knowledge and contracting procedures, students will learn about the various DoD mission areas and the 

types of business arrangements and procurement alternatives 

commonly used to support each area. Information systems, 

knowledge management, as well as recent DoD acquisition 

initiatives also will be introduced in the course, which also will 

offer interactive exercises. 

Course Length: Approximately 20 hours

Method of Delivery: Distance Learning

CON 115 

Contracting Fundamentals

This course builds on the foundational elements of contracting gained from completing the prerequisite CON 090, FAR 

Fundamentals (classroom). The course is divided into three 

modules: Acquisition Planning and Developing the Customer’s 

Requirement, Mission Strategy Execution, and Mission Performance Assessment. Students are introduced to their role 

as a business advisor in the acquisition process. They learn 

basic mission support planning strategies, how to research 

the Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) and Defense Federal 

Acquisition Regulation Supplement (DFARS), how to conduct 

effective market rsearch, how socioeconomic programs 

support the acquisition planning process and how to execute 

acquisition planning through soliciation and contract award, 

and also how to handle disputes and close out completed 

contracts.

Course Length: Approximately 45 hours

Method of Delivery: Distance Learning

CON 170 

Fundamentals of Cost and Price 

Analysis

The course begins with an in-depth review of the Market 

Research process, and provides instruction to help students 

understand and analyze contractor pricing strategies. 

Students will learn to accomplish Cost-Volume-Profit analysis, 

calculate contribution margin estimates, and develop cost 

estimating relationships in order to accomplish an effective 

price analysis pursuant to FAR Subpart 15.4. The course 

provides an overview regarding the regulations and processes 

of cost analysis, and for requiring certified cost and pricing 

data. Finally, after learning the basic elements of price and 

cost analysis, students will build and defend a prenegotiation 

objective, including a minimum and maximum pricing objective with a weighted guidelines assessment. After successfully 

defending their pricing objectives, students practice face-toface negotiations. 

Course Length: 5 class days

Method of Delivery: Resident

CON 200 

Business Decisions for Contracting

Business Decisions for Contracting builds on contracting

Level I pre-award business and contracting knowledge necessary to process complex procurements. The emphasis of this 

course is on planning successful mission-support strategies 

and executing an acquisition that optimizes customer mission 

performance. Participants will learn various techniques for 

building successful business relationships, the benefits of 

strategic sourcing and spend analysis, and the ins and outs 

of providing contract financing. Students will also take an indepth look at subcontracting, how to conduct a formal source 

selection, and how to analyze the information necessary to 

determine contractor responsibility.

Course Length: Students have 60 calendar days to complete 

this course

Method of Delivery: Distance Learning

CON 216 

Legal Considerations in Contracting

This course focuses on legal considerations in the procurement process. Participants are introduced to the basic 

principles and sources of law relevant to procurement, including fiscal law. The course also addresses various other legal 

issues that may develop during the course of a contract, such 

as protests, assignment of claims, disputes, fraud, contractor 

debt, performance issues, and contract termination.

Course Length: Students have 60 calendar days to complete 

this course

Method of Delivery: Distance Learning

Appendix A

Training Courses
147

Distance Learning or Facilitated/Online

Resident/Local

CON 237 

Simplified Acquisition Procedures

Professionals participating in this course will gain training 

on Part 13 of the Federal Acquisition Regulation and Part 213 

of the Defense Federal Acquisition Regulation Supplement, 

which cover simplified acquisition procedures (SAP). 

Course Length: Students have 60 calendar days to complete 

this course

Method of Delivery: Distance Learning

CON 243 

Architect-Engineer Contracting

This course, focusing on contracting for architect-engineers, 

covers issues across the contracting spectrum, including 

acquisition planning, source selection, proposal analysis, 

contract award and work, and contract management. Specific 

topics and practical exercises allow professionals to gain 

knowledge of the Brooks Act, SF-330, the slate and selection 

process, the review of government estimates, liability, 

Title II services, modifications, and contracting officer’s 

technical representative responsibilities.

Course Length: 5 class days

Method of Delivery: Resident 

CON 244 

Construction Contracting

This course focuses on construction contracting issues involving acquisition planning, contract performance management, 

funding, environmental concerns, construction contract language, construction contracting in the commercial setting, the 

Davis-Bacon Act, design/build, basic schedule delay analysis, 

constructive changes, acceleration, and construction contract 

quality management.

Course Length: 5 class days

Method of Delivery: Resident

CON 232 

Overhead Management of Defense 

Contracts

Overhead Management of Defense Contracts provides an understanding of industry overhead costs and the costs’ impact 

on seller pricing/business strategies under various acquisition 

environments with differing contract types. Attendees will understand the development and application of overhead rates 

used in contract formation, administration, and closeout. The 

course-integrating case study provides hands-on application 

of the overhead-rate process in which attendees determine 

their own final overhead rates.

Course Length: 10 class days

Method of Delivery: Resident

CON 234 

Joint Contingency Contracting

Joint Contingency Contracting develops skills for contracting 

support provided to Joint Forces across the full spectrum 

of military and disaster relief operations. Exercises focus on 

unique aspects of contingency, critical thinking skills, and the 

execution of appropriate contractual instruments.

Course Length: 9 class days

Method of Delivery: Resident

CON 235 

Advanced Contract Pricing

Covering topics from price-based acquisition to the traditional 

cost-based environment, this course is designed for buyers, 

price analysts, and contracting officers tasked with obtaining 

fair and reasonable prices. CON 235 addresses market forces, 

the market research process, commerciality issues, and 

cost/price analysis techniques such as interviewing experts, 

analogy, decision theory, earned value statistics, parametrics, 

learning curves, and risk analysis.

Course Length: 10 class days

Method of Delivery: Resident
148

Appendix A

CON 250 

Fundamentals of Cost Accounting 

Standards—Part I

Fundamentals of Cost Accounting Standards—Part I provides 

detailed, hands-on instruction in the various aspects of Public 

Law 100-679, including the rules and regulations of the Cost 

Accounting Standards Board, cost accounting standards, 

and disclosure statements for federal contracts. This course 

addresses only those standards applicable to modified cost 

accounting standards coverage. Also addressed are those 

standards applicable to modified coverage, cost accounting 

practice changes and calculating cost impacts.

Course Length: 5 class days

Method of Delivery: Resident

CON 251 

Fundamentals of Cost Accounting 

Standards—Part II

Fundamentals of Cost Accounting Standards—Part II provides 

detailed, hands-on instruction in the various aspects of Public 

Law 100-679, including the rules and regulations of the Cost 

Accounting Standards Board and cost accounting standards. 

Whereas Part I addresses only those standards applicable 

to modified cost accounting standards coverage, Part II addresses additional standards for full cost accounting standards 

coverage situations.

Course Length: 5 class days

Method of Delivery: Resident

CON 260A 

The Small Business Program, Part A

The Small Business Program, Part A, provides an overview 

of the fundamentals of the DoD Small Business Program and 

focuses particular attention on the small business specialist’s 

role as a vital member of the acquisition team.

Course Length: Students have 24 calendar days to complete 

this course

Method of Delivery: Distance Learning

CON 260B 

The Small Business Program, Part B

A follow-on course to CON 260A, this course focuses on 

developing the skills and knowledge necessary for a small 

business specialist. Associated programs and initiatives that 

support the program and DoD’s efforts to improve small business participation in both prime contracting and subcontracting will also be reviewed, with particular attention to the small 

business specialist’s role as a vital member of the acquisition 

team.

Course Length: 3 class days

Method of Delivery: Resident

CON 270 

Intermediate Cost & Price Analysis

Intermediate Cost and Price Analysis continues to build 

upon the fundamental contract pricing principles covered in 

the Level I Contracting curriculum, Contract Pricing Reference Guide, and DoD Policy. The course is divided into three 

segments addressing contract pricing issues from pre-award, 

negotiation preparation–award, and post-award perspectives. 

In the course, students will be introduced to quantitative 

techniques and tools used to quantify and facilitate decision 

making in determining a fair and reasonable price. Students 

will apply various cost analysis techniques and quantitative 

tools to analyze a contractor’s cost proposal and to develop 

a government negotiation range and objective. The course is 

designed to prepare students for follow on DAWIA Level II 

certification courses, serve as a gateway into more advanced 

targeted contract pricing courses, and give the students some 

practical tools in pricing government contracts. The ultimate 

objective of the course is to help students become better business advisors in developing contract arrangements that are in 

the best interest of the government. 

Course Length: 8 class days

Method of Delivery: Resident

CON 280 

Source Selection and Administration 

of Service Contracts

This course builds on the foundation established through the 

Level I curriculum and the course prerequisites. The primary 

focus is on the acquisition of services under FAR Part 15 procedures, with an emphasis on performance-based acquisitions 

(PBA) for services, contract types, contract incentives, source 

selection, and contract administration. Students will learn 

the fundamentals of a performance-based service acquisiAppendix A

Training Courses
149

Distance Learning or Facilitated/Online

Resident/Local

CON 360 

Contracting for Decision Makers

Through realistic, scenario-based learning, students work 

individually and in teams to practice developing sound 

business solutions as valued strategic and expert business 

advisors. Students will learn to analyze complex contracting 

situations, wtih emphasis on critical thinking, problem solving, 

research, and risk reduction. Student course work is designed 

to contribute real solutions on real acquisition problems to 

senior leadership and local supervisors.

Course Length: 9.5 classroom days

Method of Delivery: Resident

COR 222 

Contracting Officer’s Representative 

Course 

This course provides an overview of the responsibilities of 

the contracting officer’s representative, focusing on pre- and 

post-contract award duties and using numerous case-based 

scenarios. This is a fee-for-service on-site course delivered for 

requesting organizations after coordination between the organization’s representative and the appropriate DAU representative.

Course Length: 4.5 days

Method of Delivery: Resident

FE 201 

Intermediate Facilities Engineering

Intermediate Facilities Engineering is required for Level II certification in Facilities Engineering. The course provides a broad 

understanding of the overall facilities engineering process and 

the roles/responsibilities of acquisition team members as they 

relate to the facility life cycle in support of military missions. 

Course Length: Students have 60 calendar days to complete 

this course

Method of Delivery: Distance Learning

FE 301 

Advanced Facilities Engineering

Advanced Facilities Engineering is the Level III certification 

course in the Facilities Engineering (FE) career field. Through 

tion—from acquisition planning to contract closeout through 

a realistic case study. The course takes students through the 

solicitation process and detailed source selection procedures 

using the recently released DoD Source Selection Guide. 

Students will prepare contractual documents, and develop 

and deliver high-level source selection briefings with recommendations for contract award. 

Course Length: 10 class days

Method of Delivery: Resident

CON 290 

Contract Administration and 

Negotiation Techniques in a Supply 

Environment

In this case-based course, students apply contracting concepts and techniques learned in prerequisite courses to meet 

customer supply requirements and resolve complex contracting issues. Special emphasis is placed on applying legal concepts from CON 216, intermediate pricing concepts from CON 

270, and negotiation techniques from HBS 428. Students 

experience the full spectrum of contracting processes and 

issues by following a supply requirement through all phases 

of the acquisition life cycle, from acquisition planning through 

contract close-out. Research, analysis, and communication 

skills are honed through development and presentation of a 

critical thinking project requiring in-depth focus on one area 

of contracting. Negotiation skills are sharpened through active 

student participation in two simulated contract negotiations. 

Course Length: 10 class days

Method of Delivery: Resident

CON 334 

Advanced Contingency Contracting

The Advanced Contingency Contracting course develops 

Contingency Contracting personnel to successfully lead a 

Contingency Contracting Office across the full spectrum of 

military and disaster relief operations. The course focuses on 

considerations for planning and executing the mission from 

a leadership perspective in any Area of Responsibility (AOR) 

during any contingency phase.

Course Length: 4 class days

Method of Delivery: Resident
150

Appendix A

realistic, scenario-based learning, professionals work in teams 

to practice developing solutions to a variety of challenges 

that FE professionals encounter within DoD. Coursework is 

designed to teach professionals how to contribute solutions 

to senior leadership and how to provide resources for the FE 

career field via the course community of practice.

Course Length: 5 class days, preceded by required online 

assignments

Method of Delivery: Resident

GRT 201 

Grants and Agreements Management

Grants and Agreements Management presents the foundational knowledge required to work as a grants officer. Course 

participants learn about grants, cooperative agreements, and 

technology investment agreements. The course also provides 

a brief overview of other types of assistance transactions. 

Please note that this course does not address other transactions used to carry out prototype projects, which involve 

acquisitions instead of assistance, and therefore fall outside 

the scope of this course.

Course Length: 5 class days

Method of Delivery: Resident

IND 105 

Contract Property Fundamentals

This course provides foundational knowledge and basic training to develop skill and ability for new Property Management 

and Property Clearance Specialists, as well as those affected 

by changes in the FAR/DFARS/PGI relevant to property 

management. Readings, lectures, facilitated discussions and 

classroom activities present a comprehensive introduction to 

contract property topics progressing from contract solicitation and award, through evaluations of a contractor’s property 

management plans and procedures, audits of a contractor’s 

property management system, risk management, investigations of loss, the use of property under FAR 52.245-9, and 

property disposal; up to and including the final close-out of a 

contract property account, for all types of property administered under FAR 52.245-1 and other pertinent terms of a 

government contract.

Course Length: 9 classroom days

Method of Delivery: Resident

IND 200 

Intermediate Contract Property 

Administration and Disposition

This course provides an overview of current contractual, 

regulatory, and statutory issues. Participants analyze case 

studies and participate in plant tours. The course is designed 

for experienced industrial property management specialists, 

property administrators, plant clearance officers, contracting 

officers, and their supervisors.

Course Length: 10 class days

Method of Delivery: Resident 

IRM 101 

Basic Information Systems Acquisition

Within the framework of a program office IPT, this course covers introductory-level concepts in DoD information systems 

and software acquisition management. Key areas covered 

include DoD regulatory and technical frameworks, common 

software risks, software and system architectures, life-cycle 

reviews, and software development and integration processes. Software standards, information assurance, software 

and system measures, testing, contracting issues, software 

quality, and the role of process maturity, as well as best 

practices for the management of software-intensive systems 

are also introduced.

Course Length: Students have 60 calendar days to complete 

this course

Method of Delivery: Distance Learning

IRM 202 

Intermediate Information Systems 

Acquisition

The Intermediate Information Systems Acquisition course 

focuses on the application of DoD policies, concepts, and best 

practices for the management and acquisition of softwareintensive and information technology systems. Exercises, 

lectures, group discussion, and a comprehensive student-led 

practicum are used in IRM 202 to cover topics ranging from 

strategic planning, information assurance, architectures, 

system engineering, requirements management, software 

design and development, risk management, contracting, cost 

estimation, metrics, process maturity, quality, and testing, 

among other areas.

Course Length: 10 class days

Method of Delivery: Resident

Appendix A

Training Courses
151

Distance Learning or Facilitated/Online

Resident/Local

LOG 103 

Reliability, Availability, and 

Maintainability (RAM)

Professionals who take this course will be able to understand 

the relationship between reliability, availability and maintainability (RAM) as a critical factor in design, performance, cost, 

and sustainment. The course addresses the cross-disciplinary 

actions of Program Management, Systems Engineering, Test 

and Evaluation, and both acquisition logistics and sustainment to evaluate the impact of reliability and maintainability 

decisions. Stressing a conceptual approach, the course 

presents basic RAM terminology and engineering practices. 

It discusses current legislation and DoD policy that have 

invigorated systems engineering and logistics engineering 

processes to improve the requirements process, minimize risk 

through reliability growth programs, and ensure effectiveness 

and suitability through developmental and operational test 

and evaluation.

Course Length: Students have 60 calendar days to complete 

this course

Method of Delivery: Distance Learning

LOG 200 

Intermediate Acquisition Logistics, 

Part A

LOG 200 is the first part in a two-course series designed for 

intermediate acquisition logistics professionals. It provides 

a dynamic, real-time learning environment oriented toward 

developing the managerial and technical logistics competencies of the life cycle logistician. Special emphasis is placed 

on the roles and responsibilities of the life cycle logistician in 

the areas of regulatory environment, oversight, and review; 

management processes; technical activities; and the DoD 

planning, programming, budgeting, and execution process. 

The course requires participants to review current policy and 

guidance and demonstrate an understanding of how early 

integration of operational supportability into the system 

development process leads to achievement of DoD’s strategic 

logistics goals.

Course Length: Students have 60 calendar days to complete 

this course

Method of Delivery: Distance Learning

IRM 304 

Advanced Information Systems 

Acquisition

Via the use of case studies, the Advanced Information 

Systems Acquisition course focuses on decision making and 

management of the development of DoD information technology (IT) systems, the role of capital planning and investment 

control, use of enterprise architectures, information assurance, acquisition planning, and IT Systems Engineering. 

Supplemented with industry speakers who provide industry 

perspectives on IT management and contracting, IRM 304 

integrates a variety of essential advanced topics critical to successful IT systems acquisition.

Course Length: 5 class days preceded by required online 

assignments

Method of Delivery: Resident

LOG 101 

Acquisition Logistics Fundamentals

Acquisition Logistics Fundamentals provides a broad overview 

of the role of acquisition logistics in the systems acquisition 

life-cycle and systems engineering processes. Modules cover 

the logistics-relevant aspects of requirements identification, 

life cycle costing, integrated product and process development, sustainment logistics, supportability analysis, product 

support, contracting, and contractor support.

Course Length: Students have 60 calendar days to complete 

this course

Method of Delivery: Distance Learning

LOG 102 

Systems Sustainment Management 

Fundamentals 

Systems Sustainment Management Fundamentals provides 

a broad overview of the life cycle logistician’s role during the 

sustainment phase of a weapons system’s life cycle. Modules cover logistics/supply-chain management concepts, 

maintenance processes, end-to-end distribution, best commercial practices as applied to weapons systems sustainment, 

performance metrics, partnering/alliance opportunities and 

experiences, performance-based support, enterprise business 

environment and opportunities, and reduction in life cycle/

total ownership costs. 

Course Length: Students have 60 calendar days to complete 

this course

Method of Delivery: Distance Learning
152

Appendix A

LOG 201 

Intermediate Acquisition Logistics, 

Part B

LOG 201 is the second part in a two-course series designed 

for intermediate acquisition logistics professionals. The course 

provides a dynamic, group-based, facilitated learning environment oriented toward further developing logistics competencies required by the life-cycle logistician during weapons and 

equipment systems development. It challenges the professional to think critically, differentiate support alternatives, and 

provide solutions to ensure the early integration of operational 

supportability into the system development process. These 

skills are refined by instructor-facilitated group exercises and 

discussions. Special emphasis is placed on developing and 

delivering the required logistics inputs that ensure supportability is designed into a system.

Course Length: 5 class days

Method of Delivery: Resident

LOG 204 

Configuration Management

This fast-paced, cross-disciplinary course teaches professionals about the interrelationship of configuration management 

to life-cycle activities as well as configuration management 

concepts and basic practices such as configuration identification, status accounting, audits and verification, configuration 

change management, performance measures, and configuration management planning. The course also provides an 

overview of requirements to design, develop, implement, 

oversee, and operate a configuration management program 

across the system life cycle. Professionals will gain knowledge 

of the application and impacts on configuration management 

by current and emerging issues such as total life cycle systems 

management, product data management, unique-item 

identification, evolutionary acquisition, performance-based 

logistics, condition-based maintenance, prognostics and 

health management, and diminishing manufacturing sources 

and material shortages.

Course Length: Students have 60 calendar days to complete 

this course

Method of Delivery: Distance Learning

LOG 206 

Intermediate Systems Sustainment 

Management

The Intermediate Systems Sustainment Management course 

is a follow-on DAU course of instruction pertaining to DoD 

weapon system sustainment. The course provides a comprehensive understanding of logistics sustainment management 

principles and fundamentals including the roles, responsibilities and functions of a Logistician assigned to a major weapon 

systems acquisition program. The course explains the role of 

life cycle logistician during the sustainment phase of a weapon 

system’s life cycle; identifies concepts, policies, and practices 

of logistics/supply chain management as they apply to new 

and legacy systems during the sustainment phase of their respective life cycles; identifies best practices in developing and 

implementing Performance-Based Logistics support; explains 

materiel availability, materiel reliability, and mean down time 

principles, relates the principles contained in recent DoD guidance regarding logistics sustainment enablers; and explains 

the concepts of systems sustainment as described by DoDI 

5000.02, para 3.9.

Course Length: Students have 60 calendar days to complete 

this course

Method of Learning: Distance Learning

LOG 235 

Performance-Based Logistics

Performance-Based Logistics, Part A, provides a dynamic, 

real-time learning environment oriented toward developing a 

range of logistics competencies. It challenges the participant 

to review current policy and demonstrate an understanding of 

how early integration of performance-based support concepts 

into the systems-development process leads to the achievement of DoD’s logistics goals. It is intended for mid-level logistics professionals needing skills required to excel in today’s 

demanding and dynamic product-support environment.

Course Length: Students have 60 calendar days to complete 

this course

Method of Delivery: Distance Learning

LOG 340 

Life Cycle Product Support

Life Cycle Product Support is designed to help prepare the life 

cycle logistician to perform in a senior-level life cycle logistics 

role over the life cycle of a system as a product support 

manager with emphasis on developing and implementing a life 

cycle product support strategy. Students will apply tools and 

Appendix A

Training Courses
153

Distance Learning or Facilitated/Online

Resident/Local

that promote U.S. international cooperation policy. The end 

goal is to provide the tools to prepare, formulate, and support 

a security assistance sale, direct commercial sale, cooperative 

acquisition, or hybrid international program.

Course Length: 5 class days

Method of Delivery: Resident

PMT 203 

International Security and Technology 

Transfer/Control

This course teaches students to identify, analyze, and apply 

the laws, policies, and processes that govern International 

Security and Technology Transfer/Control. The course characterizes national security policy issues and export/import 

licensing constraints (as defined by the Departments of State, 

Commerce, and Defense) and guides evaluating their effects 

on domestic and international DoD programs. Students will 

learn the procedures for the export and import of defense and 

dual-use equipment and services, for handling classified and 

controlled unclassified program information, and for foreign 

visit control. 

Course Length: 5 class days

Method of Delivery: Resident

PMT 251 

Program Management Tools Course, 

Part I

This distance learning course consists of modules 1 through 8 of the 

former PMT 250 course. If you have completed PMT 250, you need 

not complete this course.

Program Management Tools provides application skills 

needed in a program office as an integrated product team 

lead. It is a follow-on course to ACQ 201B and is designed to 

enhance journeyman-level skills. This course prepares defense 

acquisition professionals for work in the program offices and 

for the Program Management Office Course, PMT 352, Parts 

A and B.

Course Length: Students have 60 calendar days to complete 

this course

Method of Delivery: Distance Learning 

techniques from the 12 Step Product Support Strategy Process 

Model in analyzing and comparing alternative product support strategies for adoption. The course challenges students 

to think critically in instructor-facilitated group exercises to 

justify and make sound recommendations in coming up with 

the best mix of product support providers that will satisfy the 

warfighter’s outcome-based requirements.

Course Length: 4.5 class days

Method of Delivery: Resident

LOG 350 

Enterprise Life Cycle Logistics 

Management

Enterprise Life Cycle Logistics Management prepares the life 

cycle logistician to perform in senior-level life-cycle logistics 

management and policymaking positions. Professionals 

are required to conduct research, engage in critical thinking 

exercises, and perform leadership responsibilities in a small 

group decision-making environment. Professionals engage in 

a dynamic, fast-paced, threaded exercise addressing complex 

relationships in life-cycle logistics support planning, acquisition policy, supportability analysis, program management, 

performance-based logistics, and business case analysis. The 

course spans a system’s entire life cycle from concept through 

demilitarization and disposal, including acquisition logistics 

planning events, and operations and support sustainment 

planning.

Course Length: 9.5 class days

Method of Delivery: Resident

PMT 202 

Multinational Program Management

This course teaches the basics of international acquisition for 

members of the Defense Acquisition and International Affairs 

Workforces. The course emphasizes encouragement of armaments cooperation and interoperability with U.S. coalition 

and partner nations. National, DoD, and military department 

policies and regulations concerning international cooperative research, development, test, evaluation, production, and 

logistics support, as well as security assistance, are covered 

in some detail. The course identifies the roles and responsibilities of individuals, foreign governments, and industry 

involved in cooperative acquisition and security assistance 

programs. Students will learn about key types of agreements 
154

Appendix A

PMT 257 

Program Management Tools Course, 

Part II

This facilitated online course consists of modules 9 and 10 of the 

former PMT 250 course. Students who have completed PMT 250 

need not complete this course.

Program Management Tools provides application skills 

needed in a program office as an integrated product team 

lead. It is a follow-on course to PMT 251 and is designed to 

enhance journeyman-level skills. This course prepares defense 

acquisition professionals for work in the program offices and 

for the Program Management Office Course, PMT 352, Parts 

A and B.

Course Length: 4 class days

Method of Delivery: Facilitated/Online

PMT 304 

Advanced International Management 

Workshop

This course is designed to prepare professionals to participate 

effectively in the development and negotiation of defense 

armaments cooperation agreements ranging from simple 

data exchange annexes to complex cooperative development, 

production, and support agreements. Students who successfully complete this course will be able to synthesize, integrate, 

and apply U.S. policy on international cooperative defense 

acquisition, including policies of the Departments of Defense, 

State, Commerce, and Treasury. The final outcome of the 

week is formulating and practicing negotiation of international 

acquisition agreements in accordance with U.S. policies, 

statutes, and regulations.

Course Length: 5 class days

Method of Delivery: Resident

PMT 313 

Advanced Technology Security/

Control Workshop

Reinforcing and advancing the principles of collective defense 

through security cooperation, the Advanced Technology 

Security/Control Workshop explores issues associated with 

the proper means of applying security principles and concepts 

and technology transfer. Professionals who successfully 

complete this course will be able to:

+ Successfully navigate the technology security/control 

environment and effectively arrive at viable solutions

+ Develop knowledge of and skills necessary to understand 

and apply U.S. arms export control policies

+ Resolve the issues associated with international programs’ 

technology security/control 

Course Length: 5 class days

Method of Delivery: Resident

PMT 352A

Program Management Office Course, 

Part A

The Program Management Office Course, Part A, is the first 

part of the Level III certification course in the Program Management career field. It is a follow-on to ACQ 201B and PMT 

250 and is designed to train Level II certified professionals to 

be effective leaders in a program office by honing analysis, 

synthesis, and evaluative skills. PMT 352A focuses on key 

program management office knowledge and skills not covered 

in the prerequisite courses. This course must be completed 

prior to attending PMT 352B.

Course Length: Students have 60 calendar days to complete 

this course

Method of Delivery: Distance Learning

PMT 352B 

Program Management Office Course, 

Part B

The Program Management Office Course, Part B, is the 

second part of the Level III certification course in the Program 

Management career field. It is a follow-on to ACQ 201B and 

PMT 250 and is designed to train Level II certified professionals to be effective leaders in a program office by honing analysis, synthesis, and evaluative skills. In a classroom setting, 

PMT 352B gives attendees scenario-based practical exercises 

with topical themes such as interoperability, prototyping, and 

evolutionary acquisition.

Course Length: 18.5 class days

Method of Delivery: Resident

PMT 400 

Program Manager’s Skills

This course provides O-5/GS-14, Level-III PM Career Field 

acquisition professionals with the latest acquisition policies 

and proven practices in the areas of Requirements, 

Appendix A

Training Courses
155

Distance Learning or Facilitated/Online

Resident/Local

participant-directed activities based on individual learning 

needs. This course culminates in development of an action 

plan to better manage their program, program office, and 

professional development.

Target Attendees: This course is statutorily required for program executive officers, deputy program executive officers, 

and program managers/deputy program managers of ACAT 

I, IA, and II programs. International and industry professionals 

are eligible to attend on a space-available basis. Please note 

that the Program Manager’s Course statutory requirement is 

met through completion of either PMT 302 and PMT 402, or 

PMT 401 and PMT 402.

Course Length: 20 class days preceded by an online 

workshop

Method of Delivery: Resident

PQM 101 

Production, Quality, and 

Manufacturing Fundamentals

Production, Quality, and Manufacturing Fundamentals is 

an entry-level course that emphasizes basic production, 

manufacturing, and quality assurance principles, policies, 

processes, and practices.

Course Length: Students have 60 calendar days to complete 

this course

Method of Delivery: Distance Learning

PQM 201A 

Intermediate Production, Quality, and 

Manufacturing, Part A

This journeyman-level course exposes participants to manufacturing and quality processes, production scheduling and 

control techniques, surveillance activities, and systems-level 

production and quality planning. It provides an understanding 

of production, quality, and manufacturing processes and their 

relationships to systems engineering activities throughout the 

life cycle. Course content includes the contracting aspects of 

the job; planning for manufacturing and quality; lean concepts; 

material control; and technical, ethical, and quality issues.

Course Length: Students have 60 calendar days to complete 

this course

Method of Delivery: Distance Learning

Acquisition, Finance, and Technical Management. Additionally, students will have an opportunity to examine and discuss 

key program manager skills and lessons learned and develop a 

plan for strengthening their skills for program success. 

Course Length: 10 class days

Method of Delivery: Resident

PMT 401 

Program Manager’s Course

This course is designed to improve DoD acquisition outcomes 

by strengthening the analytical, critical thinking, and decisionmaking skills of potential leaders of major defense acquisition 

programs and program support organizations. Applying the 

proven doctrine of “train as you fight,” participants analyze 

acquisition case studies representing contemporary acquisition program challenges and dilemmas; apply a broad cross 

section of knowledge of the acquisition environment and 

experience; and deepen their understanding of acquisition 

principles and practices through peer and instructor mentoring and coaching. Speakers, team projects, media training, and 

management simulations round out and enrich the course.

Target Attendees: Level III Program Management career field 

members who have demonstrated the potential to become 

major program or project managers. Also, limited numbers 

(up to 15 percent) of high-potential Level III acquisition professionals in other career fields, such as Contracting, Logistics, 

and Financial Management. Participants must be O-5 or 

GS-14 or above with extensive experience in acquisition, 

including 4 years in or directly supporting a program organization. Industry participants with equivalent experience are 

also sought. Board–selected ACAT I or II program managers 

should attend the course prior to beginning their assignment.

Course Length: 10 weeks

Method of Delivery: Resident

PMT 402 

Executive Program Manager’s Course

The Executive Program Manager’s Course is designed to 

meet the learning and performance needs of newly selected 

program executive officers, deputy program executive 

officers, and ACAT I (ID/IC and IAM/IAC) and II program 

managers/deputy program managers. This concentrated 

4-week resident period is preceded by a self-assessment and 

assessment of each participant’s program and program office 

to develop individual learning needs and issues. Participants 

learn through the extensive use of open, interactive dialogue 

with senior DoD, congressional, GAO, and industry leaders; 

tailored sessions on contemporary topics and issues; and 
156

Appendix A

PQM 201B 

Intermediate Production, Quality, and 

Manufacturing, Part B

This journeyman-level course requires participants to apply 

the manufacturing and quality planning processes and 

techniques learned in PQM 201A. Participants will work in integrated product teams to develop manufacturing and quality 

plans, apply lean techniques, use cost estimating techniques, 

and make progress payment recommendations based on 

completion of a physical progress review. Course content 

includes the contracting aspects of the job; use of continuous 

process improvement tools in a production environment; planning for manufacturing and quality; lean concepts; material 

control; and technical, ethical, and quality issues.

Course Length: 5 class days

Method of Delivery: Resident

PQM 203 

Preparation of Commercial Item 

Description for Engineering and 

Technical Personnel

This course presents instruction on the preparation and use 

of commercial item descriptions, including characterization 

of commercial items, the development and use of market 

acceptability criteria, and the development of performancebased salient characteristics. Current policy on the use of 

commercial item descriptions and performance specifications 

is discussed. This course uses an interactive, asynchronous 

learning environment focused on self-paced learning that is 

demonstrated in a virtual group environment.

Course Length: Approximately 12 hours within 15 calendar 

days

Method of Delivery: Facilitated/Online

PQM 301 

Advanced Production, Quality, and 

Manufacturing

This rigorous leadership course is structured around 

integrated production, quality, and manufacturing processes. 

Professionals will learn and practice advanced production and 

quality approaches supporting DoD acquisition activities. Key 

areas covered include problem-solving and decision-making 

issues relevant to successfully managing core technical areas.

Course Length: 10 class days

Method of Delivery: Resident

RQM 110 

Core Concepts for Requirements 

Management

Core Concepts for Requirements Management allows professionals to study the role of both the requirements manager 

and requirements management within the “Big A” acquisition 

construct. It examines the capabilities and the process from 

an end-to-end perspective, highlighting the intersection 

between acquisition, resources, and requirements.

Course Length: Students have 60 calendar days to complete 

this course

Method of Delivery: Distance Learning 

RQM 310 

Advanced Concepts and Skills for 

Requirements Management

Advanced Concepts and Skills for Requirements Management studies the functions of requirements managers and 

their supervisors. RQM 310 begins by reviewing the prerequisite material, Capability-Based Assessments (CBAs), and 

developing requirements. The course continues by examining 

the requirements manager’s interactions with the Defense 

Acquisition System (DAS), within the Joint Capabilities Integration and Development System (JCIDS), and with Functional 

Capability Boards (FCBs).

Course Length: 4.5 class days

Method of Delivery: Resident

RQM 403 

Requirements Management Executive 

Overview

This course provides general officers, flag officers, and members of the Senior Executive Service with an executive-level 

understanding of the role of the requirements manager and 

of requirements management within the “Big A” acquisition 

construct. It examines the capabilities and process from an 

end-to-end perspective, highlighting the intersection between 

acquisition, resources, requirements, and the supporting 

processes. DAU has tailored RQM 403 to the needs of the 

executive and conducts the course on demand. Section 801 of 

the National Defense Authorization Act of Fiscal Year 2007 

requires the Under Secretary of Defense for Acquisition, Technology and Logistics to establish competency requirements 

and a training program to certify DoD military and civilian 

personnel with responsibility for generating requirements for 

Appendix A

Training Courses
157

Distance Learning or Facilitated/Online

Resident/Local

Major Defense Acquisition Programs (MDAPs). This training 

meets the certification requirement for executives.

Target Attendees: This course is for DoD general/flag officers, career and political Senior Executive Service personnel 

with position duties that involve either leading or supervising 

the writing of MDAP requirements documents; adjudicating substantive comments concerning MDAP documents; 

validating or approving an MDAP requirements document; or 

participating in the approval chain for the document (for example Functional Capabilities Board, Air Force Requirements 

Oversight Council, Army Requirements Oversight Council, 

and Resources and Requirements Review Board members).

Course Length: Varies depending upon the number of topics 

to be addressed; typically 1 class day

Method of Delivery: Resident

RQM 413 

Requirements Executive Overview 

(REO)

DAU developed RQM 404 to meet the needs of the top 

executives and military officers and conducts the course on 

demand. This course provides four-star general officers, flag 

officers, and equivalent members of the Senior Executive 

Service with a top-level understanding of the role of requirements management within the “Big A” acquisition construct. 

It highlights the intersection between acquisition, resources, 

requirements, and the supporting processes. Section 801 of 

the National Defense Authorization Act of Fiscal Year 2007 

requires the Under Secretary of Defense for Acquisition, Technology, and Logistics to establish competency requirements 

and a training program to certify DoD military and civilian 

personnel with responsibility for generating requirements for 

Major Defense Acquisition

Programs (MDAPs). This training meets the certification 

requirement for four-star-level executives.

Course Length: Approximately 2 hours

Method of Delivery: Resident

SAM 101 

Basic Software Acquisition 

Management

Within the framework of a program office IPT, this course covers introductory-level concepts in DoD information systems 

and software acquisition management. Key areas covered 

include DoD regulatory and technical frameworks, common 

software risks, software and system architectures, life cycle 

reviews, and software development and integration processes. Software standards, information assurance, software 
158

Appendix A

and system measures, testing, contracting issues, software 

quality, and the role of process maturity, as well as best 

practices for the management of software-intensive systems 

are also introduced.

Course Length: Students have 60 calendar days to complete 

this course

Method of Delivery: Distance Learning 

SAM 301 

Advanced Software Acquisition 

Management

Advanced Software Acquisition Management is the capstone 

course in the IT career field Level III certification sequence. 

SAM 301 is a seminar-based course for personnel in the IT 

career field who acquire, manage, engineer, test, and evaluate DoD software-intensive and IT systems. Via a series of 

student-led short research topics that are supplemented 

with senior-level guest lectures on current topics, SAM 301 

provides insight into the risks, issues, and future challenges 

associated with developing and leading the development of 

DoD IT and software systems.

Course Length: 5 class days

Method of Delivery: Resident

STM 202 

Intermediate S&T Management

This course provides, for personnel associated with Science 

and Technology (S&T) project management and others, 

an understanding of the procedures and mechanisms DoD 

uses to transition advanced technologies into warfighting 

systems. Students will be able to describe the challenges in 

successfully transitioning technologies into DoD’s weapons 

systems acquisition process or transitioning them directly to 

the warfighter; to assess the implications of various technology transition mechanisms; and to apply effective technology 

transition practices.

Course Length: 3 class days

Method of Delivery: Resident 

STM 303 

Advanced S&T Management

This course provides Science and Technology (S&T) professionals and others with an understanding of the procedures 

and mechanisms that can be used to transition emerging 

technologies into the DoD’s warfighting systems and the critical skills needed to do so. Attendees will be able to apply skills 

in such areas as budgeting, systems engineering, and test and 

evaluation that are essential for effective technology project 

management. Additionally, they will learn how to analyze and 

apply effective technology transition practices from basic 

research to acquisition or deployment.

Course Length: 4 class days

Method of Delivery: Resident

SYS 101 

Fundamentals of Systems Planning, 

Research, Development, and 

Engineering

This course is a technically rigorous, comprehensive introduction to systems engineering and the various technical 

management processes involved in its application. Based on 

the systems engineering processes outlined in the Defense 

Acquisition Guidebook, SYS 101 provides the essential foundations needed for systems planning, research, development, 

and engineering careerists and others—such as program 

management personnel and life cycle support managers—to 

effectively participate in the application and the management 

of DoD systems engineering processes and their related 

activities.

Course Length: Students have 60 calendar days to complete 

this course

Method of Delivery: Distance Learning

SYS 120 

Defense Standardization Workshop 

The Defense Standardization Workshop covers DoD policies 

and procedures for developing, managing and using nongovernment standards, commercial item descriptions, and 

specifications and standards. Individual and group practical 

exercises emphasize the application of standardization tools,

policies, and procedures described in CLE 028 Market 

Research for Technical Personnel, CLE 064 Standardization 

in the Acquisition Life Cycle, and CLE 065 Standardization 

Documents.

Course Length: 2.5 class days

Method of Delivery: Resident

Appendix A

Training Courses
159

Distance Learning or Facilitated/Online

Resident/Local

SYS 130 

Specification Selection and 

Application 

The Specification Selection and Application course provides 

instruction on the appropriate selection and correct application of nongovernmental standards, commercial item descriptions, specifications and standards, and related documents 

in the acquisition process. Emphasis is placed on current 

acquisition initiatives such as interoperability and the proper 

use of standardization documents.

Course Length: 2 class days

Method of Delivery: Resident

SYS 202 

Intermediate Systems Planning, 

Research, Development, and 

Engineering, Part I

This distance-learning course provides an understanding 

of how DoD’s systems engineering technical and technical 

management processes can be applied to a notional system 

within the context of the acquisition life cycle. Course content 

includes the scope and role of systems engineering and 

its major technical inputs and outputs, timing of technical 

baselines, the role of technical reviews, important design 

considerations, and other related areas.

Course Length: Students have 60 calendar days to complete 

this course

Method of Delivery: Distance Learning

SYS 203 

Intermediate Systems Planning, 

Research, Development, and 

Engineering, Part II

This course allows students to use the DoD systems engineering processes and techniques learned in SYS 202. Participants 

will work in integrated product teams and apply systems 

engineering technical processes and technical management 

processes to a defense system as its development progresses 

across the various phases of the acquisition life cycle.

Course Length: 5 class days

Method of Delivery: Resident
160

Appendix A

SYS 302 

Technical Leadership in Systems 

Engineering

Designed for senior DoD acquisition personnel, SYS 302 

is focused on the application of technical leadership skills 

within a typical DoD systems engineering environment. SYS 

302 participants are expected to have sufficient background 

knowledge of the DoD’s systems engineering management 

processes, knowledge of the application of systems engineering to each acquisition phase, and the capability to apply 

these concepts to complex technical management problems 

involving critical thinking. As part of the SYS 302 course, 

participants will lead and participate in an engineering team 

that analyzes and resolves a variety of technical engineering 

critical issues. Class exercises are supplemented by lessons on 

current policy, architectures, and design considerations.

Course Length: 10 class days

Method of Delivery: Resident

TST 102 

Fundamentals of Test and Evaluation

The Fundamentals of Test and Evaluation course emphasizes 

basic DoD test and evaluation (T&E) principles, policies, 

processes, and practices. TST 102 covers the integrated T&E 

processes outlined in the Defense Acquisition Guidebook and 

provides the essential foundation knowledge needed by T&E 

professionals and others to more effectively participate in 

DoD T&E activities.

Course Length: Students have 60 calendar days to complete 

this course

Method of Delivery: Distance Learning

TST 203 

Intermediate Test and Evaluation

This course builds upon professionals’ knowledge, skills, and 

on-the-job experience relating to DoD test and evaluation 

(T&E) policies, processes, and practices. A number of problem-solving situations engage participants in the application 

of T&E concepts and principles. Course topics include the role 

of T&E in systems acquisition; T&E planning and the test and 

evaluation strategy; test and evaluation master plan development; managing a T&E program; and planning, conducting, 

and processing the results of T&E events.

Course Length: 5 class days

Method of Delivery: Resident

TST 303 

Advanced Test and Evaluation

Designed for senior DoD acquisition personnel, the Advanced 

Test and Evaluation (T&E) course is focused around leadership and management issues in a T&E environment. TST 

303 involves facilitated discussion of current DoD policies, 

strategies, processes, and practices as they are applied and 

used for the planning and management T&E for DoD systems. 

This course covers a variety of knowledge-building and interactive problem-solving skills using case studies developed 

around lessons learned from actual system acquisitions. Class 

discussion and study group efforts culminate in participant 

presentations based around case analysis and solution 

analysis. Knowledge and skills developed in this course will 

facilitate successful professional participation as a T&E 

member in integrated planning and development activities for 

major programs.

Course Length: 5 class days

Method of Delivery: Resident

Appendix A

Training Courses
161

Distance Learning or Facilitated/Online

Resident/Local
162
163

See pages 128-133 for course registration 

procedures.

Appendix B

Course 

Prerequisites
164

Appendix B

Identification Course Title Prerequisites

Acquisition Management

ACQ 101 Fundamentals of Systems Acquisition Management None

ACQ 201A Intermediate Systems Acquisition, Part A ACQ 101

ACQ 201B Intermediate Systems Acquisition, Part B ACQ 201A

ACQ 265 Mission Focused Services Acquisition CLC 013

CLM 013

ACQ 370 Acquisition Law None

ACQ 401 Senior Acquisition Course (SAC) None

ACQ 403 Defense Acquisition Executive Overview Workshop PMT 352B

ACQ 404 Systems Acquisition Management Course for Flag Officers None

ACQ 405 Executive Refresher Course None

ACQ 450 Leading in the Acquisition Environment None

ACQ 451 Integrated Acquisition for Decision Makers None

ACQ 452 Forging Stakeholder Relationships None

ACQ 453 Leader as Coach None

Business, Cost Estimating, and Financial Management

BCF 102 Fundamentals of Earned Value Management ACQ 101

BCF 103 Fundamentals of Business Financial Management ACQ 101

BCF 106 Fundamentals of Cost Analysis ACQ 101

BCF 107 Applied Cost Analysis BCF 106

BCF 203 Intermediate Earned Value Management BCF 102

BCF 204 Intermediate Cost Analysis BCF 106

BCF 107

BCF 205 Contractor Business Strategies ACQ 201B

BCF 206 Cost Risk Analysis

BCF 106

BCF 107

CLB 024

BCF 207 Economic Analysis None

BCF 209 Reporting for Major Defense Acquisition Programs CLB 014

BCF 211 Acquisition Business Management 

BCF 102

BCF 103

BCF 106

BCF 215 Operating and Support Cost Analysis None

BCF 262 EVMS Validation and Surveillance BCF 102

BCF 263 Principles of Schedule Management 

ACQ 101

CLB 016

CLM 012

BCF 301 Business, Cost Estimating, and Financial Management Workshop BCF 211

BCF 302 Advanced Concepts in Cost Analysis

BCF 204

BCF 206

BCF 211

BCF 215

CLB 023

CLB 026

CLB 030

Appendix B

Course Prerequisites
165

Identification Course Title Prerequisites

Contracting

CON 090 Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) Fundamentals None

CON 100 Shaping Smart Business Arrangements None

CON 115 Contracting Fundamentals CON 090 (except for those assigned 

in the IND or PM career field)

CON 170 Fundamental of Cost and Price Analysis CLC 058

CON 115

CON 200 Business Decisions for Contracting CON 170

CON 216 Legal Considerations in Contracting CON 200

CON 232 Overhead Management of Defense Contracts CON 280

CON 290

CON 234 Joint Contingency Contracting CON 115

CON 235 Advanced Contract Pricing 

CLC 131

CON 280

CON 290

CON 237 Simplified Acquisition Procedures (SAP) None

CON 243 Architect-Engineer Contracting CON 216

CON 244 Construction Contracting CLC 056

CON 250 Fundamentals of Cost Accounting Standards - Part I CON 280

CON 290

CON 251 Fundamentals of Cost Accounting Standards - Part II CON 250

CON 260A The Small Business Program, Part A None

CON 260B The Small Business Program, Part B CON 260A

CON 270 Intermediate Cost & Price Analysis CLC 056

CON 170
166

Identification Course Title Prerequisites

CON 280 Source Selection & Administration of Service Contracts

ACQ 101

CLC 051

CLC 056

CLC 057

CON 200

CON 216

CON 270 

HBS 428

CON 290 Negotiation & Administration of Supply Contracts

ACQ 101

CLC 051

CLC 056

CLC 057

CON 200

CON 216

CON 270 

HBS 428

CON 334 Advanced Contingency Contracting CLC 007

CON 234

CON 360 Contracting for Decision Makers CON 280

CON 290

Facilities Engineering

FE 201 Intermediate Facilities Engineering ACQ 101

FE 301 Advanced Facilities Engineering FE 201

Grant

GRT 201 Grants and Agreements Management None

Industrial/Contract Property Management

IND 105 Contract Property Fundamentals CON 100

CON 115

IND 200 Intermediate Contract Property Administration IND 103

Information Resource Management 

IRM 101 Basic Information Systems Acquisition ACQ 101

IRM 202 Intermediate Information Systems Acquisition

ACQ 201B

CLE 003

CLE 060

IRM 101 or SAM 101 if SAM 101 

completed after 15 Nov 2005

IRM 304 Advanced Information Systems Acquisition ACQ 201B

IRM 202

Logistics

LOG 101 Acquisition Logistics Fundamentals ACQ 101

LOG 102 Systems Sustainment Management Fundamentals ACQ 101

LOG 103 Reliability, Availability, and Maintenance (RAM) ACQ 101

LOG 200 Intermediate Acquisition Logistics, Part A 

ACQ 201B

LOG 101

LOG 102

LOG 103

LOG 201 Intermediate Acquisition Logistics, Part B LOG 200

LOG 204 Configuration Management ACQ 101

Appendix B

Appendix B

Course Prerequisites
167

Identification Course Title Prerequisites

LOG 206 Intermediate Systems Sustainment Management LOG 201

LOG 235 Performance-Based Logistics, Part A None

LOG 340 Life Cycle Product Support

ACQ 201B

LOG 201

LOG 235

CLL 005

CLL 015

CLL 020

LOG 350 Enterprise Life Cycle Logistics Management ACQ 201B

LOG 340

Program Management

PMT 202 Multinational Program Management None

PMT 203 International Security and Technology Transfer/Control CLM 036

PMT 251 Program Management Tools, Part I ACQ 201B

PMT 257 Program Management Tools, Part II ACQ 201B

PMT 251

PMT 304 Advanced International Management Workshop PMT 202

PMT 203

PMT 313 Advanced Technology Security/Control Workshop PMT 202

PMT 203

PMT 352A Program Management Office Course, Part A ACQ 201B

PMT 257

PMT 352B Program Management Office Course, Part B 

ACQ 201B

BCF 102

BCF 103

LOG 103

PMT 352A

PMT 400 Program Manager’s Skills PMT 352B

PMT 401 Program Manager’s Course PMT 352B

PMT 402 Executive Program Manager’s Course PMT 401

Production, Quality, and Manufacturing

PQM 101 Production, Quality, and Manufacturing Fundamentals ACQ 101

PQM 201A Intermediate Production, Quality, and Manufacturing, Part A ACQ 201B

PQM 201B Intermediate Production, Quality, and Manufacturing, Part B PQM 101

PQM 203 Preparation of Commercial Item Descriptions for Engineering and Technical Personnel None

PQM 301 Advanced Production, Quality, and Manufacturing ACQ 201B

PQM 201B

Requirements Management

RQM 110 Core Concepts for Requirements Management CLM 041

RQM 310 Advanced Concepts and Skills for Requirements Management CLM 041

RQM 110

RQM 403 Requirements Management Executive Overview None 

RQM 413 Requirements Executive Overview (REO) None
168

Identification Course Title Prerequisites

Software Acquisition Management

SAM 101 Basic Software Acquisition Management ACQ 101

SAM 301 Advanced Software Acquisition Management ACQ 201B

IRM 304

Science and Technology Management

STM 202 Intermediate S&T Management 

ACQ 201A

CLE 021

CLE 045

SYS 101

STM 303 Advanced S&T Management STM 202

CLM 014

Systems Planning, Research, Development and Engineering

SYS 101 Fundamentals of Systems Planning, Research, Development and 

Engineering

ACQ 101

SYS 103 Specification Selection and Application None

SYS 120 Defense Standardization Workshop

ACQ 101

CLE 028

CLE 064

CLE 065

SYS 202 Intermediate Systems Planning, Research, Development and Engineering, 

Part I 

ACQ 201B

SYS 101

SYS 203 Intermediate Systems Planning, Research, Development and Engineering, 

Part II

ACQ 201B

CLE 003

SYS 202

SYS 302 Technical Leadership in Systems Engineering 

ACQ 201B

CLE 003

SYS 203

Test and Evaluation

TST 102 Fundamentals of Test and Evaluation ACQ 101

TST 203 Intermediate Test and Evaluation 

ACQ 201A

ACQ 201B

TST 102

TST 303 Advanced Test and Evaluation 

ACQ 201B

CLM 029

TST 203

Appendix B

Appendix B

Course Prerequisites
169

Appendix C

Continuous

Learning

See pages 128-133 for course registration 

procedures.
172

Appendix C

Business

CLB 007

Cost Analysis

Cost Analysis focuses on the basic cost analysis process, 

which is one of the fundamental building blocks of any acquisition program. At the end of this module, you should be able to 

define various financial management terms as they relate to 

the defense acquisition process, determine when various cost 

estimates should be prepared, what estimating methodology 

is most appropriate, and what cost data are of interest to various program stakeholders.

Course Length: Approximately 3.5 hours 

CLB 008

Program Execution

Program Execution describes the budget execution process, 

including the legal concerns and potential impact of poor budget execution. At the end of this module, you should be able 

to describe the apportionment process (including rules for 

deferral and rescission), describe the funds execution process 

and laws that govern it, identify the purposes and contents 

of obligation and expenditure plans, and identify rules for 

reprogramming.

Course Length: Approximately 3 hours

CLB 009

Planning, Programming, Budgeting, 

and Execution and Budget Exhibits

Planning, Programming, Budgeting, and Execution and Budget 

Exhibits focuses on explaining the planning, programming, 

budgeting, and execution (PPBE) process, including the 

relationship of each phase to the systems acquisition process. 

At the end of this module, you should be able to recall the 

primary purpose of each of the phases of PPBE, identify the 

inter-relationship between PPBE and the defense acquisition 

system, and identify the purpose, content, and dimensions of 

the Future Years Defense Program.

Course Length: Approximately 3 hours

CLB 010

Congressional Enactment

Congressional Enactment focuses on appropriations and the 

funding policies that are associated with each appropriation. 

It relates a defense acquisition program’s cost estimate to its 

programming and budgeting requirements.

Course Length: Approximately 3.5 hours

CLB 011

Budget Policy

Budget Policy focuses on appropriations and the funding policies that are associated with each appropriation. It will relate 

a defense acquisition program’s cost estimate to its programming and budgeting requirements. At the end of this module, 

you should be able to identify the major appropriation categories of interest to the defense acquisition community, identify 

the funding policy that applies to each, recognize situations 

where exceptions to the funding policies are appropriate, and 

identify the most appropriate time-phased budget estimate to 

a given situation.

Course Length: Approximately 4.5 hours

CLB 014

Acquisition Reporting Concepts and 

Policy Requirements for APB, DAES, 

and SAR

This module provides information on the terminology, concepts, and policies pertaining to required acquisition reports 

such as the Acquisition Program Baseline (APB), the Defense 

Acquisition Executive Summary (DAES), and the Selected 

Acquisition Report (SAR). Upon completion of the module, 

students will be able to apply these concepts and policies in 

the preparation and review of reports generated using the 

Consolidated Acquisition Reporting software.

Course Length: Approximately 3 hours

CLB 016

Introduction to Earned Value 

Management

The Introduction to Earned Value Management module introduces the basics of earned value management (EVM) as it 

relates to acquisition program management. You will learn the 

Appendix C

Continuous Learning
173

of the cost performance index, the schedule performance 

index, and the to-complete performance index (TCPI) earned 

value metrics; reviews favorable and unfavorable trends 

cost performance index and schedule performance index 

performance trend charts; and walks through the calculations 

needed to compute an estimate at completion range by using 

the standard earned value management estimate at completion equation.

Course Length: Approximately 1 hour

CLB 020

Baseline Maintenance

The Baseline Maintenance module reviews the concepts associated with performance measurement baseline maintenance. It describes the Contract Performance chart and the 

cost/schedule variance earned value management metrics 

chart; defines what a front-loaded baseline, rubber baseline, 

over-target baseline, and single-point adjustment mean in the 

context of earned value management; and provides exercises 

in which students apply the knowledge they have gained.

Course Length: Approximately 1 hour

CLB 023

Software Cost Estimating

The Software Cost Estimating module provides an overview 

of DoD’s policy, guidance, and application of software cost 

estimating, and it enables the business or program manager to 

determine if an estimate is realistic and defendable.

Course Length: Approximately 2 hours

CLB 024

Cost Risk Analysis Introduction

The Cost Risk Analysis Introduction module provides the 

foundation for an understanding of risk management as it 

relates to cost estimation. It addresses program risks that help 

ensure program costs, schedule, and performance objectives 

are met.

Course Length: Approximately 3 hours

five independent earned value variables and the three most 

common EVM metrics. At the conclusion of this module, you 

should be familiar with EVM-related laws passed by Congress, 

the Office of Management and Budget’s implementation of 

these laws, and current DoD policy guidance regarding EVM 

requirements. Additionally, you should recognize how work 

scope, schedule, and resources are combined to establish the 

EVM performance measurement baseline.

Course Length: Approximately 1 hour 

CLB 017

Performance Measurement Baseline

The Performance Measurement Baseline module introduces 

the earned value management language and processes 

associated with developing the performance measurement 

baseline. The course defines the concepts of total allocated 

budget, negotiated contract cost, authorized unpriced work, 

contract budget baseline, over-target baseline, summarylevel planning packages, undistributed budget, management 

reserve, and the performance measurement baseline. The 

module describes a generic process for developing performance measurement baselines. It concludes by explaining 

the most common earned value techniques and relating the 

relative desirability and risks associated with each.

Course Length: Approximately 2 hours

CLB 018

Earned Value and Financial 

Management Reports

The Earned Value and Financial Management Reports module 

reviews the most common DoD data reports associated with 

earned value management, cost estimating, and financial 

management. It examines the purpose and relationship between the data item description and the contract data requirements list; identifies key players and purposes in reports; and 

outlines the DoD contract performance report and integrated 

master schedule tailoring guidance provided in the Earned 

Value Management Implementation Guide.

Course Length: Approximately 1 hour

CLB 019

Estimate at Completion

The Estimate at Completion module reviews the process 

for computing an estimate at completion range when given 

earned value management data. It defines the meaning 

Continuous Learning Modules
174

CLB 026

Forecasting Techniques

The goal of this module is to provide the learner with information on forecasting for the Defense Acquisition Workforce. 

This will include various forecasting techniques, approaches, 

and practical exercises, all designed to give the learner foundational knowledge of forecasting.

Course Length: Approximately 2 hours

CLB 029

Rates

The Rates module introduces the basics of wrap rate development as it relates to cost estimating. At the conclusion of this 

module, you should be familiar with and be able to describe 

portions of a cost estimate that require the use of wrap rate 

calculations. You will also be able to describe the components 

for building an estimate using engineering standards as well as 

calculate a wrap rate or Fully Burdened Labor Rate (FBLR).

Course Length: Approximately 2 hours

CLB 030

Cost Data Sources

The Cost Data Sources module introduces the basics of data 

sources and collection as they relate to cost estimating. At the 

conclusion of this module, you should be familiar with and be 

able to describe various data sources used in the construction 

of a cost estimate. You will also be able to explain the necessity of having programmatic and technical data in addition 

to cost data as well as give illustrations of various problems 

relating to the collection and analysis of data.

Course Length: Approximately 2 hours 

Contracting

CLC 001

Defense Subcontract Management

This module provides an overview of the laws, government 

policies, and regulations that apply to subcontracts and 

subcontract management. The module addresses subcontracting activities from the perspective of the staff of a defense 

acquisition program office. Topics include: small business 

subcontracting plans; contractor purchasing system reviews 

and consent to subcontract; flow-down clauses; subcontract 

pricing; subcontract administration; and other topics in 

subcontracting. 

Course Length: Approximately 4 hours 

CLC 003

Sealed Bidding

The Sealed Bidding module builds upon the sealed bidding 

process presented in CON 110, Mission Support Planning. This 

course is designed to provide acquisition professionals experience in understanding and reviewing sealed bidding concepts 

and processes when contracting for supplies and services. 

Course Length: Approximately 2 hours 

CLC 004

Market Research

This module provides a foundational understanding of the 

benefits of effective market research to reduce acquisition 

costs and cycle times, and provide greater access to advanced 

technologies. The module covers the differences between 

tactical and strategic market research, and how to consolidate 

market research results to develop an acquisition strategy.

Course Length: Approximately 3 hours

CLC 005

Simplified Acquisition Procedures

This module is an interactive tutorial designed to provide 

federal procurement and acquisition professionals with a 

better understanding of contracting for supplies and services 

using simplified acquisition procedures. Please note that this 

module does not provide credit for CON 237.

Course Length: Approximately 2 hours

CLC 006

Contract Terminations

There are many ways to terminate the obligations of a contract. Most often, parties conclude their contract obligations 

by performing them. However, sometimes problems arise and 

parties cannot or will not complete their obligations under 

Appendix C

Appendix C

Continuous Learning
175

CLC 011

Contracting for the Rest of Us

This module provides people who do not work in the Contracting career field with a basic knowledge of some of the 

essential processes and considerations that DoD Contracting 

professionals encounter to satisfy their customers’ requirements. The module also provides an introduction to some of 

the topics that are covered in greater depth in other Contracting modules.

Course Length: Approximately 2 hours 

CLC 012

Contracting Officer’s Representative 

Overview (HCAA)

The Contracting Officer’s Representative Overview for 

the Health Care Acquisition Activity (HCAA), U.S. Army 

Medical Command course provides students with a general 

knowledge of the varied roles and responsibilities involved in 

the contracting process. The course also provides insight for 

non-contracting personnel on the processes and procedures 

associated with contracting.

Course Length: Approximately 4 hours

CLC 013

Services Acquisition

This module describes a disciplined seven-step process for 

the acquisition of services, using the requirements roadmap 

process to define high-level objectives and tasks, standards, 

allowable variations, and method of inspection. It will teach 

the student how to develop acquisition documents such as the 

performance work statement (PWS) and quality assurance 

surveillance plan (QASP).

Course Length: Approximately 3 hours

the contract. By completing this module, you will be able to 

prepare and process a termination notice when appropriate. 

Course Length: Approximately 2 hours

CLC 007

Contract Source Selection

This interactive module is designed to provide federal 

procurement and acquisition professionals with a better 

understanding of the source selection process and its goals. 

The module covers planning for source selection, the source 

selection organization, roles of source selection team members, and notifications and debriefings of offerors. The module 

emphasizes the importance of close communication between 

the government and offerors throughout the source selection 

process. 

Course Length: Approximately 3 hours

CLC 008

Indirect Costs

An indirect cost is any cost not directly identified with a single, 

final cost objective, but rather is identified with two or more 

final cost objectives. Indirect costs are used for the pricing of 

contracts, interim contract billing, and the determination of 

actual contract costs. The purpose of this training module is 

to serve as a primer for those who are unfamiliar with indirect 

costs. The module can help prepare those who are planning to 

take CON 250.

Course Length: Approximately 1 hour 

CLC 009

Service-Disabled, Veteran-Owned 

Small Business Program

The Service-Disabled, Veteran-Owned Small Business 

Program provides certain benefits for businesses owned by 

service-disabled veterans seeking contracts with the federal 

government. This training module explains the basic requirements of the program.

Course Length: Approximately 1 hour 

Continuous Learning Modules
176

CLC 020

Commercial Item Determination

The Commercial Item Determination module is designed to 

aid acquisition personnel in developing sound business strategies for procuring commercial items. It provides professionals 

a clear understanding of the guidance and tools contained in 

the Commercial Item Determination Handbook, which is a practical reference tool for use in commercial item acquisitions.

Course Length: Approximately 3.5 hours

CLC 023

Commercial Item Determination 

Executive Overview

This self-paced module explores the commercial item determination process as outlined in the Commercial Item Determination Handbook. The handbook is a practical reference tool for 

use in commercial item acquisitions. DoD has designed this 

module to aid acquisition personnel in developing sound business strategies for procuring commercial items, and to gain a 

clear understanding of the guidance and tools contained in the 

Commercial Item Determination Handbook.

Course Length: Approximately 30 minutes

CLC 024

Basic Math Tutorial

This Basic Math Tutorial module is provided for CON 217 

students as well as anyone interested in increasing their 

basic math skills. Mathematics is a necessary and useful tool 

when determining price and cost reasonableness. Several 

performance support tools exist that can assist you with many 

of the calculations to accomplish your job; however, you may 

still need to perform your own calculations without the aid of 

a tool or calculator, and this module will help you practice the 

skills you’ll need to complete calculations without tools.

Course Length: Approximately 30 minutes

CLC 026

Performance-Based Payments 

Overview

This module presents an overview of the fundamental concepts of performance-based payments (PBPs) and the guidance necessary for implementing a PBP financing structure as 

part of a fixed-price contract.

Course Length: Approximately 1 hour

CLC 027

Buy American Act

The Buy American Act training module provides explanatory 

materials and practical examples that explain FAR Part 25 

and DFARS 225, which make up the Buy American Act. This 

module is intended for contract specialists and contracting 

officers.

Course Length: Approximately 3 hours

CLC 028

Past Performance Information

This self-paced module addresses the rationale behind collecting past performance information, why it should be used, 

and how its use improves contractor performance. This module is based on the DoD Past Performance Integrated Product 

Team (IPT) Guidebook titled, A Guide to Collection and Use of 

Past Performance Information, which can be found at: http://

www.acq.osd.mil/dpap/Docs/PPI_Guide_2003_final.pdf.

Course Length: Approximately 3 hours

CLC 030

Essentials of Interagency 

Acquisitions/Fair Opportunity

The module is designed to provide DoD acquisition professionals with a better understanding of the need to ensure that 

non-DoD contracting instruments are appropriately used by 

DoD. It provides an overview of current policy; key concepts 

and requirements on scope, competition, and fiscal law; and 

the roles and responsibilities of the requesting activities and 

assisting agencies.

Course Length: Approximately 2.5 hours

CLC 031

Reverse Auctioning

Reverse Auctioning is a self-paced module that provides 

a basic introduction of a new, Internet-based contracting 

Appendix C

Appendix C

Continuous Learning
177

CLC 037

A-76 Competitive Sourcing Overview

The A-76 Competitive Sourcing Overview module is an 

introduction to the Office of Management and Budget Circular 

A-76 that implements the President’s Management Agenda 

for Competitive Sourcing. This overview course discusses the 

FAIR Act and A-76 program concepts, including the overall 

process, roles and responsibilities, legislation that affects 

DoD, and post-competition accountability.

Course Length: Approximately 1.5 hours

CLC 039

Contingency Contracting Simulation: 

Barda Bridge 

The Barda Bridge simulation provides professionals with a 

immersion experience in pre-deployment and deployment 

decision making. It will provide feedback on how your decisions as a deploying individual and contingency contracting 

officer impact your family back home as well as your mission 

forward.

Course Length: Approximately 2 hours

CLC 040

Predictive Analysis and Scheduling

The Predictive Analysis and Scheduling module provides an 

overview of the various types of schedules that are used by 

Defense Contract Management Agency personnel and a 

background of how predictive analysis is utilized to determine 

and maintain schedules.

Course Length: Approximately 1 hour

CLC 041

Predictive Analysis and Systems 

Engineering

The Predictive Analysis and Systems Engineering module 

provides an overview of how predictive analysis plays a role in 

systems engineering. Professionals also learn about various 

systems engineering tools.

Course Length: Approximately 1 hour

technique that is used by the DoD acquisition community 

to achieve significant cost savings through the use of ecommerce capabilities. The course is intended for entry- and 

middle-level acquisition managers who might use the Internetbased technique in their daily business environments.

Course Length: Approximately 1 hour

CLC 033

Contract Format and Structure for 

DoD e-Business Environment

Effective structuring of contracts is more important than ever. 

This is due to the increased automation of the contracting 

process and centralization of bill paying through the Defense 

Finance and Accounting Service; a loss of institutional knowledge among the DoD procurement workforce; and requirements for proper valuation and tracking of equipment.

Course Length: Approximately 3 hours

CLC 035

Other Transaction Authority for 

Prototype Projects: Comprehensive 

Coverage

The Other Transaction Authority for Prototype Projects: 

Comprehensive Coverage module is comprised of six lessons 

that present the mandatory requirements and other guidelines 

to consider and apply, as appropriate, when utilizing other 

transaction authority for prototype projects.

Course Length: Approximately 3 hours

CLC 036

Other Transaction Authority for 

Prototype Projects Overview

This module provides a short overview of the mandatory 

requirements and other guidelines to consider and apply, as 

appropriate, when utilizing other transaction authority for 

prototype projects.

Course Length: Approximately 30 minutes

Continuous Learning Modules
178

CLC 042

Predictive Analysis and Quality 

Assurance

The Predictive Analysis and Quality Assurance module 

provides an overview of quality assurance activities and how 

they relate to the use of predictive analysis as a tool to form 

assumptions of future events.

Course Length: Approximately 1 hour

CLC 043

Defense Priorities and Allocations 

System

The goal of the Defense Priorities and Allocations System 

(DPAS) module is to ensure that government and industry 

users are thoroughly familiar with the priorities and allocations authority of the Defense Production Act. It also reveals 

the purpose of DPAS, which is to assure the timely availability 

of industrial resources to meet current and future national 

security and emergency preparedness requirements.

Course Length: Approximately 3 hours

CLC 044

Alternative Dispute Resolution

Alternative Dispute Resolution is a tool for resolving contract 

disputes without litigation. This module explains how to effectively use this tool when disputes arise.

Course Length: Approximately 4 hours

CLC 045

Partnering

The Partnering module is an overview of the benefits of developing good government-contractor relationships. The partnering concept, designed to enhance contractor performance—a 

key component of alternative dispute resolution—is one 

method used to prevent disputes as well as minimize disputes 

when/if they should occur.

Course Length: Approximately 2 hours

CLC 046

Green Procurement

Green procurement is the purchase of products and services with favorable energy or environmental attributes in 

accordance with federally mandated “green” procurement 

preference programs. DoD’s Green Procurement Program is 

a comprehensive strategy for implementing environmentally 

preferred practices while sustaining the overall mission. The 

overall objective of this lesson is to identify the objectives and 

background of DoD’s Green Procurement Program.

Course Length: Approximately 2 hours

CLC 047

Contract Negotiation Techniques

This module will help professionals obtain a better understanding of various analysis techniques and tools to use in the 

development of a contract’s negotiation range. After completion of this course, professionals will be better prepared to 

develop strategies for their contract negotiations.

Course Length: Approximately 2 hours

CLC 050

Contracting with Canada

The Contracting with Canada module provides professionals 

with an overview of the policies and procedures used when 

dealing and contracting with Canadian companies. This tutorial has been developed with the assistance of the Canadian 

Commercial Corporation, Canada’s international contracting 

agency responsible for U.S. defense contracting in Canada.

Course Length: Approximately 1 hour

CLC 051

Government Property

This module. provides an overview of the policies, processes, 

and procedures used to manage government property in the 

possession of contractors. 

Course Length: Approximately 1.5 hours

Appendix C

Appendix C

Continuous Learning
179

Continuous Learning Modules

CLC 054

Electronic Subcontracting Reporting 

System (eSRS)

The Electronic Subcontracting Reporting System (eSRS) 

module is an overview of the primary purpose of eSRS, which 

is to provide insight and transparency as to how government 

contracting dollars are being distributed among small and 

small disadvantaged businesses. The Internet-based eSRS 

streamlines the reporting process of subcontracting plans and 

provides agencies with access to analytical data on subcontracting performance.

Course Length: Approximately 1.5 hours

CLC 055

Competition Requirements

This module is structured to emphasize key concepts for 

promoting competition, appropriate to all personnel involved 

in the requirements and acquisition process. Competition 

is the cornerstone of the acquisition process. This training 

addresses responsibilities, policies, and procedures critical 

for ensuring that DoD funds are properly spent to obtain the 

right equipment, supplies, and services at the right price and 

on time. Maximizing competition is vital for delivering value to 

the warfighter and the American taxpayer.

Course Length: Approximately 2 hours

CLC 056

Analyzing Contract Costs

Here the student assumes the role of a contract specialist/

intern who has been afforded the opportunity to work with the 

contracting officer of a large complex base operating services 

contract. The contracting officer acts as a mentor, providing 

guidance and direction as the student performs various cost 

and price analysis tasks presented in the course. The module 

involves simulation and is highly interactive, requiring active 

participation.

Course Length: Approximately 17 hours
180

CLC 057

Performance-Based Payments and 

Value of Cash Flow

This course provides an overview and introduction to Performance Based Payments (PBP) in structuring and negotiating 

Win-Win PBP agreements with contractors. A tutorial on the 

use of the Cash Flow model also is provided.

Course Length: Approximately 4 hours

CLC 058

Introduction to Contract Pricing

This course will introduce students to the policies and procedures regarding contract pricing, cost accounting standards, 

and contract cost principles; proposal analysis techniques, 

Truth in Negotiations Act (TINA) requirements, defective 

pricing, and the importance of documenting contract negotiations. CLC 058 is intended to be the students’ first exposure to 

this content and serves as a pricing “primer” and a prerequisite to CON 170, Fundamentals of Cost and Price Analysis. 

Course Length: Approximately 2 hours

CLC 060

Time and Materials Contracts

The Time and Materials Contracts module provides professionals with an overview of new time and materials contracting policies—including links to the Federal Acquisition Regulation and Defense Federal Acquisition Regulation Supplement 

changes—and examples of how those documents should be 

used.

Course Length: Approximately 1 hour

CLC 061

Online Representations and 

Certifications Application (ORCA)

The goal of this module is to introduce the defense acquisition 

community to the use of the ORCA system in the representations and certifications process. The module will explain 

how ORCA automates the representations and certifications 

process, and demonstrate to vendors and contracting officials 

how to use the system.

Course Length: Approximately 2 hours

CLC 062

Intra-Governmental Transactions

This module provides an introduction and overview of IntraGovernmental Transactions (IGTs). The module will introduce 

the basics of IGTs and the root causes of certain challenges, 

while introducing strategies for addressing problems. An 

in-depth study of the intra-governmental process through the 

Business Enterprise Architecture (BEA) and the Intra-governmental Value Added Network (IVAN) system is provided.

Course Length: Approximately 3 hours

CLC 102

Administration of Other Transactions

This module is specifically about the administration of other 

transactions, 10 U.S.C. 237, which are conducted outside 

most federal procurement laws and regulations. This module 

is designed to help professionals distinguish other transactions from contracts, grants, and cooperative agreements; 

understand what regulations govern other transactions; learn 

responsibilities of the various parties involved in managing 

other transactions; describe the financial implications of other 

transactions; explain intellectual property, data, and real 

property rights under other transaction arrangements; and 

know the issues involved with modification and termination of 

other transactions.

Course Length: Approximately 1.5 hours

CLC 103

Facilities Capital Cost of Money

This module will help professionals learn to develop a prenegotiation position for facilities capital cost of money that 

is fair and reasonable, given market research and proposed 

information from the organization providing the offer. Professionals will learn to recognize elements affecting facilities 

capital cost of money, identify the steps to calculate the facilities capital cost of money (using DD Form 1861), and calculate 

facilities capital cost of money.

Course Length: Approximately 1.5 hours

CLC 104

Analyzing Profit or Fee

Determining profit or fee involves rewarding the contractor for 

performance and acceptance of risk. But what is a reasonAppendix C

Appendix C

Continuous Learning
181

CLC 110

Spend Analysis Strategies

The Spend Analysis Strategies module describes one of several tools DoD and the federal government are using to gain 

critical insights into the procurement history and spend patterns for purchased goods and services. Ultimately, a spend 

analysis contributes to the foundation for identifying valuable 

strategic sourcing improvement opportunities.

Course Length: Approximately 2 hours

CLC 112

Contractors Accompanying the Force

This brief module will address the roles and responsibilities of 

a commander in planning for the use of contractors authorized 

to accompany U.S. armed forces, with a focus on the guidance 

in DoDI 3020.41, Contractor Personnel Authorized to Accompany 

the U.S. Armed Forces. The module will also introduce basic 

acquisition and contract management requirements related to 

implementing DoDI 3020.41 in field conditions.

Course Length: Approximately 1 hour

CLC 113

Procedures, Guidance, and 

Information

The Procedures, Guidance, and Information (PGI) module is 

a companion resource to the DFARS. The PGI is a Web-based 

tool to simply and rapidly access guidance and information 

relevant to Federal Acquisition Regulation and DFARS topics. 

Course Length: Approximately 1 hour

CLC 114

Contingency Contracting Officer 

Refresher

It is important that contingency contracting officers (CCOs) 

be provided with the training they need to excel during 

their assignments. CCOs need to apply sound procurement 

techniques, understand funding implications, and effectively 

administer their contracts while demonstrating exemplary 

integrity and ethics. CCOs help DoD to accomplish its contingency mission and funnel much-needed funds into regional 

economies.

Course Length: Approximately 2 hours

able profit or fee for a given contract? Different individuals’ 

perspectives may vary substantially on this question. That is 

why proper use of the structured approach required by the 

Federal Acquisition Regulation is so important. In this module, 

professionals will learn about this approach and the guidelines 

for developing a reasonable profit or fee position.

Course Length: Approximately 1 hour

CLC 106

Contracting Officer’s Representative 

with a Mission Focus

This module provides an overview of the acquisition process, 

teaming, ethics and integrity, authorities, contract classification, contract types, proper file documentation, performance 

assessment methods, remedies for poor performance, invoice 

requirements, contract modifications, and contract management. The construct of this module provides a flexible training 

set that can be tailored to your agency’s contracting officer’s 

representative training certification program.

Course Length: Approximately 8 hours

CLC 107

OPSEC Contract Requirements

When a program manager determines that it is appropriate 

to include operational security (OPSEC) requirements in a 

contract, it is important that the contract include sufficient 

guidance to convey to the contractor his or her OPSEC responsibilities. The objectives of this module are to outline the basic 

elements of OPSEC, identify the role of OSPEC within DoD, 

and recognize the OPSEC responsibilities of program managers and contracting officers.

Course Length: Approximately 1 hour

CLC 108

Strategic Sourcing Overview

This module provides an overview of strategic sourcing 

concepts and techniques for helping organizations make the 

shift from tactical to strategic purchasing. Strategic sourcing 

can be a key enabler for achieving improved quality and lower 

cost related to the purchase of goods and services.

Course Length: Approximately 4.5 hours

Continuous Learning Modules
182

CLC 120

Utilities Privatization Contract 

Administration

The Utilities Privatization Contract Administration

module explains the process by which the government transfers ownership of a utilities system to a qualified contractor. 

This module was developed to provide information to DoD 

professionals who are involved in the contract administration, or post-award, stage of utilities privatization services 

contracts. The success of this contract stage depends in large 

part upon performing effective quality assurance checks and 

properly managing contract price changes.

Course Length: Approximately 2 hours

CLC 125

Berry Amendment

After completing the Berry Amendment module, DoD acquisition personnel responsible for procuring textiles and other 

covered items will be able to select the necessary statutory 

requirements to apply during the acquisition process in order 

to comply with the provisions of the Berry Amendment. 

Course Length: Approximately 1 hour

CLC 131

Commercial Item Pricing

This training module includes an overview of the new procedures, guidance, and information concerning sole-source 

commercial items and elaboration on the requirements of FAR 

15.4. The overall learning objective of the module is to identify 

the various pricing methodologies that can be used to determine fair and reasonable prices for a commercial acquisition.

Course Length: Approximately 1 hour

CLC 132

Organizational Conflicts of Interest

The Organizational Conflicts of Interest module provides an 

overview on how to recognize situations that could lead to an 

organizational conflict of interest.

Course Length: Approximately 1 hour

CLC 133

Contract Payment Instructions

The Contract Payment Instructions module provides an 

overview of how to identify and apply DFARS procedures, 

guidance, and information requirements, as well as procedures for payment and billing under DoD contracts. The 

module contains valuable illustrative examples of contract line 

item structure as it pertains to contract payment.

Course Length: Approximately 1 hour

CLC 206

Contracting Officer’s Representatives 

in a Contingency Environment

CLC 206 is designed specifically for Contracting Officer’s 

Representatives (CORs) who are deployed in a contingency 

environment. It covers the basics of contracting, along with 

the ethical situations and cultural differences a COR may 

experience while deployed in a contingency operation.

Course Length: Approximately 3 hours

CLC 222

Contracting Officer’s Representative 

Course

This course provides an overview of the responsibilities of 

the contracting officer’s representative, focusing on pre- and 

post-contract award duties and using numerous case-based 

scenarios. This is a fee-for-service on-site course delivered for 

requesting organizations after coordination between the organization’s representative and the appropriate DAU representative.

Course Length: Approximately 32 hours

Appendix C

Appendix C

Continuous Learning
183

CLE 006

Enterprise Integration Overview

The Enterprise Integration Overview module introduces 

fundamental Enterprise Integration (EI) concepts and EI 

implementation strategies, and describes suggested EI best 

practices. The course also gives professionals an overview of 

the legal and regulatory frameworks, and a typical EI acquisition life cycle. 

Course Length: Approximately 3 hours

CLE 007

Lean Six Sigma for Manufacturing

As a continuation of the concepts developed in CLE 004, 

Introduction to Lean Enterprise Concepts, this module 

addresses the role Lean manufacturing plays as part of an 

integrated Lean technical process and includes its objectives 

and priorities. It also summarizes the most important lean 

tools and techniques such as single piece flow, level production (heijunka), waste (muda), kaizen, just-in time, jidoka, etc. 

Course Length: Approximately 6 hours

CLE 008

Six Sigma: Concepts and Processes

Focusing on Six Sigma concepts most applicable to manufacturing and the management of industrial facilities, this module 

provides an in-depth overview of Six Sigma concept processes; the associated tools and how they can be applied to 

real-life situations for eliminating waste; and outlining various 

quality measurement methods.

Course Length: Approximately 8 hours

CLE 009

System Safety in Systems Engineering

System Safety in Systems Engineering provides an overview of 

the methodology defined in MIL-STD-882D, Standard Practice 

for System Safety. This module will help students understand 

how the MIL-STD-882D methodology should be integrated 

into the DoD systems engineering process for eliminating 

environment, safety, and occupational health (ESOH) hazards 

or minimizing their risks. It uses the DoD systems engineering 

V-model as a construct to identify key system safety activities 

conducted during each phase of the system’s life cycle.

Course Length: Approximately 3.5 hours

Engineering 

and 

Technology

CLE 001

Value Engineering

Value Engineering (VE) is recognized as an effective technique 

for reducing costs, increasing productivity, and improving 

quality-related features of systems, equipment, facilities, services, and supplies for the purpose of achieving the essential 

functions at the lowest life cycle cost consistent with required 

performance. This module provides an overview of VE from 

both the acquirer and contractor perspective; how VE can be 

applied and implemented; and how VE change proposals can 

be effectively used.

Course Length: Approximately 3 hours

CLE 003

Technical Reviews

This module provides a systematic process for employing 

Technical Reviews to assess design maturity, technical risk, 

development status, and programmatic risk for acquisition 

programs. The module also presents essential, practical 

guidelines on the effective use of Technical Reviews as part 

of the DoD acquisition life cycle and also provides access to 

detailed, tailorable checklists for individual technical reviews 

that can be used to support their conduct.

Course Length: Approximately 3 hours

CLE 004

Introduction to Lean Enterprise 

Concepts

This module focuses on the Lean concepts most applicable 

to manufacturing and the management of industrial facilities. It addresses the five fundamental Lean principles; Lean 

value streams; Lean metrics; identifying manufacturing and 

information waste within an enterprise; and techniques for 

implementing Lean beyond the factory floor, including value 

stream analysis and mapping.

Course Length: Approximately 3.5 hours

Continuous Learning Modules
184

CLE 010

Privacy Protection

This module addresses the scope of privacy protection, including the laws, policies, and key guidance. It covers potential 

risks to privacy protection, procedures to promote privacy 

protection and ways to recognize privacy breaches. Via a series of three short case studies, the Privacy Protection module 

enables students to recognize and respond appropriately to 

fundamental privacy concerns when performing activities in 

acquisition, requirements development, and research.

Course Length: Approximately 1 hour

CLE 011

Modeling and Simulation for Systems 

Engineering

Modeling and Simulation (M&S) for Systems Engineering provides an overview of how M&S supports the DoD 

acquisition process, outlines relevant DoD acquisition policy 

and guidance, and summarizes how M&S supports systems 

engineering. Students will understand its effective use; the 

reuse of M&S assets; the key aspects of verification, validation, and accreditation; and how the government should plan 

for contracting support for M&S.

Course Length: Approximately 3 hours

CLE 012

Naval Open Architecture

This module explains open architecture principles and 

introduces students to the Naval Open Architecture approach, 

policies, and guidance. The module covers the benefits of the 

modular open systems approach; how open architectures are 

used in practice; how to contract for open architectures; and 

the steps associated with the open architecture assessment 

model. Examples of successfully implemented programs are 

provided as well as a set of resources that help an organization 

implement open architecture.

Course Length: Approximately 2 hours

CLE 013

Modular Open Systems Approach to 

DoD Acquisition

The DoD Modular Open Systems Approach combines an 

integrated technical and business approach to optimize the 

use of open systems on projects. This module describes that 

approach, its key principles, and how to implement and use it 

over the acquisition life cycle.

Course Length: Approximately 4 hours

CLE 015

Continuous Process Improvement 

Familiarization

This module familiarizes students with the various continuous process improvement methodologies such as Six Sigma, 

Lean, and the Theory of Constraints, which can be employed 

to improve overall organizational performance. Roles and 

responsibilities are addressed as well as effective deployment 

strategies.

Course Length: Approximately 1.5 hours

CLE 016

Outcome-Based Performance 

Measures

This module covers performance measurement terminology, DoD policy, and rationale for their creation; identifies 

how outcome-based performance measures can be linked to 

strategic plans; and provides guidance on formulating effective outcome-based performance measures for information 

technology investments as required by Title 40. Students will 

be familiarized with the Balanced Scorecard approach; ways 

and processes by which effective Outcome-Based Performance Measures can be developed; and the role of the postimplementation review.

Course Length: Approximately 3 hours

CLE 017

Technical Planning

This module presents essential and practical technical planning guidance to assist students in formulating a sound technical planning approach and how it should be integrated into the 

overall program planning process. 

Course Length: Approximately 3 hours

Appendix C

Appendix C

Continuous Learning
185

tion for its key attributes; the Global Information Grid and 

Network-centric warfare; the DoD regulatory requirements 

for implementing IA in DoD acquisitions; how to determine 

IA compliance requirements; and how to integrate IA into an 

acquisition program.

Course Length: Approximately 3 hours

CLE 025

Information Assurance (IA) for 

Acquisition Professionals

This module discusses the incorporation of IA into defense 

acquisition programs. This module will identify key IA attributes, IA statutory and regulatory requirements, IA strategies 

for acquisition programs, steps for successfully implementing 

IA, and an explanation of the IA certification and accreditation process. This module enables program managers and 

other acquisition professionals to integrate IA into acquisition 

programs.

Course Length: Approximately 4 hours

CLE 026

Trade Studies

The Trade Studies module addresses the important role 

that trade studies play in systems acquisition and discusses 

processes for conducting effective trade studies. It describes 

a four-phase process that can be used to initiate, develop, 

evaluate, and perform follow-on action with respect to trade 

studies and outlines success factors.

Course Length: Approximately 4 hours

CLE 028

Market Research for Engineering and 

Technical Personnel

Market Research for Engineering and Technical Personnel 

describes market research from the perspective of technical 

personnel. It explains the practical value and discusses the 

government mandate to conduct market research. The course 

addresses market research team membership, sources for 

obtaining market data, and techniques for technical evaluation 

and documentation of market information.

Course Length: Approximately 4 hours

CLE 018

E3 and Spectrum Supportability for 

Acquisition Professionals

This module introduces students to the proper ways to 

consider electromagnetic environmental effects (E3) and 

spectrum supportability (SS) as part of the DoD acquisition process and provides an appreciation of how E3 and SS 

certification impact systems acquisition. A checklist for E3/SS 

processes is provided and the associated tasks are reviewed 

to ensure E3/SS is taken into consideration during systems 

design, production, and integration to avoid degraded performance, program schedule delays, and funding issues.

Course Length: Approximately 2 hours

CLE 021

Technology Readiness Assessments

This module covers technology readiness assessments, 

critical technology elements, and technology readiness levels. 

Students will learn to recognize technology and management 

factors used in the critical technology elements identification 

process; the basic characteristics associated with various 

levels of technology maturity; the requirements for preparing and reviewing a technology readiness assessments; and 

technology maturation considerations. 

Course Length: Approximately 3 hours

CLE 022

Program Manager Introduction to 

Anti-Tamper

This module introduces the program manager to the steps 

involved in integrating Anti-Tamper into a program or project 

in order to protect DoD critical program information. The 

student will learn the importance, the threats to critical DoD 

technology, current DoD initiatives and programs designed 

to mitigate them, how to plan for effective use of anti-tamper, 

and how it can be effectively integrated into the overall 

program.

Course Length: Approximately 3 hours

CLE 023

Modeling and Simulation for Test and 

Evaluation

This module discusses information assurance (IA) within 

defense acquisition programs. Students will gain an appreciaContinuous Learning Modules
186

CLE 029

Testing In a Joint Environment

This module will familiarize DoD test and evaluation personnel 

and other acquisition professionals with the basic principles 

and practices related to testing in a joint environment.

Course Length: Approximately 3 hours

CLE 034

DIACAP: Understanding The DoD 

Information Assurance Certification 

and Accreditation Process

In order to operate, each DoD information system must be 

certified and accredited.using a standard set of activities 

defined within the Department of Defense Information Assurance Certification and Accreditation Process, or DIACAP. 

This module is designed to provide an understandng of that 

process.

Course Length: Approximately 2 hours

CLE 035

DTEPI Introduction to Probability and 

Statistics 

The goal of this module is to provide participants with a basic 

introduction and understanding of the analysis and evaluation 

tools in the Test and Evaluation (T&E) career field. The DTEPI 

Introduction to Probability and Statistics module will cover the 

basics of probability and statistics for Test and Evaluation.

Course Length: Approximately 2 hours

CLE 036

Engineering Change Proposals for 

Engineers

This module addresses the important role that engineering 

change proposals play in systems acquisition. Students are 

introduced to engineering change proposals and requests 

for deviation. They also learn processes to effectively plan, 

request, submit, evaluate, recommend, and implement 

engineering change proposals.

Course Length: Approximately 5 hours

CLE 037

Telemetry

This module will provide an overview of telemetry, including the components of telemetry systems and applications. 

Coverage of the material begins with telemetry nomenclature; 

outlines a brief history of the field of telemetry; moves to the 

subsystems of a telemetry system; discusses the personnel 

who work with telemetry data; and touches upon range applications, testing, recording, display, and analysis of telemetry 

data.

Course Length: Approximately 6 hours

CLE 038

Time Space-Position Information 

(TSPI)

This Defense Test and Evaluation Professional Institute 

(DTEPI) learning module provides a general overview of 

TSPI, including the importance of the error volume concept 

associated with each of the methods to be discussed. This is 

followed by detailed sections on radars, the global positioning 

system, optical systems, other TSPI systems, and a discussion 

of various scoring or miss-distance measurement systems.

Course Length: Approximately 6 hours

CLE 039

Environmental Issues in Testing and 

Evaluation

This Defense Test and Evaluation Professional Institute 

(DTEPI) learning module focuses on the broad environmental 

issues and related procedures affecting the DoD mission 

related to testing and evaluation.

Course Length: Approximately 5 hours

CLE 040

IUID Marking

The goal of this module is to provide the student with knowledge of how to go about marking a data matrix on an item. It 

covers technical details of encoding the data matrix; standard 

practices, methods, and technologies for data matrix marking; and technical documentation requirements and quality 

considerations.

Course Length: Approximately 3 hours

Appendix C

Appendix C

Continuous Learning
187

CLE 061

Assessing Manufacturing Risk 

Assessment of manufacturing readiness focuses on identifying and mitigating manufacturing risk and ensuring that a 

program or technology is ready to move forward based on a 

manufacturing perspective. The goal is to enable students to 

conduct a manufacturing assessment as a part of the systems 

engineering processes.

Course Length: Approximately 6 hours

CLE 062

Human Systems Integration (HSI)

This module is designed to provide the learner with the basic 

understanding of HSI as part of DoD’s total systems engineering approach for optimizing system performance and minimizing total ownership costs. Students also will be introduced to 

the HSI domains of Human Factors Engineering, Personnel, 

Habitability, Manpower, Training, Environment, Safety and 

Occupational Health, and Survivability.

Course Length: Approximately 2 hours.

CLE 063

Capability Maturity Model-Integration 

(CMMI)

The CMMI product suite includes models, training, and 

appraisal methods that provide a set of best practices and 

an improvement path for suppliers and acquirers for internal process improvement. The CMMI can be used by both 

government and industry to increase process capability and 

improve organizational maturity.

Course Length: Approximately 1 hour

CLE 064

Standardization in the Acquisition Life 

Cycle 

The goal of this module is to explore the role of effective 

standardization in defense acquisition and its contribution 

to program success. It introduces you to standardization 

and its application across phases of the acquisition life cycle, 

discusses standardization policy in the DoD and addresses 

CLE 041

Software Reuse

The goal of this module is to introduce software reuse. It 

explains the principles of effective reuse and how these 

principles can be applied to software reuse in the National 

Security Systems.

Course Length: Approximately 2 hours

CLE 045

Introduction to DoD Science and 

Technology Management

This module provides students with an understanding of DoD 

Science and Technology (S&T) review processes; the process 

of S&T development through basic research, applied research, 

and advanced technology development; the Service processes 

and DoD technology initiatives; and the concept of technology 

maturity, including the use of technology readiness levels, 

critical technology elements, and their use in acquisition 

technology readiness assessments.

Course Length: Approximately 2 hours

CLE 047

Grounding, Bonding, and Shielding

This module is relatively technical and provides students 

with a comprehensive understanding of the importance of a 

properly grounded, bonded, and shielded system for minimizing electromagnetic interference (EMI). Students become 

acquainted with specialized terminology, grounding schematics, bonding practices and types, and the basic rules for the 

implementation of shields to control radiated EMI. 

Course Length: Approximately 2 hours

CLE 060

Practical Software and Systems 

Measurement

This module provides an approach for and develops skills in 

obtaining and analyzing measurement data and in developing and assessing a measurement process. The module is 

intended for acquisition professionals, suppliers, managers, 

technical leads, and measurement analysts.

Course Length: Approximately 5 hours

Continuous Learning Modules
188

the management and use of standardization documents. The 

module is designed for professionals involved in the development or management of standardization documents.

Course Length: Approximately 4 hours

CLE 065

Standardization Documents

The goal of this module is to provide the student with knowledge of the standardization documents managed within the 

DoD. This module covers technical details of the specific purpose of each type of document; how to distinguish each type 

of document based on the document identifier; general rules 

for stating requirements in standardization documents; policy 

regarding the adoption and use of non-government standards; 

and format and content requirements for commercial item 

descriptions, Defense Specifications, Defense Standards, and 

Defense Handbooks. This module also provides an introduction to Federal Standards, Federal Specifications, and Guide 

Specifications.

Course Length: Approximately 4 hours

CLE 066

Systems Engineering for Systems of 

Systems 

This module is intended for program managers, project 

managers, systems engineers, technical team leaders, logistic 

support leaders, and others supporting systems of systems 

(SoS) work, particularly as part of a systems engineering team 

in an SoS environment. The goal of this module is to provide a 

resource for those in the systems engineering community by 

introducing the insights gained by the acquisition community 

on the issues and approaches to SE for SoS.

Course Length: Approximately 4 hours

CLE 067

Strategic Material Selection: Chemical 

Ranking System 

A Chemical Ranking System (CRS) is a tool for helping DoD 

users select safer chemicals and also decrease life cycle costs. 

A CRS can assist in evaluating the human health and environmental effects of a range of chemicals used by the DoD. This 

summary-level module describes the attributes of a CRS and 

highlights two DoD CRSs currently in use.

Course Length: Approximately 2 hours

CLE 201

ISO 9000:2000

This module covers the basic elements of ISO 9000 and 

lessons learned regarding its implementation and use. The 

module will be of value to personnel actively engaged in 

manufacturing in contractor industrial facilities, depots, 

logistics centers, and shipyards. However, the ISO 9000 quality standards can be applied to any type of product, service, 

organization, or process, including software.

Course Length: Approximately 3 hours

CLE 301

Reliability and Maintainability

This module defines Reliability, Availability, and Maintainability; explores the significant influence of reliability and 

maintainability on systems; and provides practical techniques 

that may be applied in an acquisition program to achieve the 

desired levels of realiability and maintability.

Course Length: Approximately 4 hours

Government 

Purchase Card 

Training

CLG 001

DoD Government Purchase Card

The DoD Government Purchase Card module presents the 

mandatory requirements and other guidelines to consider and 

apply, as appropriate, when using the government purchase 

card. Government purchase cardholders and billing officials 

will learn to be at ease with using the government purchase 

card responsibly and accountably.

Course Length: Approximately 3.5 hours

Appendix C

Appendix C

Continuous Learning
189

CLI 002

International Armaments Cooperation 

(IAC), Part 2

This module addresses policies and processes of the international agreements and the Foreign Comparative Testing 

Program; the Defense Research, Development, Test, and Evaluation Information Exchange Program; the Defense personnel 

exchanges; the Engineer and Scientists Exchange Program; the 

Administrative and Professional Personnel Exchange Program; 

and the Cooperative Programs/Projects Personnel program. 

This course is based on the DoD International Armaments 

Cooperation Handbook.

Course Length: Approximately 2 hours

CLI 003

International Armaments Cooperation 

(IAC), Part 3

The International Armaments Cooperation (IAC), Part 3, is the 

third in a three-part series of classes that introduce the history 

and functions of IAC. This module addresses Defense cooperative trade and industrial logistics, and security and technology transfer requirements for IAC. This course is based on the 

DoD International Armaments Cooperation Handbook.

Course Length: Approximately 2 hours

CLI 004

Information Exchange Program (IEP), 

DoD Generic Research, Development, 

Test, and Evaluation (RDT&E)

This module addresses DoD component-wide requirements 

for developing, coordinating, negotiating, and executing IEP 

annexes.

Course Length: Approximately 2 hours

CLI 005

Information Exchange Program 

(IEP), Army-Specific Research, 

Development, Test, and Evaluation 

(RDT&E)

This module provides an introduction to Army-specific 

IEP; Army-specific IEP requirements; the use of U.S. Army 

International Online Information Analysis Center agreeCLG 004

DoD Government Purchase Card 

Refresher Training

The DoD Government Purchase Card Refresher Training module presents the mandatory requirements and other guidelines 

to consider and apply when using the government purchase 

card. This refresher course is based on the key points in the 

DoD Government Purchase Card Tutorial module as well as 

important new areas of emphasis. It was developed to provide 

refresher training for government purchase cardholders and 

approving officials.

Course Length: Approximately 3.5 hours

CLG 005

Purchase Card Online System 

(PCOLS)

This module is designed to inform students about the 

Purchase Card Online System (PCOLS) and how to obtain 

help and support when beginning to implement PCOLS within 

a Government Purchase Card (GPC) organization; it also provides a detailed presentation of all four PCOLS components 

currently being used.

Course Length: Approximately 4 hours

International 

Armaments and

Information 

Exchange Training

CLI 001

International Armaments Cooperation 

(IAC), Part 1

This module is the first in a three-part series that covers laws, 

regulations, and policies for conducting IAC and describes the 

organizations and forums throughout the DoD that are stakeholders in IAC. Part 1 also addresses factors for consideration 

when planning IAC.

Course Length: Approximately 2 hours

Continuous Learning Modules
190

ments; annexes and activities development, coordination, and 

management system for developing the templates for the IEP 

annex package; and decentralization of the IEP annex development, coordination, negotiation, and conclusion process.

Course Length: Approximately 1 hour

CLI 006

Information Exchange Program 

(IEP), Navy-Specific Research, 

Development, Test, and Evaluation 

(RDT&E)

This module ensures that Navy acquisition workforce members understand the Navy-specific procedures for implementing DoD’s IEP, why they should participate in the IEP, and how 

to execute IEP information exchanges.

Course Length: Approximately 1 hour

Logistics

CLL 001

Life Cycle Management & Sustainment 

Metrics 

This module addresses the development of life cycle 

management and sustainment metric, a critical element of 

Performance-Based Product Support. The module explores 

how these metrics are derived and the role of the life-cycle 

logistician in developing them and covers how these metrics 

evolve over the life cycle of a weapon system and how the 

logistician’s role evolves with them. 

Course Length: Approximately 4 hours

CLL 002

Defense Logistics Agency Support to 

the Program Manager

This module is designed to introduce participants to the 

capabilities of the DLA in delivering support to the warfighter. 

Professionals will be provided with an overview of the DLA 

and the benefits the agency provides to the program manager, 

operational units, and the Service inventory control points. 

Course Length: Approximately 3 hours

CLL 003

Supportability Test and Evaluation

The objective of this module is provide a resource to the 

logistics community to assist in managing the risks involved in 

developing, producing, operating, and sustaining systems and 

capabilities.

Course Length: Approximately 3 hours

CLL 004

Life Cycle Logistics for the Rest of Us

The goal of this module is to provide individuals who do not 

work in the logistics field with a basic knowledge of some of 

the essential processes and considerations that DoD lLogistics 

professionals encounter to satisfy their customers’ 

requirements.

Course Length: Approximately 3 hours

CLL 005

Developing a Life-Cycle Sustainment 

Plan (LCSP)

This module provides guidance to the program manager (PM), 

product support manager, and the life cycle logistician on the 

purpose of the LCSP, who should be involved with it, and how 

the LCSP should evolve in the Defense Acquisition Management Framework. CLL 005 also addresses the documentation of the program’s sustainment strategy and associated 

plans throughout the life cycle. Implementing the concepts 

contained in this module will help ensure that the PM’s plan 

for formulating, implementing, and executing the sustainment 

strategy is well thought out and addresses the focus areas the 

Office of the Secretary of Defense will concentrate on during 

program reviews. Upon completion of the module, the student 

will be able to understand how the LCSP fits into the Defense 

Acquisition Management Framework. 

Course Length: Approximately 2 hours

CLL 006

Depot Maintenance Partnering

The Depot Maintenance Partnering module will introduce 

professionals to ways in which depot maintenance partnerAppendix C

Appendix C

Continuous Learning
191

CLL 012

Supportability Analysis

This module’s overall goal is to advance the knowledge 

and understanding of supportability analysis and how it 

is employed through all phases of the defense acquisition 

process. This course will examine supportability analysis with 

a particular emphasis on how the life cycle logistician will 

participate and utilize the results to influence the design and 

establish an effective and efficient product support package.

Course Length: Approximately 8 hours

CLL 013

DoD Packaging

This module will allow professionals to obtain knowledge of 

the value of the packaging, handling, storage, and transportation process. An effective knowledge and application of packaging, handling, storage, and transportation principles will 

benefit professionals throughout the life cycle of a program.

Course Length: Approximately 3 hours

CLL 014

Joint Systems Integrated Support 

Strategies (JSISS)

The Joint Systems Integrated Support Strategies (JSISS) 

module addresses the importance of integrated support strategies to a joint acquisition program, as well as DoD guidance 

and policy relevant to the development of joint strategies. In 

addition, the module will inform participants of the challenges 

and issues that must be addressed when planning for an 

integrated joint support strategy.

Course Length: Approximately 3 hours

CLL 015

Business Case Analysis

This module provides an overview of DoD’s policies and 

guidance. The primary focus is the structure, format, process, 

and methodology of business case analysis. The module also 

addresses the application of business case analysis in the DoD 

context, which is currently oriented toward supporting bestvalue selection of weapons system support strategies that use 

performance-based logistics.

Course Length: Approximately 3 hours

ing can be used as a cost-effective technique for applying a 

performance-based logistics philosophy in the real world. 

Course Length: Approximately 2 hours

CLL 007

Lead-Free Electronics Impact on DoD 

Programs

This module provides an overview of the impact of commercial lead-free mandates and their effect on DoD electronics 

programs. The module addresses the major lead-free related 

directives, DoD-related risks and mitigations, program 

considerations associated with lead-free initiatives, and DoD’s 

response to the various mandates and policy directives.

Course Length: Approximately 3 hours

CLL 008

Designing for Supportability in DoD 

Systems

Designing for Supportability in DoD Systems provides a 

comprehensive overview and introduction to incorporating 

the principles of systems engineering throughout the system 

life cycle to design, develop, produce, and sustain operationally reliable, supportable, and effective systems. It introduces 

the system operational effectiveness model and process. 

It demonstrates how consistent application of the system 

operational effectiveness process, during all phases of the 

acquisition life cycle, facilitates the optimization of system 

supportability and operational effectiveness.

Course Length: Approximately 3 hours

CLL 011

Performance-Based Logistics

The Performance-Based Logistics module contains five lessons that present performance-based logistics as the strategy 

of choice for product support. The module is based on the 

DoD performance-based logistics guidebook, Product Support: 

A Program Manager’s Guide to Buying Performance (published 

November 2001).

Course Length: Approximately 3 hours

Continuous Learning Modules
192

CLL 016

Joint Logistics

This module provides professionals with knowledge of functional assignments that involve joint planning, inter-Service, 

and multinational logistics support, as well as joint logistics in 

a theater of operations. By completing this module, professionals will recognize the important roles and responsibilities 

within the joint logistics environment; the capabilities that 

joint logistics delivers; the important factors related to planning, executing, and controlling joint logistics; and the factors 

that will ensure a successful future for joint logistics.

Course Length: Approximately 3 hours

CLL 017

Introduction to Defense Distribution

The Introduction to Defense Distribution module provides a 

brief overview of the vision, mission, and components of U.S. 

Transportation Command; assignment of the DoD distribution 

process owner; key players in the joint deployment and distribution enterprise, and their roles and responsibilities; different 

types of planning processes and tools; supply, transportation, 

and joint theater logistics processes and systems within joint 

deployment and distribution enterprise as well as key concepts of deployment and sustainment across these processes; 

and customer service transformational efforts.

Course Length: Approximately 2 hours

CLL 018

Joint Deployment Distribution 

Operations Center (JDDOC)

This module provides basic knowledge and comprehension 

of the JDDOC. It will provide DoD, other governmental and 

nongovernmental personnel a detailed understanding of the 

roles, responsibilities, organizational structure, and concept of 

employment of the JDDOC concept.

Course Length: Approximately 18 hours

CLL 019

Technology Refreshment Planning

This module provides professionals with an overview of technology refreshment planning as it applies across the weapons 

system life cycle. The module will cover basic concepts, 

regulatory material, and planning for and applications used in 

technology refreshment.

Course Length: Approximately 3 hours

CLL 020

Independent Logistics Assessments

This module provides professionals with an introduction to 

independent logistics assessments, which is a formal review of 

the state of a program’s logistics planning and documentation. 

This review occurs before Milestone B, before Milestone C, 

and before full-rate production. Independent logistics assessments checklists, handbooks, and references can also be used 

to assist in early logistics support and sustainment planning, 

including assisting in planning for Milestone A.

Course Length: Approximately 3 hours

CLL 022

Title 10 Depot Maintenance Statute 

Overview

The Title 10 Depot Maintenance Statute Overview module 

provides a review of the definition of DoD maintenance, the 

public policy environment within which DoD depot-level maintenance operates, the various sections of 10 U.S.C. impacting 

depot-level maintenance, and DoD policy for the maintenance 

of military materiel.

Course Length: Approximately 2 hours

CLL 023

Title 10 U.S.C. 2464 Core Statute 

Implementation

The Title 10 U.S.C. 2464 Core Statute Implementation module 

provides an introductory presentation of DoD maintenance; 

and it reviews the capabilities, methodology, policies, roles, 

and responsibilities required for services. Public law mandates 

that DoD maintain an organic core logistics capability with 

ready and controlled resources necessary to ensure effective and timely responses to mobilizations, national defense 

contingencies, and other emergency requirements.

Course Length: Approximately 3 hours

Appendix C

Appendix C

Continuous Learning
193

legacy systems. The module will cover DoD maintenance, 

CBM+ information and background, essential elements, 

CBM+ implementation, and managing initiatives and measuring success.

Course Length: Approximately 2 hours

CLL 030

Reliability Centered Maintenance 

(RCM)

This module provides the learner with information on reliability centered maintenance (RCM) for the Defense Acquisition 

Workforce. This will include defining RCM, an introduction to 

the history and development, as well as the process and application of RCM. The overarching objective is for the student 

to understand RCM, its fundamental process and applications.

Course Length: Approximately 2 hours

CLL 032

Preventing Counterfeit Parts from 

Entering the DoD Supply System 

This self-paced computer-based training program is designed 

to facilitate learning about different types of commercial and 

industry nonconforming, suspect, and counterfeit items, how 

these items enter the commercial and DoD supply chains, the 

economic impact of these items, and how to develop basic 

skills for identifying possible nonconforming and suspect 

counterfeit items. Participants also will learn how to mitigate 

the risks involved in procuring these items and how to report 

these items through the proper channels.

Course Length: Approximately 1.5 hours

CLL 033

Logistician’s Responsibilities During 

Technical Reviews 

Technical reviews provide oversight and management of 

the definition, development, and demonstration of system, 

subsystem, and component design in accordance with established systems engineering technical management processes 

and technical processes. This course describes the life cycle 

logistician’s role in technical reviews and how the logistician 

can leverage that involvement into better supportability for 

the system. This module will examine the most common techCLL 024

Title 10 Limitations on the 

Performance of Depot-Level 

Maintenance (50/50)

The Limitations on the Performance of Depot-Level Maintenance (50/50) is an introductory presentation of DoD 

maintenance. The module provides professionals with a 

review of Section 2466 of Title 10 U.S.C., which mandates 

that the Services and combatant commanders may not have 

more than 50 percent of depot maintenance performed by 

non-DoD personnel.

Course Length: Approximately 3 hours

CLL 025

Depot Maintenance Inter-Service 

Support Agreements (DMISA)

The Depot Maintenance Inter-Service Support Agreements 

(DMISA) module is for maintenance inter-Service support 

offices; managers; and others who prepare, review, negotiate, 

and manage DMISAs. The module explains key duties and 

the process for creating DMISAs. Professionals will improve 

the efficiency of DoD depot maintenance planning activities 

through their successful implementation of DMISAs.

Course Length: Approximately 5 hours

CLL 026

Depot Maintenance Capacity 

Measurement

The Depot Maintenance Capacity Measurement module provides professionals with a basic understanding of the methods 

used to measure, record, and report capacity and utilization 

data for organic activities that perform depot maintenance.

Course Length: Approximately 4 hours

CLL 029

Condition-Based Maintenance Plus 

(CBM+)

The Condition-Based Maintenance Plus (CBM+) module provides the learner with an overview and introduction to depot 

maintenance management and operations needed in DoD 

Continuous Learning Modules
194

nical reviews and the specific steps the life cycle logistician 

can take to prepare and participate in the review.

Course Length: Approximately 3 hours

CLL 034

SLAMIS

The SLAMIS module provides professionals with a basic understanding of the Army’s Standard Study Number-Line Item 

Number (SSN-LIN) Automated Management and Integrating 

System (SLAMIS). The module also describes the events that 

led to the development and need for this application addressing key equipment procurement, fielding, and sustainment 

issues. 

Course Length: Approximately 4 hours

CLL 054

Joint Task Force Port Opening 

(JTF-PO)

Joint Task Force–Port Opening (JTF-PO) is a joint expeditionary capability that enables USTRANSCOM to rapidly establish 

and initially operate a port of debarkation and support a forward distribution node, facilitating port throughput in support 

of combatant commander-executed contingency response.

Course Length: Approximately 3 hours

CLL 055

Joint Deployment and Distribution 

Performance Metrics Framework

The requirement to improve JDDE support to the warfighter 

is well established; however, less established is the definition 

of performance based on warfighter need. A USTRANSCOM 

study produced a framework of enterprise-level performance 

based metrics. This framework provides a clear definition of 

performance levels needed to drive tangible improvement to 

the warfighter.

Course Length: Approximately 1 hour

CLL 057

Level of Repair Analysis–Introduction

The Level of Repair Analysis (LORA) is a critical component 

of the Supportability Analysis and Maintenance Planning 

processes and most important business decision made about 

physical supportability analysis during the acquisition of a system. This module describes the process of LORA, its benefits, 

its limitations and when it is conducted. This module also 

introduces the broad concept of supportability analysis and 

how LORA interfaces with other design and support analyses 

necessary to maintain the operational readiness of military 

systems and equipment.

Course Length: Approximately 2 hours

CLL 058

Level of Repair Analysis–Theory and 

Principles 

This is part two of a two-part continuous learning series on 

LORA (CLLs 057 & 058). The principal purpose of LORA is 

to determine the most effective maintenance and support 

structure for a system through iterative evaluations of both 

economic and non-economic considerations. This module 

describes the analytical theory of LORA and its economic and 

non-economic factors. It describes the steps in conducting 

LORA as well as policies and processes that have shaped, 

and still guide, its implementation. The module also provides 

a detailed explanation of how LORA models are designed 

and how input data is structured. The module discusses how 

LORA develops a least-cost maintenance recommendation 

and how those costs are estimated. 

Course Length: Approximately 2 hours

CLL 119

Technical Refreshment 

Implementation Module

This module introduces you to the basic concepts to be 

considered in assessing opportunities, planning and budgeting 

issues, and addresses the steps necessary to effectively manage the implementation of technology insertion or refreshing. 

Course Length: Approximately 3 hours 

Appendix C

Appendix C

Continuous Learning
195

CLL 204

Diminishing Manufacturing Sources 

and Material Shortages (DMSMS) 

Case Studies

This module is for professionals who have a working knowledge of DMSMS regulations and policies. In this module, 

professionals will have an opportunity to review some 

DMSMS program scenarios, evaluating for the program’s level 

of proactivity, and will be able to make DMSMS management 

decisions.

Course Length: Approximately 2 hours

CLL 205

Diminishing Manufacturing Sources 

and Material Shortages (DMSMS) for 

Technical Professionals

This module covers the current processes, policies, and 

procedures used by technical professionals to practice proactive management. It focuses on the high-level best practices 

for running each program. Students can adjust the procedures 

and techniques to your Service as appropriate.

Course Length: Approximately 2 hours

CLL 206

Parts Management Executive 

Overview

This module gives an overview of the parts management 

program, which is an integral part of the acquisition process 

for design, development, modification, and support of weapons systems and equipment. Parts management focuses on 

selecting the best parts at the design phase of an acquisition 

program under an overarching systems engineering umbrella. 

Course Length: Approximately 1.5 hours

CLL 201

Diminishing Manufacturing Sources 

and Material Shortages (DMSMS) 

Fundamentals

This module provides professionals with a working-level 

overview of DMSMS issues. While professionals will not be 

experts after completing the course, they will have a working knowledge of DMSMS history, issues, tools, and current 

initiatives, and will have seen real examples of successful 

proactive DMSMS programs. Professionals will understand 

why standardization of policies and procedures within the 

DMSMS community is so important and will become familiar 

with many other related topics. 

Course Length: Approximately 3 hours

CLL 202

Diminishing Manufacturing Sources 

and Material Shortages (DMSMS) 

Executive Overview

The module provides concise DMSMS information for executives or program managers who require an understanding of 

how DMSMS impacts their operations. 

Course Length: Approximately 1 hour

CLL 203

Diminishing Manufacturing Sources 

and Material Shortages (DMSMS) 

Essentials

The DMSMS Essentials module is for professionals who have 

a working knowledge of DMSMS regulations and policies, and 

it is recommended that professionals complete CLL 201 and 

CLL 202. This module focuses on DMSMS problems regarding 

electronics, as well as with mechanical items and materials. The module will introduce professionals to the Defense 

Logistics Agency’s DMSMS programs and capabilities, and 

will review basic techniques for component research.

Course Length: Approximately 2 hours

Continuous Learning Modules
196

Acquisition and 

Management

CLM 003

Overview of Acquisition Ethics

This module reinforces the most important legal ethics 

standards governing interaction between government personnel and DoD contractors. Areas addressed include conflicts 

of interest; gratuities from contractors; the Procurement 

Integrity Act; job-hunting for a position with private industry 

while still employed with the federal government; restrictions on post-government employment of a former federal 

employee or officer; and ethical problems that can arise when 

both government and contractor personnel work in common 

spaces on common goals as a single team. 

Course Length: Approximately 2 hours

CLM 012

Scheduling

This module focuses on scheduling processes and tools that 

can be used to develop schedules for a defense systems 

acquisition project. Scheduling is the focus of the planning and 

control process and depends, to a great extent, on program 

risk and the resources available (time, money, facilities, 

manpower, and workforce skills). Scheduling is a roadmap 

for systems development, and thus, it is an inherent part of 

program management.

Course Length: Approximately 12 hours

CLM 013

Work-Breakdown Structure

This module addresses two fundamental and interrelated 

types of work-breakdown structures: the program work-breakdown structure that is developed by a program management 

office and the contract work-breakdown structure that is 

developed by a contractor. 

Course Length: Approximately 6 hours

CLM 014

Integrated Product Team (IPT) 

Management and Leadership

This module introduces management and leadership concepts 

used to organize, manage, and lead an integrated product 

teams. IPTs are used throughout the acquisition process to 

open the cross-functional and cross-organizational lines of 

communication and are formed for the specific purpose of 

delivering a product for a customer.

Course Length: Approximately 8 hours

CLM 016

Cost Estimating

This module focuses on basic cost-estimating tools and 

techniques. Cost estimates are one of the fundamental building blocks of the acquisition process. The cost estimate and its 

supporting budget are a part of the baseline against which a 

program’s progress and success are measured.

Course Length: Approximately 8 hours

CLM 017

Risk Management

Risk is always a concern in the DoD systems acquisition 

process. The acquisition process itself is designed, to a large 

degree, to allow risk to be managed from conception to delivery of the system. Although risk is inherent in any program, 

risk management ensures managers take measures to assess 

and handle risks. This module focuses on tools and processes 

that can be used to manage risk on a defense systems acquisition project.

Course Length: Approximately 8 hours

CLM 021

Introduction to Reducing Total 

Ownership Costs (R-TOC)

The Introduction to Reducing Total Ownership Costs (R-TOC) 

module provides professionals with R-TOC ideas, tools, and 

strategies with the acquisition and logistics communities. The 

module orients professionals to the R-TOC requirement, deAppendix C

Appendix C

Continuous Learning
197

CLM 030

Common Supplier Engagement

The Common Supplier Engagement module is designed to 

help professionals navigate through the changes that have 

occurred because of the government’s elimination of paper 

methods that were previously used in acquisitions. The 

module provides an overview of the electronic e-Business 

practices used in acquisitions, including topics on e-Business, 

e-Government, and how both of these relate to common supplier engagement.

Course Length: Approximately 2 hours

CLM 031

Improved Statement of Work

The Improved Statement of Work module will help professionals improve statements of objectives, statements of work, 

and performance work statements that are developed and 

evaluated by all acquisition career fields. Statement of work 

purpose, preparation, evaluation, and lessons learned are 

presented in this module so professionals understand and 

appreciate the critical role of requirements development in the 

acquisition process.

Course Length: Approximately 4 hours

CLM 032

Evolutionary Acquisition

The Evolutionary Acquisition module is designed to introduce 

professionals to the ideas and principles of evolutionary acquisition, and teach professionals how to apply them in a rapidly 

changing environment.

Course Length: Approximately 2 hours

fines of key R-TOC concepts, and describes best practices. It 

emphasizes total cost of ownership reduction from a systems 

perspective. 

Course Length: Approximately 3 hours

CLM 023

Javits-Wagner-O’Day (JWOD) 

Tutorial

The JWOD Tutorial module provides professionals and DoD 

purchase card holders a better understanding of the JavitsWagner-O’Day (JWOD) Program. There are over 14 million 

Americans with severe disabilities, and the unemployment 

rate for people with severe disabilities is 70 percent. The 

JWOD Program helps people with disabilities who are unable 

to obtain or maintain employment on their own. The module 

provides an introduction to JWOD, to the purchase card, 

and to contracts, and provides answers to frequently asked 

questions.

Course Length: Approximately 1 hour

CLM 024

Contracting Overview

The Contracting Overview module gives an overview of the 

market research process, the process for developing criteria 

or factors for teams to use in evaluating contractors during 

source selection, and the use of the uniform contract format.

Course Length: Approximately 8 hours

CLM 025

Commercial-Off-The-Shelf (COTS) 

Acquisition for Program Managers

This module provides an overview of the fundamental challenges faced by organizations when they integrate commercial 

items to form a system; addresses the issues involved in 

buying from the commercial marketplace; summarizes lessons 

learned from programs that have made extensive use of commercial items; and offers suggestions.

Course Length: Approximately 3 hours

Continuous Learning Modules
198

CLM 033

DAWIA II

The Defense Acquisition Workforce Improvement Act 

(DAWIA) was amended significantly during fiscal years 2004 

and 2005. These amendments (generally referred as DAWIA 

II) provide a number of flexibilities to enable the DoD to more 

effectively develop and manage the Defense Acquisition 

Workforce. This module explains the transformation items 

that took place in DAWIA II.

Course Length: Approximately 3 hours

CLM 034

Science and Technology—Lesson from 

PMT 352A

This module, excerpted from the PMT-352A course, provides 

background on the importance of the science and technology 

S&T) role in the systems acquisition process and identifies 

sources of science and technology information. It contains 

activities that allow participants to assess aan S&T project’s 

compatibility with the Advanced Threat Infrared Countermeasure/Common Missile Warning System Program and recommend strategies for incorporating the emerging technology.

Course Length: Approximately 4 hours

CLM 035

Environmental Safety and 

Occupational Health—Lesson from 

PMT 352A

This module, excerpted from PMT 352A, focuses on the 

increased emphasis and importance of environmental safety 

and occupational health as they relate to acquisition management. Program managers must ensure their programs, 

regardless of acquisition category, comply with environmental 

safety and occupational health statutory and regulatory 

requirements.

Course Length: Approximately 4 hours

CLM 036

Technology Transfer and Export 

Control Fundamentals

This module is intended to provide awareness of the program 

manager’s role in technology transfer and export control, and 

international security and program protection, as well as the 

planning process for both.

Course Length: Approximately 2 hours

CLM 037

Physical Inventories

This module provides professionals with a basic awareness 

of the duties and responsibilities of an accountable property 

officer or property custodian. The module will describe the 

preparation, physical count, and reconciliation aspects of 

physical inventories as well as when and how they should be 

applied.

Course Length: Approximately 1.5 hours

CLM 038

Corrosion Prevention and Control 

Overview

The Corrosion Prevention and Control Overview module will 

provide professionals with training in corrosion prevention and 

control as well as serve as an accessible reference guide to 

answer future questions.

Course Length: Approximately 8 hours

CLM 039

Foundations of Government Property

The Foundations of Government Property module provides 

DoD financial accounting and property management professionals an overview of managing government property. This 

module will increase professionals’ knowledge and understanding of DoD property accountability and management 

and the DoD accounting and accountability approach to the 

property management life cycle. It also will introduce professionals to essential available tools that will help them manage 

government property.

Course Length: Approximately 1.5 hours

Appendix C

Appendix C

Continuous Learning
199

equipment end-items—both for the warfighter and for the 

American taxpayer. The module provides an overview of the 

acquisition and sustainment policy guidance, business rules, 

and life cycle management of DoD equipment.

Course Length: Approximately 2 hours

CLM 048

Audit Readiness Requirements for 

DoD Equipment

This module provides key personnel, both financial and nonfinancial managers, with “how-to” details on the requirements 

and processes necessary to prepare for an audit of DoD 

equipment requiring capitalization.

Course Length: Approximately 2 hours

CLM 049

Procurement Fraud Indicators

This module provides an awareness of procurement fraud 

indicators. This CLM was developed as a result of a department-wide review of vulnerabilities to fraud, waste, and abuse 

in contracting integrity, as directed by Congress.

Course Length: Approximately 2 hours

CLM 051

Time Management

This module introduces the basics of time management, 

including the identification of common time thieves and an 

analytical framework for rebalancing the life-work paradigm.

Course Length: Approximately 1 hour

CLM 101

Analysis of Alternatives (AoA) (USAF 

Process)

The Air Force Office of Aerospace Studies created this Analysis of Alternatives (AoA) module to provide an overview of the 

process used by the Air Force to conduct an AoA in support 

of requirements development and systems acquisition. AoAs 

CLM 040

Proper Financial Accounting 

Treatments for Military Equipment 

(PFAT4ME)

This course is designed to provide a better understanding 

of how military equipment values are determined and the 

process used to ensure consistent execution; the important 

roles that program manager, business/financial management 

analysts, and procurement contracting officers play in this 

process; and the actions required by each role so a structure is 

in place that ensures proper PFAT4ME.

Course Length: Approximately 1.5 hours

CLM 041

Capabilities-Based Planning

The Capabilities-Based Planning module provides an overview 

of the DoD guidance and policies supporting capabilitiesbased planning. The module explains the processes, roles, 

responsibilities, and challenges involved in implementing 

capabilities-based planning to respond to emerging threats to 

national security.

Course Length: Approximately 3 hours

CLM 044

Radio Frequency Identification (RFID)

This module is designed to provide defense contracting officers with the knowledge necessary to insert the passive RFID 

Defense Federal Acquisition Regulation Supplement (DFARS) 

clause into appropriate contracts, thus streamlining DoD’s 

receiving process. The module also reviews RFID technology 

and DoD’s RFID implementation strategies. 

Course Length: Approximately 3 hours

CLM 047

Fiscal and Physical Accountability and 

Management of DoD Equipment

This module builds upon the concepts presented in the Foundations of Government Property module. DoD professionals 

responsible for DoD fiscal and physical property management 

play a crucial role in the acquisition and life cycle of DoD 

Continuous Learning Modules
200

are prepared to help justify the need for starting, stopping, or 

continuing an acquisition program. Although this module was 

designed for Air Force employees, the information is beneficial 

to all DoD acquisition personnel.

Course Length: Approximately 2 hours

CLM 103

Quality Assurance Auditing

The Quality Assurance Auditing module contains material 

that covers three general types of audits: system, process, and 

product. These audits are described in three distinct phases: 

planning and preparation, performance, and reporting and 

follow-up.

Course Length: Approximately 2 hours

CLM 200

Item-Unique Identification

Item-unique identification enables item tracking in DoD 

business systems and provides reliable and accurate data for 

management, financial accountability, and asset management 

purposes. This module provides an overview of item-unique 

identification.

Course Length: Approximately 2 hours

CLM 500

ADL Implementation for Defense 

Acquisition Professionals

This is an introduction and overview of the advanced distributed learning (ADL) basics, requirements, and components as 

well as DoD’s policies regarding repository and registry functions. The module also describes shareable content object 

reference model conformance to acquisition planning, project 

management, and instructional design.

Course Length: Approximately 3 hours

Requirements

CLR 030

Environment, Safety and Occupational 

Health in Joint Capabilities Integration 

Development System (JCIDS)

The module is designed to help the enviroment, safety and occupational health (ESOH) practitioner generate concise ESOH 

wording appropriate for JCIDS documents. The module offers 

practical guidance in negotiating the JCIDS process where 

different interests, ESOH related and non-ESOH related, 

often compete among stakeholders in a resource-constrained 

context.

Course Length: Approximately 4 hours

CLR 250

Capabilities-Based Assessment (CBA)

The CBA module introduces planning and organizing 

capabilities-based assessments (CBAs). The module contains 

four lessons: CBA Definitions, Pre-Planning Research, CBA 

Team Building and Planning, and the CBA Study Phase. The 

module explains how to conduct and support effective and 

efficient Capabilities-Based Assessments (CBAs) in support 

of the Joint Capabilities Integration and Development System 

(JCIDS).

Course Length: Approximately 5 hours

CLR 252

Developing Requirements

The Developing Requirements module explains how to 

develop key performance parameters (KPPs) and key system 

attributes (KSAs) and examines the relationship of KPPs and 

KSAs to technical requirements and how to get top-level 

requirements through staffing and validation. 

Course Length: Approximately 5 hours

Appendix C

Appendix C

Continuous Learning
201

FAC 004

HUBZone Empowerment Contracting 

Program—Protests and Appeals

This module familiarizes procurement officials with the procedures for filing a Historically Underutilized Business Zone 

(HUBZone) protest and/or appeal. The HUBZone Program 

encourages economic development in HUBZones through 

the establishment of federal contract award preferences for 

qualified small businesses located in such areas. 

Course Length: Approximately 1 hour

FAC 005

Just-in-Time Compliance Training: 

Central Contractor Registration

All DoD contractors must be registered in the Central Contactor Registration to help streamline the acquisition process 

and broaden the use and reliance upon e-Business applications. The Central Contactor Registration was established 

to eliminate the need to maintain paper-based sources of 

contractor information. This module provides an overview of 

the registration process.

Course Length: Approximately 1 hour

FAC 006

The SAFETY Act

The SAFETY Act is designed to encourage the development 

and deployment of anti-terrorism technologies and services 

that will substantially enhance the protection of the nation. 

This module will explain the SAFETY Act and explain how to 

create systems of risk management and litigation management in support of the Act.

Course Length: Approximately 1 hour

Federal 

Acquisition 

Institute Courses 

and Modules

FAC 001

HUBZone Empowerment Contracting 

Program—Certification and Eligibility

This module familiarizes procurement officials with the certification and eligibility requirements for program participation in 

the Historically Underutilized Business Zone (HUBZone) Empowerment Contracting Program. The program encourages 

economic development in HUBZones through the establishment of federal contract award preferences for qualified small 

businesses located in such areas. 

Course Length: Approximately 30 minutes

FAC 002

HUBZone Empowerment Contracting 

Program—Contractual Assistance

This module familiarizes procurement officials with the types 

of Historically Underutilized Business Zone (HUBZone )

contracts and the HUBZone small business’ contract performance requirements. The HUBZone Program encourages 

economic development in HUBZones through the establishment of federal contract award preferences for qualified small 

businesses located in such areas. 

Course Length: Approximately 1 hour

FAC 003

HUBZone Empowerment Contracting 

Program—Historical Overview

This module familiarizes procurement officials with the 

historical development of the Historically Underutilized Business Zone (HUBZone) Program and provides an explanation 

of the program’s statutory and regulatory development. The 

HUBZone Program encourages economic development in 

HUBZones through the establishment of federal contract 

award preferences for qualified small businesses located in 

such areas. 

Course Length: Approximately 30 minutes

Continuous Learning Modules
202

FAC 007

Certificate of Competency Program

The Certificate of Competency (COC) Program administered 

by the Small Business Administration (SBA) is authorized by 

Statutory Authority: Section 8(b)(7) of the Small Business 

Act 1953 and Regulatory Implementation. The COC Program 

allows a small business to appeal a contracting officer’s (CO) 

determination that it is unable to fulfill the requirements of a 

specific government contract on which it is the apparent low 

bidder. The COC is an appeal procedure available to the apparent successful small business offeror which gives the small 

business the opportunity to demonstratet it has the capability 

to perform on a specific federal prime government contract. 

This is not a Certificate of Compliance or Conformance, 

which contractors furnish to certify product conformance and 

quality. It is a determination that a firm is responsible or not to 

perform a specific government contract. 

Course Length: Approximately 30 minutes

FAC 008

Competition in Contracting Act (CICA)

This module, targeted toward the United States Agency for 

International Development’s (USAID) procurement workforce, provides an overview of the Competition in Contracting 

Act (CICA). The module involves a review of the Federal 

Acquisition Regulation (FAR), the USAID Acquisition Regulation (USAID’s supplement to the FAR), and specific USAID’s 

guidance as related to CICA. Though targeted toward USAID’s 

procurement workforce, all USAID employees are encouraged 

to take the module.

Course Length: Approximately 1 hour

FAC 009

Set Asides for Small Business

Several types of procurements are reserved exclusively for 

the participation of small businesses. This module provides 

professionals with an overview of set-aside programs. 

Course Length: Approximately 30 minutes

FAC 010

Small Business Innovation Research/

Small Business Technology Transfer 

(SBIR/STTR) Programs

SBIR/STTR programs encourage small business to explore 

their technological potential, and provide the incentive to 

profit from its commercialization. By including qualified small 

businesses in the nation’s research and development arena, 

high-tech innovation is stimulated and the United States gains 

entrepreneurial spirit as it meets its specific research and 

development needs. This module provides an overview of 

SBIR/STTR programs.

Course Length: Approximately 1 hour

FAC 012

Managing an Effective Competitive 

Sourcing Program

This video was sponsored by the Chief Acquisition Officer 

Council to explain competitive sourcing processes, best 

practices, and lessons learned. Professionals will learn how to 

more effectively implement this key administration initiative. 

Video topics range from the basics and foundation of competitive sourcing, to planning standard and streamlined competitions, to lessons learned by practitioners. 

Course Length: Approximately 1 hour

FAC 013

Shaping Smart Business 

Arrangements—Expert Edition

This module is designed for personnel newly assigned to 

the contracting workforce. Participants will gain a broad, 

comprehensive understanding of the environment in which 

they will serve; develop professional skills for making business 

decisions and advising other acquisition team members 

toward success in meeting customers’ needs; be introduced 

to knowledge management and information systems; and 

prepare to provide contracting support within the overarching 

business relationships of government and industry.

Course Length: Approximately 11.5 hours

Appendix C

Appendix C

Continuous Learning
203

results of a competition between a government entity and 

private sector vendors.

Course Length: Approximately 1.5 hours

FAC 031

Introduction to Small Business

The Introduction to Small Business module will introduce you 

to the small business program requirements related to the 

acquisition process. The module will identify the requirements 

of Small Business Programs, describe the various socio-economic small business programs, identify considerations that 

support small business programs, and describe the process of 

developing an acquisition strategy.

Course Length: Approximately 4 hours

FAC 032

Small Business: A Requirements 

Approach

Small Business: A Requirements Approach is a module that 

provides an overview of how requirements personnel can 

make effective use of small businesses.

Course Length: Approximately 3 hours

FAC 033

Contract Management: Strategies for 

Mission Success

The Contract Management: Strategies for Mission Success 

module focuses on improvements made to federal contract 

management through the collaboration of public and private 

sector acquisition professionals as part of the Partnership for 

Public Service’s Acquisition Innovation Initiative. 

Course Length: Approximately 3 hours

FAC 016

Buy American Act (BAA)

This module covers the BAA history, applicable statutes 

and regulations, the policy for supplies, and the exceptions 

and trade agreements that may waive the BAA. The module 

provides guidelines for applying the BAA to the solicitation 

and evaluation of supplies and, through a series of scenarios, 

guides the learner in applying those guidelines.

Course Length: Approximately 2 hours

FAC 017

Contracting Officer’s Technical 

Representative (COTR) Refresher 

This refresher course consists of two modules: Module 1, 

titled Bridging the Gap, provides a review of course content 

taken from the COTR certification course using a game board 

main screen and a scoring device. Module 1 tests the learner’s 

ability to recall and apply key COTR concepts in response to 

scenario-based questions. Module 2, COTR Contract Administration, comprises 10 performance-based exercises, using 

a threaded case study of a service contract as the vehicle 

through which learners will exercise COTR’s authorities, duties, and responsibilities when administering a contract. 

 

Course Length: Approximately 8 hours

FAC 018

Green Purchasing for Civilian 

Acquisition

The Green Purchasing for Civilian Acquisition course offers 

federal acquisition professionals an overview of the policies, 

requirements, and best practices for purchasing sustainable 

products and services.

 

Course Length: Approximately 2 hours

FAC 030

A-76 Post-Competition Accountability 

Training

This is a Federal Acquisition Institute interactive online training module that will help professionals understand how to 

manage a service provider awarded through the competitive 

sourcing process. This module explains the steps a federal 

government agency must take to successfully implement the 

Continuous Learning Modules
204

FAC 034

Interagency Acquisitions Basics

The Interagency Acquisitions Basics online training module is 

an interactive multimedia training presentation that defines 

and identifies the features and benefits of interagency acquisition, describes the different types of interagency acquisitions, 

and provides foundational understanding of what is required 

to make the decision to use this method, how to get started, 

keys to success, and resources available to support interagency acquisition activities.

Course Length: Approximately 1 hour

Harvard Business 

School Publishing 

ManageMentor

HBS 301

Managing Difficult Conversations

This module immerses managers in dialogue-based situations 

that foster learning by doing, where they make key decisions 

that drive the dialogue and ensuing results. The module 

helps managers identify and adjust thought patterns before 

approaching the difficult conversations that arise in business. 

The module provides firsthand experiences in a safe environment and gives managers the opportunity to use interactive 

tools and apply follow-up action plans.

Course Length: Approximately 3 hours

HBS 302

Negotiating for Results

This module immerses managers in dialogue-based situations 

that foster learning by doing, where they make key decisions 

that drive the dialogue and ensuing results. Managers will 

learn how to avoid common traps and find common ground 

for opportunities. The interactive module helps managers 

prepare for and conduct effective negotiations that produce a 

winning edge for their organizations. The interactive environment will enable managers to tap expert insights, discover 

proven tactics, and sharpen their own skills for getting results 

when negotiating. 

Course Length: Approximately 3 hours

HBS 303

Leading Teams with Emotional 

Intelligence

This module immerses managers in dialogue-based situations 

that foster learning by doing, where they make key decisions 

that drive the dialogue and ensuing results. The module puts 

the students in situations where they must be flexible with 

their own emotional intelligence skills to drive high team 

performance. Engaging interactive exercises reveal the secret 

behind exceptionally productive teams. The interactive 

environment will enable managers to tap into expert insights, 

discover proven tactics, and sharpen their own skills in the 

area of emotional intelligence.

Course Length: Approximately 3 hours

HBS 304

Managing Difficult Conversations 

High Bandwidth

This module immerses managers in dialogue-based situations 

that foster learning by doing, where they make key decisions 

that drive the dialogue and ensuing results. The module 

helps managers identify and adjust thought patterns before 

approaching the difficult conversations that arise in business. 

The module provides firsthand experiences in a safe environment and gives managers the opportunity to use interactive 

tools and apply follow-up action plans.

Course Length: Approximately 3 hours

HBS 305

Negotiating for Results High 

Bandwidth

This module immerses managers in dialogue-based situations 

that foster learning by doing where they make key decisions 

that drive the dialogue and ensuing results. Managers will 

learn how to avoid common traps and find common ground 

for opportunities. The interactive module helps managers 

prepare for and conduct effective negotiations that produce a 

winning edge for your organization. The interactive environment will enable managers to tap expert insights, discover 

proven tactics, and sharpen their own skills for getting results 

when negotiating.

Course Length: Approximately 3 hours

Appendix C

Appendix C

Continuous Learning
205

HBS 404

Career Management

This module teaches students how to develop a straightforward approach to managing their careers or helping others 

manage theirs. Includes tools for matching interests, values, 

and skills to the right job or development opportunity, with 

valuable advice on resources such as career counselors, mentors, networking, informational interviewing, and professional 

development reviews.

Course Length: Approximately 2 hours

HBS 405

Change Management 

This module is a practical guide to implementing, managing, 

and communicating change in an organization. Learn how to 

approach change with an open mind and use it as a stimulus 

to encourage new ideas and harness enthusiasm for further 

progress. This module includes steps to help units or organizations become change-ready and planning tools to address 

resistance to change.

Course Length: Approximately 2 hours

HBS 406

Coaching

Here students will learn how to get the best from their direct 

reports and, through coaching, help others master new skills. 

They will learn how to use a four-step process to facilitate 

the professional growth of those they’ve agreed to coach. 

Participants will discover how to strengthen their skills so they 

can be more effective coaches.

Course Length: Approximately 2 hours

HBS 407

Crisis Management 

Every crisis is an opportunity to shine for managers who 

know what to do. This module instructs how to chart a course 

through crisis situations, from crisis plan development and 

contingency thinking to post-crisis management. Relevant for 

managers at all levels

Course Length: Approximately 2 hours

HBS 306

Leading Teams with Emotional 

Intelligence High Bandwidth

This module immerses managers in dialogue-based situations 

that foster learning by doing, where they make key decisions 

that drive the dialogue and ensuing results. The module puts 

the student in situations where they must be able to flex their 

own emotional intelligence skills to drive high team performance. Engaging interactive exercises reveal the secret behind 

exceptionally productive teams. The interactive environment 

will enable managers to tap into expert insights, discover 

proven tactics, and sharpen their own skills in the area of 

emotional intelligence.

Course Length: Approximately 3 hours

HBS 401

Budgeting 

This module takes students step by step through the process 

of building better, more accurate budgets in less time. Learn 

how to create a budget that functions as a critical strategic 

tool while exploring the advantages and disadvantages of new 

techniques and approaches. Includes easy-to-use budget 

templates for fast implementation of concepts.

Course Length: Approximately 2 hours

HBS 402

Business Case Development 

This module takes you step by step through the process of 

building better, more accurate budgets in less time. Learn 

how to create a budget that functions as a critical strategic 

tool as you explore the advantages and disadvantages of new 

techniques and approaches. Includes easy-to-use budget 

templates for fast implementation of concepts.

Course Length: Approximately 2 hours

HBS 403

Business Plan Development 

This module moves step by step through the process of 

preparing an effective plan for a business proposal. The steps 

taught are applicable to launching a new internal product as 

well as seeking funding for a new start-up business.

Course Length: Approximately 2 hours

Continuous Learning Modules
206

HBS 408

Customer Focus 

Customer Focus is a vital orientation tool with value for every 

employee. This module covers the critical components of servicing internal or external customers, with a compelling overview of the importance of customer service, its relationship to 

customer satisfaction, and its link to company profitability.

Course Length: Approximately 2 hours

HBS 409

Decision-Making 

Effective business decisions require time and input from 

many individuals throughout an organization. In this module 

students will learn to identify underlying issues related to a 

decision, generate multiple alternatives, evaluate those alternatives, and communicate and implement the decision.

Course Length: Approximately 2 hours

HBS 410

Delegating 

In this module, students will learn how to use proven tools for 

assessing any assignment, matching employee skills to tasks, 

selecting the right person, and supporting the delegation all 

the way through completion. It includes strategies for communicating the assignment, monitoring progress, and dealing 

with “reverse delegation.”

Course Length: Approximately 2 hours

HBS 411

Developing Employees

Here students will be taught how to easily apply recommendations for addressing employees’ developmental needs. This 

module includes strategies for maximizing return on management, growing competent employees, and keeping star 

performers motivated. It also addresses use of development 

planning to help team members improve individual performance, make the most of career opportunities, and maximize 

contributions to an organization’s performance

Course Length: Approximately 2 hours

HBS 412

Difficult Interactions 

Learn how to discuss and resolve difficult interactions in the 

workplace—whether with employees, peers, bosses, or even 

customers and suppliers. This module includes tools and techniques: Students decide which situations are worth resolving, 

find the source of the difficulty, productively discuss the 

emotions that difficult interactions can rouse, and overcome 

barriers to action.

Course Length: Approximately 2 hours

HBS 413

Dismissing an Employee 

Dismissing an employee is one of the most difficult, painful 

tasks a manager can face. Learn how to effectively manage 

a dismissal—including making key decisions before, during, 

and after the critical event. Handled skillfully, dismissing an 

employee can set a team—and a company—on a positive new 

path.

Course Length: Approximately 2 hours

HBS 414

Diversity 

Learn how to manage diversity to extract maximum value 

from employees’ differences—including how to recruit diverse 

talent, resolve diversity-related conflicts, and communicate 

with employees and customers from other cultures.

Course Length: Approximately 2 hours

HBS 415

Ethics at Work 

Here students will learn how to use a three-step framework 

to solve “right vs. right” ethical dilemmas and how to foster a 

climate of integrity within an organization.

Course Length: Approximately 2 hours

Appendix C

Appendix C

Continuous Learning
207

HBS 420

Hiring 

Learn techniques for finding, interviewing, and selecting top 

performers. This module will cover information on screening 

resumes, checking references, asking effective questions, 

making the hiring decision, and extending the offer. It also 

includes tools for creating a job profile, preparing for an 

interview, and evaluating job candidates.

Course Length: Approximately 2 hours

HBS 421

Innovation and Creativity 

Learn how to stimulate creative thinking in an intellectually diverse workgroup. Learn to assess and then tailor the physical 

and psychological environment to stimulate creative thought, 

and how to manage the process of innovation for maximum 

impact on an organization.

Course Length: Approximately 2 hours

HBS 422

Innovation and Implementation 

This module provides a framework for turning an innovative idea into reality. Innovation is not only about generating 

creative ideas. Innovation results when a creative idea is put to 

use. However, the implementation phase is where many good 

ideas fail. Learn how to implement an innovation, from crafting 

a vision statement to managing resistance.

Course Length: Approximately 2 hours

HBS 423

Laying Off Employees 

Implementing a layoff is one of the most difficult and painful 

tasks a manager can face. This module teaches how to effectively manage a layoff—including making key decisions before, 

during and after the critical event. Handled skillfully, a layoff 

can set a team—and a company—on a positive new path.

Course Length: Approximately 2 hours

HBS 416

Feedback Essentials 

Learn how and when to use various types of feedback to 

maximize openness and encourage learning. Covers information on establishing a receptive work environment, giving 

effective feedback, receiving feedback openly, being patient 

with noncommunicators, and managing barriers to feedback.

Course Length: Approximately 2 hours

HBS 417

Finance Essentials 

This primer shows nonfinancial managers how their units 

fit into the company’s overall financial picture. Includes 

easy-to-understand explanations of the income statement, 

balance sheet, and cash-flow statement, plus practical advice 

for pulling together a department’s budget and justifying an 

investment or expenditure.

Course Length: Approximately 2 hours

HBS 418

Global Collaborations 

This module focuses on how to manage a global collaboration—including how to negotiate, build trust, overcome 

language barriers, and navigate geographical as well as 

cultural challenges.

Course Length: Approximately 2 hours

HBS 419

Goal Setting 

Here students learn how to organize their work around 

clear and meaningful objectives, with tools and techniques 

for establishing realistic goals, creating a task list, tracking 

milestones, and evaluating achievement.

Course Length: Approximately 2 hours

Continuous Learning Modules
208

HBS 424

Leading and Motivating

A synopsis of the essential tasks of leadership: setting direction, aligning people, and motivating others. Learn how to 

recognize the skills and characteristics of effective leaders, 

create an inspiring vision, and energize people to support and 

work toward goals.

Course Length: Approximately 2 hours

HBS 425

Managing Upward

Gain insight into developing a mutually rewarding relationship, 

with skills for communicating and negotiating with a manager. 

Students will learn tips on presenting problems or opportunities to a supervisor and accepting responsibility for proposed 

actions.

Course Length: Approximately 2 hours

HBS 426

Marketing Essentials

Developed especially for nonmarketing managers, this module 

includes fundamentals that will help people throughout the 

organization better understand the importance of marketing 

and how it relates to them. 

Course Length: Approximately 2 hours

HBS 427

Meeting Management 

This module is a timesaving guide to planning and conducting 

meetings from start to finish. It includes preparation, keeping 

the meeting on track, and follow-up. It gives expert advice 

for dealing with problem behaviors exhibited by meeting 

participants.

Course Length: Approximately 2 hours

HBS 428

Negotiating 

Students will learn about the negotiation process, when different types of negotiations are appropriate, essential negotiating strategies, and how to become an effective negotiator. 

A practical guide includes: assessing interests of all parties, 

developing opportunities that create value, avoiding common 

barriers to agreement, and implementing strategies to make 

the negotiation run smoothly.

Course Length: Approximately 2 hours

HBS 429

New Manager Transitions 

Learn what it means to be a manager, as well as how to navigate the complex and often stressful transition from individual 

contributor to a new manager.

Course Length: Approximately 2 hours

HBS 430

Performance Appraisal 

This module provides instruction in how to prepare for, 

conduct, and follow up on performance evaluations—in ways 

that link employee performance to company and group goals. 

This topic includes information on how to use informal performance assessments and feedback as part of regular employee 

interactions, prepare for a formal performance meeting with a 

direct report, document a performance meeting, and create a 

development plan with an employee. 

Course Length: Approximately 2 hours

HBS 431

Performance Measurement 

A review of financial and nonfinancial measures used in all 

areas of organizational performance. It addresses both standalone measures (including ROI, EVA, and BET) and measurement frameworks such as dashboards, quality models, and 

the Balanced Scorecard. Included is a systematic process for 

tracking performance of initiatives that can generate improvements across the organization. 

Course Length: Approximately 2 hours

Appendix C

Appendix C

Continuous Learning
209

HBS 432

Persuading Others 

Learn how to master the art and science behind successful 

persuasion—and begin changing others’ attitudes, beliefs, 

or behavior to create win-win solutions. Formal authority no 

longer gets managers as far as it once did. To do their job—accomplishing work through others—managers must develop 

and use skills of persuasion rather than simply issue orders.

Course Length: Approximately 2 hours

HBS 433

Presentation Skills 

Sound advice on preparing and delivering presentations that 

command attention, persuade, and inspire. Includes rehearsal 

techniques as well as tips for creating and using more effective 

visuals. Also addresses the importance of understanding objectives and the audience to create a presentation with impact. 

Course Length: Approximately 2 hours

HBS 434

Process Improvement 

Learn what business processes are; why improving them is 

essential; and how to carry out a business process improvement (BPI) initiative.

Course Length: Approximately 2 hours

HBS 435

Project Management 

This module teaches the nuts and bolts of project management, including project planning, budgeting, team building, 

execution, and risk analysis. It also covers useful tools and 

techniques such as GANTT and PERT charts, work breakdown 

structure, and variance analysis.

Course Length: Approximately 2 hours

HBS 436

Retaining Employees 

Why do employees stay with—or leave —their jobs? This 

model teaches strategies for attracting and keeping top 

performers, how to handle common obstacles to retention 

such as burnout and work/life imbalance, and how to develop 

programs that address the diverse needs and interests of a 

workforce.

Course Length: Approximately 2 hours

HBS 437

Strategic Thinking 

This module offers practical advice for managers in charge 

of shaping and executing organizational strategy, including 

tips for analyzing opportunities, challenges, and the potential 

consequences of high-level action plans. It addresses identification of broad patterns and trends, creative thinking, analysis 

of complex information, and prioritization of actions. 

Course Length: Approximately 2 hours

HBS 438

Strategy Execution 

Learn what strategy is, how senior management and units 

work together to develop strategy, and how units support a 

company’s strategy by developing and executing action plans 

for strategic initiatives. In many companies, senior management and units are involved in the strategic planning process. 

Why? This ensures that a company’s strategies—both 

corporate and unit—are tightly aligned and can be successfully 

implemented. Learn how to contribute to the strategic planning process and support strategic initiatives by developing 

and executing action plans.

Course Length: Approximately 2 hours

Continuous Learning Modules
210

HBS 439

Stress Management 

This module offers practical, hands-on suggestions for 

managing workplace stress—from short-term “quick fixes” to 

long-term methods for both changing situations and changing how students respond to them. This module teaches the 

difference between positive stress that enhances productivity 

and negative stress that breeds tension, lowers productivity, 

and undercuts job satisfaction. Strategies are taught for dealing with underlying causes of worry and stress, with tactical 

advice and coping mechanisms for immediate problem 

management. 

Course Length: Approximately 2 hours

HBS 440

Team Leadership 

This module covers how to establish a team with the right 

mix of skills and personalities and a culture that promotes 

collaborative work. Included are steps to leading an effective 

team, and innovative, easy-to-implement self-evaluation 

tools. This course will help students decide if they should 

establish a team; to form a productive team; launch a team 

effort effectively; lead a team skillfully; and assess the team’s 

performance. 

Course Length: Approximately 2 hours

HBS 441

Team Management 

Learn about the problems that frequently throw a team off 

course and how to prevent them—or, if necessary, how to get 

a team back on track. Focus is essential to effective teamwork. 

Learn how to diagnose and overcome common problems—

such as poor communication and interpersonal conflict—that 

can impede team progress. Learn to take corrective measures 

to remove team problems and improve team performance. 

Course Length: Approximately 2 hours

HBS 442

Time Management 

This module will teach students effective time management—

how to take control of their schedules and use their time 

wisely. Students will learn to analyze how they spend time, 

and to prioritize tasks and avoid common time wasters. They 

also will be taught to identify which tasks are most critical to 

achieving their long-term goals; how to use scheduling tools 

for greater efficiency; and to put their schedules into action, 

evaluating and modifying them along the way, as needed

Course Length: Approximately 2 hours

HBS 443

Virtual Teams 

Learn how to form a virtual team, assess technology and 

communication needs, keep virtual projects on track, and 

ensure that virtual teams produce high-quality work. Module 

provides concrete suggestions for forming virtual teams, 

including assessing their technology and communication 

needs, structuring the team to build trust, and keeping the 

team on track.

Course Length: Approximately 2 hours

HBS 444

Writing Skills 

Students will learn to put readers’ needs first to take the 

headache out of writing—and help extend their influence as 

managers. Skillful writing helps accomplish business objectives. This module will teach students to create clearer, more 

effective written communication and will include specific 

guidelines for preparing memos, letters, e-mails, and other 

common business documents.

Course Length: Approximately 2 hours

Standard 

Procurement System 

Training

SPS 100

Standard Procurement System 

and Federal Procurement Data 

System—Next Generation System 

Administrator

This module contains information required to work at a 

system-administrator level with the Standard Procurement 

System (SPS) and Federal Procurement Data System—Next 

Generation (FPDS-NG) Integration. SPS is one of the first 

Appendix C

Appendix C

Continuous Learning
211

SPS 104

Report Writing (WBT)

This course is an online version of the existing instructor-led 

training currently offered by the Joint Program Management 

Office. The purpose of the conversion is to open the training 

up to more procurement professionals than it is possible to 

accommodate in the classroom setting and it is a viable option 

for procurement professionals who cannot fit the classroom 

training into their busy schedules. 

Course Length: Approximately 7 hours

SPS 105

Adapter Online Support Tool

This module was created to assist the user/learner in troubleshooting the most common problems the field encounters 

with the PD2 Adapter. This module will review attributes, 

characteristics, and architecture to provide the learner with a 

better understanding of how to utilize the PD2 Adapter.

Course Length: Approximately 2 hours

SPS 106

Database Maintenance

This module is an online version of the existing instructor-led 

training offered by the Joint Program Management Office. 

The purpose of this conversion is to provide a viable option for 

procurement professionals who cannot fit the classroom training into their busy schedules.

Course Length: Approximately 4 hours

automated contract writing systems to receive certification for 

integration with FPDS-NG v1.2. This module is designed primarily for SPS system administrators, and it will enable them 

to set up their sites, allow users to interact with FPDS-NG, and 

to troubleshoot issues related to user and system access with 

FPDS-NG.

Course Length: Approximately 1 hour

SPS 101

Standard Procurement System and 

Federal Procurement Data System—

Next Generation User 

This module provides professionals information required to 

work with the Standard Procurement System (SPS) and Federal Procurement Data System—Next Generation (FPDS-NG) 

at the user level. SPS is one of the first automated contract 

writing systems to receive certification for integration with 

FPDS-NG v1.2. This module teaches SPS users the way SPS 

interfaces with FPDS-NG and the various types of contract 

action reports that can be created in FPDS-NG through SPS.

Course Length: Approximately 2.5 hours

SPS 102

Contracts for Production

This module focuses on the procurement process, introduces 

the “basics” of PD2, and explains the specific components of 

the performance requirements process. 

Course Length: Approximately 4 hours

SPS 103

SPS System Administration

This module is focused on system administrators responsible 

for executing tasks related to configuring and maintaining an 

organization’s PD2 system. In order to achieve competence in 

these tasks, this training module first provides background on 

the general PD2 environment. The student will also learn how 

to utilize the extensive help resources built into the system. 

Course Length: Approximately 11 hours

Continuous Learning Modules

213

Appendix D

Targeted 

Training

Visit http://icatalog.dau.mil to request 

Targeted Training courses.
214

Business

TTB 001

Activity-Based Costing Principles 

(ABCP)

Provides an overview of the activity-based costing methodology, which allows acquisition professionals to establish a 

realistic cost (including indirect costs) for all activity resources 

for products and services.

Course Length: 3.5 class days

TTB 002

Budget Execution

Reviews the monetary concepts of commitment, obligation, 

expenditure, and outlay. Discusses the preparation of obligation and expenditure plans, variance reports, and reclamas to 

budget adjustments proposed by higher headquarters.

Course Length: 1 class day

TTB 004

DoD Budget “Primer”

Explores how funds are programmed, budgeted, enacted, and 

executed to enable a successful acquisition program.

Course Length: 1 class day

TTB 007

POM Development Process

Provides an introduction to Program Objective Memorandum 

(POM) development in the context of the planning, programming, budgeting, and execution process, including how the 

POM is developed, the process of submitting it to the Office 

of Secretary of Defense (OSD), and how it is reviewed and adjusted during the OSD integrated program and budget review.

Course Length: 1 class day

TTB 008

Earned Value Management

Examines the Earned Value Management (EVM) process, 

which is key in establishing a realistic program baseline 

and can help identify program trends for technical, cost, or 

schedule performance.

Course Length: 3 class days

TTB 009

Business Financial Management 

Integration into Programs

Discover how the business financial manager integrates cost 

estimating, budget development, and defense, and ensures 

timely budget execution to enable the program manager to 

succeed.

Course Length: 1 class day 

TTB 010

Integrated Baseline Review (IBR) 

Simulation Training 

The simulation assesses the experience and preparedness of 

an integrated baseline review (IBR) team by providing real-life 

challenges within a structured virtual environment. The 

simulation activities are combined with subject matter expert 

debriefing sessions.

Course Length: 1 class day 

Contracting

TTC 004

Sole Source Commercial Item Pricing

Examines when a sole source commercial supply or service 

should be used and provides methods to determine if the price 

is reasonable.

Course Length: 1 class day

Appendix D

Appendix D

Targeted Training
215

TTC 016 

RFP Module 1: RFP Review 

The first module of the Request for Proposal (RFP) simulation 

training that provides participants the opportunity to review 

the RFP structure and evaluate a sample RFP, which may be 

offered as a stand-alone module. Based on the experiential 

learning model, whereby individuals make meaning from 

direct experiences, the program reveals the team’s degree of 

technical RFP readiness, as well as the ability of the team to 

work together to solve problems. This part of the simulation 

is approximately day long. Teams may wish to go through 

the next two modules, Source Selection Evaluation Criteria 

Development and Source Selection Evaluation, once this 

module is complete.

Course length: Approximately 6 hours

TTC 017 

RFP Module 2: RFP Source Selection 

Evaluation Criteria Development 

The second module of the Request for Proposal (RFP) 

simulation training that provides participants the opportunity 

to create a set of source selection evaluation criteria to be 

included in an RFP. Based on the experiential learning model, 

whereby individuals make meaning from direct experiences, 

the program reveals the team’s degree of technical RFP 

readiness, as well as the ability of the team to work together 

to solve problems. This part of the simulation is approximately 

a half day long. It is highly advised that the team follow this 

simulation with the Source Selection Evaluation simulation.

Course length: Approximately 4 hours.

TTC 018 

RFP Module 3: Source Selection 

Evaluation 

The third module of the Request for Proposal (RFP) simulation 

training provides participants the opportunity to perform a 

source selection evaluation. Based on the experiential learning 

model, whereby individuals make meaning from direct experiences, the program reveals the team’s degree of technical RFP 

readiness, as well as the ability of the team to work together 

to solve problems. This part of the simulation is approximately 

a half day long. It is highly advised that the team go through 

the Source Selection Evaluation Criteria Development before 

going through this simulation.

Course length; Approximately 4 hours.

TTC 005

Source Selection

Provides an overview of the source selection process, which 

applies to competitive negotiated acquisitions per Federal 

Acquisition Regulation (FAR) and the mandatory DoD Source 

Selection Procedures. 

Course Length: 2 class days

TTC 006

Alternative Dispute Resolution

Reviews the Alternative Dispute Resolution (ADR) process, 

which can assist the government and contractor in resolving 

disputes, leading to mutual agreements that benefit both 

parties.

Course Length: 2 class days

TTC 014 

Service Acquisition Workshop

Reviews the complete acquisition process, from team formation to requirements and business strategy development 

to contract award and performance assessment, to help an 

acquisition program begin its work efficiently.

Course Length: 4 class days

TTC 015

Negotiation Training for the 

Acquisition Workforce

This 2-day course teaches acquisition professionals how to 

use interest-based negotiation (IBN) techniques to reach 

mutually beneficial agreements with vendors, internal departments, colleagues, and other stakeholders. This interactive 

course includes dynamic hands-on negotiating exercises that 

allow participants to apply collaborative, problem-solving 

techniques to realistic acquisition challenges.

Course Length: 2 class days

Continuous Learning Modules
216

Professional 

Development

TTD 002

Crucial Confrontations®

Provides a step-by-step process for how managers can identify and resolve performance gaps, strengthen accountability, 

eliminate inconsistency, and reduce resentment throughout 

an office or organization.

Course Length: 2 class days

TTD 003

Leading Project Teams Course

Emphasizes best practices of building and maintaining highperforming teams using practical examples and exercises.

Course Length: 3.5 class days

TTD 004

Myers-Briggs Type Indicator® 

Workshop

The Myers-Briggs Type Indicator (MBTI) is a self-report 

personality inventory based on the theory of psychological 

type developed by Swiss psychiatrist Carl Jung. This workshop 

allows participants to complete the instrument and receive 

individual feedback on their results. 

Course Length: 1 class day

TTD 005

Crucial Conversations®

Provides solutions to how individuals, teams, and organizations can overcome problems stemming from under-communicating, withholding information, or failing to act with unity 

and conviction.

Course Length: 2 class days

TTD 006 

Leading at the Speed of Trust 

Leading at the Speed of Trust is a two-day workshop that 

elevates “trust” from an undervalued or transparent element of organizational effectiveness to a visible element of 

strategic significance. Leaders and organizations learn that 

trust enables collaboration, innovation, effectiveness and 

efficiency and are able to harvest and reinvest the “dividends” 

of trust to improve the energy, performance and commitment 

of their workforce. This highly interactive workshop engages 

leaders at all levels in the real work of identifying and closing 

trust gaps that exist in their organization. Instead of paying 

Trust Taxes, you can begin to realize Trust Dividends. The 

workshop is based on the best-selling book The Speed of 

Trust by Stephen M.R. Covey. Participants learn from hands 

on activities—not theoretical models or hypothetical cases. 

Leaders measurably increase the speed and scale of results 

by improving trust with stakeholders, including their direct 

reports, peers, superiors and customers. 

Course length: 2 class days

TTD 007

Strength Deployment Inventory® 

Workshop

The SDI® (Strength Deployment Inventory®) is a proven, 

memorable tool for improving team effectiveness and 

reducing the costs of conflict. During the workshop, you will 

receive a brief overview of the tool, complete the assessment 

instrument, do a self-validation, participate in fun activities to 

reinforce learning, and receive general feedback.

Course Length: 4 hours

TTD 008

 Intact Team Trainer (ITT) Simulation 

Training 

The ITT simulation is designed to foster team work, critical 

thinking, and decision-making skills applicable to the program 

management domain in general and is agnostic to disciplinespecific subject-matter concerns. The simulation provides a 

role playing environment, based on learning through reflection 

on direct experience, to individual learners requiring them 

to solve program management challenges typically faced by 

defense program managers.

Course length: Approximately 8 hours

Appendix D

Appendix D

Targeted Training
217

TTE 006

Engineering Management Workshop

Using hands-on engineering experience and software-intensive skills needed to build an operating robot, students gain 

an understanding of the defense acquisition life cycle from a 

systems and software engineering perspective.

Course Length: 5 class days

TTE 007

Technology Assessment and 

Transition Management

Prepares students to conduct technology assessments; 

reviews mechanisms available to support transition; and 

provides training on technology development strategies, technology transition agreements, and other technology transition 

documentation.

Course Length: 2 class days

TTE 008

Resources for the Test and Evaluation 

Professional

Explores information and resources available to assist the 

test and evaluation workforce in performing their day-to-day 

duties.

Course Length: 1 class day

TTE 009

Design of Experiments—Industrial 

Strength

Provides an overview of the design of experiments methodology, which is an iterative product/process improvement 

method and an important part of a student’s Lean, Six Sigma, 

or quality improvement plans.

Course Length: 10 class days (accelerated version, 5 class 

days)

Engineering and 

Technology

TTE 002

Problem-Solving Techniques for 

Quality Improvement (PSTQ)

How can you achieve continuous quality improvement of work 

processes? A very tough assignment. This course examines 

problem-solving methodology and statistical techniques, and 

offers a “tool kit” of ideas that may be used to achieve quality 

improvement goals.

Course Length: 3 class days

TTE 003

Navy Systems Engineering Guide

Reviews the Naval Air Systems Command (NAVAIR) 

approach to systems engineering, focusing on NAVAIR’s internal policies and procedures and how to tailor this corporate 

approach to specific programs or projects.

Course Length: 5 class days

TTE 004

DISA Information Systems 

Engineering Seminar (ISES)

Introduces a Defense Information Systems Agency software 

management team to basic information regarding procurement, acquisition, basic systems, and software engineering.

Course Length: 3 class days

TTE 005

Systems Engineering Plan (SEP)

Provides students with the knowledge, material, and understanding of internal program documentation to develop an 

executable SEP for their programs.

Course Length: 4 class days

Continuous Learning Modules
218

TTE 014

Technical Project Management Using 

Intermediate Product Breakdown 

Structures

Reviews how Naval Air Systems Command systems engineers/class desk officers should plan, organize, and manage 

engineering staffing efforts of acquisition programs.

Course Length: 2.5 class days

TTE 015

JCTD Executions (How to Run A 

JCTD)

Explores the necessary programmatic, technical, operational, 

and transition management skills and know-how students 

need to become effective, productive members of the Joint 

Capability Technology Demonstrations execution team.

Course Length: 2.5 class days

TTE 016

JCTD Transition Management Course

Introduces the Joint Capability Technology Demonstrations 

(JCTD) management team to procurement and acquisition 

situations that affect many JCTDs during transition.

Course Length: 5 class days

TTE 018

Reliability and Maintainability (R&M) 

for Engineers

Explores how to apply R&M models commonly used by DoD 

weapons system contractors to the design and development 

of equipment and systems.

Course Length: 3 class days

TTE 019

 ISO 9000 – 2000 

Introduction to the application, interpretation, and evaluation 

of the ISO 9000 series standards for quality management 

systems as used in defense acquisitions.

Course length: Approximately 2 class days.

TTE 020 

Software Acquisition Management 

Course (SAMC)

Focused around key software acquisition management 

competencies needed to successfully manage mission-critical 

software-intensive systems, the SAMC covers a wide variety 

of topics relevant for acquirers. The SAMC consists of a 

number of short classes and student exercises supported by 

a wide variety of topical articles, fact sheets. and summaries 

of suggested “best practices”. The SAMC can be tailored by 

DAU subject-matter experts to suit specific DoD customer as 

well as non-DoD agency needs. 

Course length: Normally 4.5 class days

Logistics

TTL 001

Performance-Based Logistics

Examines problem-solving and statistical methodologies, and 

provides students with techniques to improve work processes 

and achieve quality improvement goals.

Course Length: 2.5 class days

TTL 002

Provisioning Management

Examines management-level planning and oversight of logistics support development for a new system, ensuring students 

gain a sound understanding of the normal sequence of events 

in system provisioning.

Course Length: 3 class days

Appendix D

Appendix D

Targeted Training
219

TTL 003

Reliability and Maintainability for 

Logisticians

Reliability and Maintainability (R&M) for Logisticians presents 

an overview of acquisition R&M policy and its application to 

logistics support.

Course Length: 3 class days

TTL 006

Logistics Test and Evaluation

Provides an overview of DoD Directive 5000.1 and DoD 

Instruction 5000.2, as well as acquisition processes involved 

with systems engineering, test and evaluation, acquisition 

logistics (including reliability, maintainability, and availability), 

and contractor operations and test reporting.

Course Length: 2 class days

Acquisition and 

Management

TTM 001

Program Attorney’s Acquisition 

Overview Course

Provides program attorneys an overview of program management office functions, challenges, and processes involved 

in fielding needed capabilities within budget and schedule 

constraints.

Course Length: 5 class days

TTM 002

Risk Management Workshop

Provides an overview of risk management and explores 

a step-by-step process to identify, evaluate, and develop 

risk-handling strategies, allowing the student to effectively 

perform and communicate risk planning.

Course Length: 1 class day

TTM 003

New Program Startup Workshop

Emphasizes better government and industry teaming after 

contract award, and is tailored to match the specific needs of 

the each program.

Course Length: 3.5 class days

TTM 004

Program Management through the 

Looking Glass

Using the Looking Glass interactive behavioral management simulation, program managers and their team explore 

personal leadership and management styles and receive 

feedback on improving the team’s performance.

Course Length: 3 class days

TTM 005

Integrated Baseline Review Workshop

Reviews the Integrated Baseline Review (IBR) process—which 

was developed to assess the reasonableness, adequacy, and 

accuracy of this baseline plan—and provides tailored feedback 

on how best to conduct an IBR for a student’s particular 

project.

Course Length: 2 class days 

TTM 007

Stakeholder Management

This fast-paced daylong workshop provides hands-on experience with identifying, prioritizing and analyzing stakeholders 

critical to DoD program success. Attendees will create action 

plans to improve their relationships with key stakeholders, 

increasing engagement/commitment and program outcomes. 

Practical tools, examples, and best practices from defense 

acquisition and sustainment programs are highlighted 

throughout. 

Course Length: 1 class day

Continuous Learning Modules